|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 23, 2015 17:19:49 GMT -5
Plot: It has been five years since Sandra has been locked away and ChalkZone has recovered...somewhat. But when Sandra ultimately escapes her prison, how will Rudy and his friends defend themselves? Especially when Sandra has a particular vendetta against them?
Chapter 1: Five Years
Do you believe that time heals all wounds?
-The Older I Get, Skillet
How long has it been since that day? How long has it been since those terrible set of weeks, the ones filled with horror and uncertainty and blood and death?
The answer was quite easy for anyone to guess. No one really lost count of the days. The day itself when it all started would always be remembered...as would the day when it finally came to an end. How could anyone forget that day? How could anyone forget the tragedies that had befallen them?
And yet... five years still felt like a short time. To those who were more personal to the tragedy, and to those who were directly targeted, it felt like a lot longer. It was as though entire centuries had gone by, zipping past them without being noticed. It was...truly something else entirely, like they existed on a different plane altogether.
But anyone with a calender would know that, despite how short it might seem, five years really was how long it's been since everything happened...and when everything had finally ened.
It had been five years since those zoners had been killed in the explosion. Five years since many zoners had gone missing, having been consumed by unassuming zoners. Five years since Sandra's plot was uncovered. Five years since Snap had been framed. Five years since so many had nearly been killed.
Five years since Sandra was convincted and sent to prison...
Despite the time distance, however, many were still quite unsure of just how safe they truly were. In the wake of Sandra's actions. many of the zoners went on tighter alerts. They were much more cautious now than they had ever been when it came to newcomers. Suddenly zoners who were new to the city were under tighter scrutiny until they proven themselves trustworthy. While some considered this overboard, many others welcomed this new security. They felt it was just too dangerous to just let any zoner wander around nowadays.
In addition to the increased security, there was also a few other changes around the city. The most notable one was the change in Sandra's location, where her restaurant originally stood. It had been revamped several times until the zoners finally settled on its final new purpose: a new restaurant run by another zoner, Haney's Diner.
Admittingly, however, not many zoners were entirely comfortable with this. Though the same could be said about any restaurant lately. Sandra had more or less soured the taste of many zoners and business for restaurants had dropped until there was certification that said restaurant wasn't doing anything wrong.
This change in attitude hardly surprised anyone. It was something that they had all come to expect, really. Sandra had left a mark on everyone in the city. She haunted many dreams and nightmares. Her very name had become something of a Boogeyman term. The mere utturance of the name 'Sandra' was enough to give many a heart attack. Zoners would look over their shoulders to make sure that she wasn't there watching them, waiting to take action. And for those most harmed by Sandra's actions, this held doubly true for them...
"Hey, Snap?"
"Come on, Snap, it's your turn!"
The blue and white zoner shook his head when his friends' voices called out to him. He looked over at them and gave them a somewhat sheepish smile. He hadn't really realized that he had been staring off into space like that. He couldn't help but wonder just how long he had been doing that before their words finally got to him.
"I'm sorry. I didn't mean to... I'm not sure what got into me." Snap said as he rubbed the back of his head nervously. He looked down at the bowling ball which sat on the machine beside him. "It's my turn, you say?"
Penny nodded her head. "It's been your turn for the past five minutes."
"Oh?" Snap tried not to blush in embarrassment at this. "I was...for that long..?"
Mint nodded his head. He took a few steps towards him, his prosthetic foot tapping more audibly against the ground than his real one. "Go ahead and roll so we can finish this game. You know I have to meet my father in about an hour. And you know what he's like when he doesn't see me five minutes past when I should be back there."
Snap gave a small nod. He did recall some rather...unfortunate incident regarding Mr. Zandophen. He would rather not think about it. "Yeah...I know." Without hesitation, he reached down and he grabbed onto the ball. He grunted as he tried to steady its weight. "Okay, here I go..."
Snap cradled the ball against himself, making sure that it didn't slip or fall onto the ground or, he shuddered, his foot. He positioned himself on the lane. He narrowed his eyes, glaring intently at the bowling pins before him. He took in a deep breath and, once he figured out how he was going to go about this, he took a step forward and pulled his arm back. As he rushed his arm forward, he released his grip on the ball. With a loud thud, the ball moved down the alleyway. Snap watched it carefully.
This wasn't exactly the type of bowling that he would have preferred. As Penny had put it, this place functioned more like one of those lame, simple bowling alleys from the Real World. But Penny had insisted on trying this out, and she never was a fan of the Polar Bear Bowling. But oh well, he was outvoted anyway. Both Mint and Rudy wanted to come to this one as well.
At the mention of Rudy, he flinched for a second. Forgetting that his ball hadn't reached the pins yet, Snap found himself turning his head and looking over at where Rudy stood. He watched as his friend pushed himself forward, leaning back against the wheelchair that he almost never leaves. It served as a painful, visual reminder of what Sandra had done, what her influence had accomplished.
Even to this day, Rudy still sometimes complained about pain in his neck. The doctors didn't think it was anything to worry about. X-Rays don't show up anything that was worth getting concerned over. That didn't stop Rudy from having to take aspirin or whatever else every day to try to cope with the discomfort his neck brought him.
But it wasn't the physical pain that got to Rudy the most. That wasn't what really got to Snap and his friends. No, it was the emotional pain that was the worst of them all. It was the mental impact that had struck Rudy that got them all to tear up once in a while.
Rudy had never been able to walk again after that incident. The doctors had high hopes that, if he could regain use of his arms, surely his legs would follow as well. But nope. There was some slight feeling back and he could register cold and heat well enough with them. But very little movement was brought back to them, and they were entirely useless for walking. This caused him to remain trapped in the wheelchair indefinitely.
This had been hard blow on them all. His parents were quite devastated, and they did what they could to help Rudy around the house, even finding ways to help him be more independent. Snap, Penny, and Mint helped him get back into ChalkZone and tried to bring him with whenever they could. But due to limitations, Rudy was no longer able to visit as much as he used to. That made this particular day quite special, as it was the first time in about two weeks that Rudy was able to visit. What with his parents almost always with him nowadays and all.
The one who had been hurt the most by this was Rudy himself. There were times where he wanted to get up and run with his friends or do something else physical, only to realize that he was stuck in his wheelchair. It was quite painful for him to not being able to do everything that he used to, especially when it got in the way of helping someone, and even more so when it resulted in him being the one helped. He didn't like being a burden to others and he strived to do what he could do everything possible on his own.
This strive for independence at times worried Snap and the others. They didn't want Rudy to push himself too far. The teenager insisted that he was fine. But a good look at his facial expressions painted a different story.
But in the end, there was really nothing they could do to stop Rudy from pushing himself. They could only warn him to take it easy and hope that he would take their advice. They didn't want to see him getting more hurt and it would devastate them if they found Rudy collapsed out of his wheelchair somewhere all because he was trying to push himself too far.
Snap's attention was torn from Rudy when he heard a loud bang sound from behind him. He nearly jumped out of his skin when he whirled his head over to see what happened. He immediately settled himself down when he saw that it had just been the bowling ball striking at the pins.
"Nice shot, Snap!"
Snap felt himself momentarily swell up with pride when he saw the bowling ball knock over all but two of the pins. Not a perfect strike, but it was still enough that Snap couldn't help but put his hands on his hips and make a show offy stance.
It did feel good, really. Even after all this time, he still usually felt a little more...bummed out than he usually had been. Sandra was permanently etched onto his mind, still feeling her teeth in his stomach... He gritted his teeth as he rubbed his belly a little, his smile faultering at the mere memory of her.
It wasn't just Sandra; he had grown nervous around most of the zoners in ChalkZone City, with few exceptions. Even though he understood that it wasn't their fault, even though they had all apologized and tried to make it up to him, Snap couldn't help but still feel nervous around them. He could still hear their terrible words that they spoke five years ago, and he could still see their death glares in his mind. It was something that hardly diminished since...those horrifying few weeks...
Snap thought fast and quickly put a smile on his face before any of his friends spotted it. He walked back over to the machine to get ready for his bowling ball again. He was about to turn to Rudy and tell him it was his turn when he noticed the expression on his creator's face.
"Snap...what's wrong?" Rudy asked carefully. It was almost ironic, really. The one who had been the most physically damaged asking Snap if he was okay. "You look a little pale.. Well I mean, paler than usual."
Snap felt his heart clench. Not wanting to dwell on the subject matter, he simply shook his head. "No..I'm fine." He motioned towards Rudy, giving the best smile that he could muster up. "I do believe it's your turn, Bucko."
Rudy narrowed his eyes and folded his arms. "Snap..."
The blue and white zoner glanced at his friend before turning his head to look at the others. Penny and Mint were silent, but he could see the way that they were looking at him. Even Ripclaw, who was curled up against the wall, was staring at him suspiciously. When even Ripclaw was clearly not buying into his act, he knew that he wasn't very convincing.
He dropped the smile completely and lowered his head. It hadn't been his intention to ruin the day with this. He had always tried to avoid the subject of Sandra, as the very memory of her shook all of them to their core.
Yet it was something that he found was unavoidable. Rudy was proof of that. No one could really talk about his condition without bringing up Sandra. This caused poor Rudy to have horrible flashbacks of that blue dragon, and there had been a couple points in the past when he would have a damn near heart attack. An unfortunate reality, but it was one that they were currently trapped in.
Snap lifted his head and turned back at them. He didn't even attempt to smile anymore. They weren't going to buy it. So why bother even attempting? In a dulled down voice, he said, "You all know what I am talking about..."
At this, their eyes widened and flickered. They looked at one another. No words, just expressions of horror and understanding. They then looked back at Snap, Penny licking her lips nervously, Mint flinching, and Rudy leaning forward, staring at Snap intently.
"Oh Snap..." Whispered Penny. "I can...understand why you.. I mean, we all are..." It was not everyday that Penny would be speechless. But there was always a first for everything.
Mint gritted his teeth as he rubbed his hand along his jaw, as though remembering how it had been dislocated. "That's...kinda put a damper on things, didn't it?" After Penny shot him a glare, he brought up his hands. "Not that I'm blaming him or anything!" He looked over at Snap sadly. "Do you..want to stop, Snap?"
Widening his eyes, the blue zoner shook his head. "N-No, of course not! I want to keep playing!"
"Are you sure?" Rudy spoke up. He grunted as he used his arms to push the wheelchair a little closer to his friend. "We don't have to keep playing if you don't feel up to it..."
"I'm telling you, I'm fine!" Snap winced as he noticed how bitter he sounded there. He didn't mean to sound like that. He shook his head and cleared his throat. He attempted to speak once more. But this time, he took care to speak more softly. "I mean... I don't want to ruin your day just because of my..."
"Snap, you could never ruin our day." Penny walked up to Snap and put her arm around him. "We were all there. We were all in it together, and we still are. You're our best friend. If you are not feeling up to continuing bowling, we can try doing something else to help you get your mind off of..her."
Snap looked over at the others. He saw how they were nodding their heads up and down in agreement with Penny. He couldn't help but smile at them, grateful that they understood. Still, he didn't feel that it was fair to stop the bowling just because he started having flashbacks. He opened his mouth to try to issue the game to continue...
...only to be suddenly interrupted by the sound of quacking and waddling feet something towards them.
"Hey! Great Creators! Hold up!" The penguin squawked at them. Ripclaw gave a low growl of curiosity as she lifted up her head and watched the penguin scurrying by her to get to the three humans and their blue superhero zoner friend. "I need to talk to you!"
Snap looked at the penguin curiously. He hadn't seen him before. He guessed he must be new. He kind of reminded him of that one penguin zoner who had tried to stop Pie Day. Only this guy was a little taller and skinnier than that guy was, and his voice was more high pitched, as though he were perpetually excited about something. The fact that he was wearing a badge indicated that he was some kind of law enforcer.
"Yes? What can we do for you?" Rudy moved his chair around to face the officer. "I can..."
But the penguin zoner didn't really look at him. Instead, he just shuffled past him and went right up to where Mint and Penny stood. This blatant ignoring of their friend did not go over so well for them. They immediately showed their displeasure by folding their arms and glaring at the penguin zoner.
The penguin zoner hardly seemed to notice. "I need your help with something." The penguin zoner then motioned his flipper towards the door. "There seems to be some trouble at Haney's Diner. I need you two creators to..."
"You mean, three creators..." Rudy spoke up, his embittered voice practically ringing in their ears.
The penguin zoner finally seemed to acknowledge Rudy. He stared over at the teenager bound in the wheelchair. Then he gave a simple shrug before he turned back to Penny and Mint, much to their displeasure. "Anyway, it's urgent that you..."
"Hey...hold on there. Why are you treating Rudy like that?" Snap asked. He had forgotten about his own troubles. He glared harshly at the penguin zoner, his arms still pressed against his body. "I do hope you have a good reason for deliberately ignoring him like that." He tapped his foot impatiently.
"He is still one of us, you know." Mint pointed out, showing just as much disapproval towards the penguin zoner as everyone else. "Just because he's in a wheelchair doesn't mean he can't help."
"Oh I know that. It's just..." The bird's voice trailed off.
"It's just...what?" Penny inquired as she leaned herself closer to him. "Is it because of the fact that, now that he's crippled, you don't think he's capable anymore?" Nevermind the fact that he wasn't around when Rudy could still walk. That still wasn't an excuse for how he was treating him.
The black and white bird immediately began to look nervous. "I-I'm sorry, I..." He pressed his flipper tips against each other. He gave Rudy a quick glance before he turned to face Penny and Mint, still looking more interested in them than poor Rudy. "Anyway, let me take you to Haney's Diner. I need your help to quell the crowd before things get out of hand."
"Hold on!" This time, when Rudy called, the black and white bird actually turned his head and looked at him, rather than full on ignoring him like he had before. "What's going on over there, anyway? Did someone get hurt?"
"Someone will get hurt if something is not done soon." The penguin zoner narrowed his eyes. "It seems that the owner, Haney, has fallen under suspicion."
"Suspicion...?" Snap struggled not to shudder at the memories that such a simple word brought to him. "What kind of suspicions...?"
"They think that he is following in Sandra's footsteps... And eating zoners."
The group of friends immediately gasped in horror at that. Their previous anger towards Rudy's treatment was replaced with raw terror. They stared at each other, sending one another silent messages as they tried to comprehend this.
Even though this could just be another false alarm like all the others had, that didn't weaken the impact that the very idea had suggested. None of them could ever forget the horror they felt when they discovered Sandra's so-called secret recipe. Snap could feel bile rising up inside his stomach when he was forced to remember that he had eaten Howdy, one of his best friends, without realizing it. And so many others... He felt so awful for them.
Snap had his doubts that Haney would do such a thing. But unfortunately, accusations against restaurant owners had become quite common since the incident with Sandra. And it was not hard to see why. The zoners were simply more on edge, and it wa hard to blame them for being extra cautious with the food industry lately in the wake of Sandra. It was just...how things had become now.
And it didn't look like it would settle down any time soon.
The black and white penguin stared at them for several moments. His face contorted into one of pleading. When he spoke, his tone had shifted to match how his face looked. "Please...I'm begging you. My attempts had failed and I don't want another potentially innocent zoner hurt. Please just...come with me.."
Snap glanced over at his friends. He noted the expressions on their faces. They still didn't speak to each other. There was really nothing to say. They all knew what they were going to do. They all knew what had to be done. They had to make sure that the citizens of the city did not get carried away. Not like how they did years ago, when they thought that Snap had...
Snap pushed aside those thoughts the best that he could. Focusing his attention on his friends, he gave them a nod, which they all returned. They all knew they had to do this. They felt like it was their job to ensure that a repeat of what happened years ago didn't rear its ugly head. None of them wanted another zoner to fall victim to false accusations the way that Snap had. And of course, none of them wanted the potential of another Sandra incident to happen. Not after the recovery the zoners had managed to go through.
So without further hesitation, Snap and his friends made their way towards the penguin zoner as he began to guide them out of the bowling alley. Ripclaw attempted to follow, but a few hushed words caused her to lay down on the concrete beside the building. Seeing her looking so sad was not easy, but Snap understood the need to leave her behind; her large, imposing presence may not do so well for peaceful negotiations.
Without another thought or word, the group of four followed the penguin zoner down the sidewalk.
sss
Oh why... Why did he have to do this...? True, he hadn't actually been the nicest guy. True, he had caused a lot of trouble in the past. But surely.. surely, he didn't deserve a fate like this.
"Hurry it up there! We need to get this food to her before our bosses kill us!" His partner shouted at him, his eyes narrowed into slits. "Stop being such a crybaby and get a move on!"
This didn't make him move any faster. The tension that swelled up inside of him caused him to slow down and he couldn't help but let out a small whimper. It was so hard to believe that, a few years ago, he had been a loyal follower to his king. And now this...
Okay sure, he wasn't exactly the most loyal. Okay fine, he was very disloyal. He had pined for the crown. He had tried to use the human creators to get what he wanted. He feigned being the victim. But really, given with how the king was, should it actually be considered a crime? If anything, he was trying to improve his kingdom. Why in the world did he deserve a fate like this?
But the king was not merciful. He had specifically chosen this task, for he felt that it was a fate worse than death.
He was right.
"Get going, Rondol!" His partner shouted. "Or do I have to wring your neck to make you move?!"
Rondol gulped nervously, bringing his arms against himself, his humanoid body trembling. It took a lot of will power to make himself move forward. Not even his partner's threats were enough to make him do anything. It took a strong, conscious effort to get anywhere near where Sandra was being held. It didn't matter that Sandra's cell was sealed behind a portal and contained high security. That did not make him feel any safer.
After a few painful long minutes of moving down the hallway, his body covered up in a protective suit, he and his partner did soon arrive at their destination. The end of the hallway where the door to the portal was located. Apparently this was a relocation of sorts, though the details as to why were never told to him. He assumed that Sandra tried to get out and failed, which left him feeling even more at unease doing this.
His partner rolled his eyes when he saw that he was not willing to press the digits required to get in. With a grumble, his partner pushed out in front of him and typed in the numbers. Each beep sounded worse and worse, as it meant that he was getting closer to hell. And when the doors opened up and the swirling portal was revealed, Rondol nearly felt like fainting.
So this is what it had come to for him. He had once been the king's advisor and was quite noble in his own eyes. Now he was reduced to being such a coward. He felt so ashamed. Yet he just...couldn't bring himself show much courage in this situation.
His partner grabbed his shoulder and pushed him. "Get through the portal! I am not going to leave your sorry ass behind!"
"B-But..you're the one with the food..." Rondol stammered. "M-M-Maybe you should..."
"Oh do I...?" His partner smirked darkly. Then without warning, he suddenly shoved the plate of food against him. Rondol let out a grunt and soon found himself being the one holding the plate. "Looks like you do."
Rondol's face paled in horror. "B-B-But..."
The other zoner rolled his eyes. "Oh come on. It won't be that bad! All you gotta do is walk in there, place the food down, and leave. Simple."
"But...Rum... What about..."
"Oh for the love of... She can't use her powers on you anymore! She is defenseless!"
"Yeah, right..."
"Just go!"
Rondol looked back at the portal, licking his lips slowly. He really didn't want to go through with this. All corners of his body was telling him to give the food back to Rum and make a run for it. He didn't care if he was fired. He only cared about getting away and living ot see another day.
Yet that was not an option for him. This wasn't just some plain old ordinary job. This was his punishment. If the king were to find out that he dissed out on his punishment...
With a cold wave of terror rushing through him, the feeling of wanting to throw up taking a hold, Rondol gripped the plate of food tightly and began to make his way towards the portal. His legs wobbled and shook and he was honestly amazed that he could even walk without falling. He could feel the heat and chill of the portal as he got closer. He paused for a moment, staring at the swirling vortex, licking his lips nervously. Then, giving Rum one more glance, he walked into the portal.
Going through the portal always felt so strange to him. This hadn't been the first time he was forced through here. It was like walking into a wall, and then being surrounded by a rather fuzzy sensation. Even almost...watery. It was so hard to explain. It just felt like many things at once, swirling about through his body, confusing the hell out of the nerves in his skin.
At least it only lasted a few seconds. All the swirly sensation and the disorienting colors did vanish quite quickly. He had to stop for a moment and shake his head before he was completely fine and able to walk. He looked down to make sure that Sandra's food was still in tact. He heard a blip kind of sound, a strange thing that came with this particular portal, and he looked behind him to see Rum walking up slowly behind him.
Rum narrowed his eyes further. "Well? What are you waiting for?" He motioned his hand forward. "Go on."
Rondol gulped and then looked out ahead of him. They were located now in a rocky tunnel. Swirling around and around as though dug out by a large machine. There was another door in front of him. A relatively new security feature likely do to an escape attempt by Sandra. The golden bars deterred her from entering and kept him and Rum safe. But that did not put him at much ease.
He walked slowly towards the bars, taking his time. He tried his best to ignore the irritated grunts of his partner. He could feel his own body shrinking, trembling harder, as he got closer. He could see the bars getting closer and closer to him, and he could practically feel their heat against his skin.
Once he got close enough, he stopped and looked at the lever. This was what needed to be pulled so he could get the food out to Sandra. But in that brief time, the blue dragon had a chance to get at him. If he were too slow...
"Just pull the fucking lever!"
Rondol nearly jumped when he heard his partner screech at him like this. He turned his head over his shoulder and gave Rum a glare. It was easy for him to act all brave. He wasn't the one being forced to feed one of the most notorious and dangerous zoners that had ever existed.
But there was really no point in arguing with him. It wasn't like he was going to listen. With a heavy sigh, Rondol turned his head back over to the lever. He licked his lips nervously and reached over with a shaky hand. He inched it over slight by slight, and then, swallowing hard, he grabbed onto it.
Suddenly, there was a loud screech echoing just outside the rocky walls. Rondol let out a scream and jumped back. He looked left and right, trying to find the source of the sound. He didn't hear it again, and as the seconds passed, he felt his breathing increase, his heart threatening to jump out of his chest. Then, just when he thought it had quieted down, he felt something snap and scrap, the sound of sharp talons wrapping around something...
Rondol shook his head, his teeth gritted. He couldn't handle this anymore. He backed up from the bars, his mind racing frantically. He was shaking so hard that he could no longer hold onto the plate of food. He ended up dropping it and ran away from the door, whimpering loudly. For the time being, he didn't care how cowardly he sounded. He just wanted to get away from there.
He didn't get far before Rum grabbed onto his shirt collar. Rondol grunted as he was pulled towards Rum's face. He stared at him with wide eyes and gritted teeth. He struggled to get free of his grasp. But Rum had always been the stronger of the two and he pulled him up into the air easily.
"Oh you coward!" Rum hissed softly. "Even when you can't get hurt, you still freak out!" He shook his head slowly. "I wish that king of yours thought of a better punishment than this. You're useless even here!"
Rondol didn't answer. He could only breathe in and out quickly, struggling to calm his racing heart. Rum glared at him harshly for several seconds before he simply dropped him. Rondol let out a grunt and rubbed his head and stared as Rum walked over to the plate of food. "Rum...?"
"Since you are not going to do it, I will." Rum grumbled. "Consider yourself lucky that I am not going to tell a soul about this."
"Rum, wait!" Rondol held out his hand, hoping to stop his partner. Even though they didn't like each other, he still didn't like the idea of Rum going out there alone. Not while she was there...
But Rum ignored him completely. With the plate seized tightly in his hands, he walked straight over to where the lever was. He did not hesitate to grab onto it and pull it down. With several cracks sounding out and the bars disabling, fading away entirely, Rum walked out of the safety of the tunnel and into the open area where Sandra laid.
Rondol felt himself shake even harder, which he didn't even know was possible. He pressed himself against the wall, his legs shaking so much that he was certain they were banging against each other. He watched the entrance carefully, licking his lips nervously as he looked for any sign of his partner. He couldn't hear anything and that only made him even more nervous. He gripped onto one of the sharp, rock interfaces stickin got of the side and hid behind it the best that he could. He didn't dare come out until he saw Rum coming back.
Which he did a short while later. With not much of a fanfare, either. No loud screeches. No shouts from Sandra. No claw scrapes. Just a disgruntled humanoid zoner coming back, now entirely devoid of the plate. No big event, nothing to get worried about. And the way that Rum glared at him as he pulled the lever to turn the beams back on made Rondol feel even worse for chickening out.
At least Rum didn't attempt to scold him further for it. Instead he merely took in a deep breath and sighed. Slowly, very slightly, he softened his expression at Rondol and placed his hand on his shoulder. "The deed is done now." He said. "Come on. Let's get going."
Rondol watched as his partner headed back toward the portal. He started to follow, and then paused for a moment. He turned his head and stared over at the entrance. He could have sworn that he heard Sandra's laughter over the sound of the beams. He shuddered, and then turned and rushed over to caught up to Rum.
He didn't want to stay here.
sss
Sandra couldn't help but smirk, spreading her slips across her reptilian face. Despite the glob of meat that had been presented before her, this wasn't what caught her interest. No, instead, her eyes shifted towards that blasted tunnel that had been recently constructed, guarding the entrance that would get her out of here. Through the indestructable tunnel, she had heard the sound of whimpering...and she had acted.
She wished that she had been able to see the reaction to her little playing. It wasn't like she could have done anything to the caretaker. That just made it all the more satisfying when a few little things, like her scraping against the wall, was enough to nearly make the guy wet himself.
Though all and all, it was more or less a..hollow victory. She didn't smile for long. She could feel the corners dropping down as she lowered her head. She once more stared at the food, the smell tantalizing her nostrils, making her mouth start to water. Yet it was all so bittersweet. How pathetic is it, that even the sight of her meals was enough to cause her to have flashbacks to...that time...
She felt a brief flash of hot anger rush through her body. She clutched her right hand tightly, nearly causing blood to be spurted out from her palm. She folded her ears against her head and her lips curled up to expose her sharp teeth, ready to rip into any flesh that she could get her hands on.
But that wouldn't happen any time soon, if ever. This had been her home for the past five years. She had never gotten out of here. Oh she tried... Oh how she tried... But she had always failed. There would always be something that would stop her from getting out. Usually always painful and so embarrassing.
Oh well. She shrugged it off. It was only a matter of timing, anyway. One day, she would find a way out of here. Perhaps not today or tomorrow. But someday...
In the meantime, she felt like releasing her frustrations against the meat glob here. She wanted something for her talons to tear into, and here it was, presented right before her. And the great thing about it is that it couldn't fight back. Although, on level, she wished that it would. It would be even more satisfying.
For a brief moment, she thought she could see Snap's face in the meat. Her eyes instantly widened up at this. Then, as she felt emotion rushing through her, making her shake, she gritted her teeth and nearly broke them. She stood there, trembling like a leaf, her mind rushing through several memories of that horrible little blue and white zoner. Then, releasing a loud roar, she launched herself at the piece of meat.
In a matter of seconds, her sharp teeth began to tear into the meat. She sank her teeth in deeply, piercing the flesh. She growled loudly as she pulled her head back and ripped out a large chunk of flesh. She swallowed it in a single bite, feeling it move down her gullet. She looked back down at the helpless hunk of meat as she drove her claws into it, causing the sides to leak of red fluid. Not blood, but it served for the same effect. Grinning almost maniacally, she began to lap away at the dripping fluids.
As she tore out another chunk and stared down at the slab of meat that she had gripped in her talons, her mind began to wander. She couldn't help but ponder a single question.
Just how was Snap and his human friends doing...?
The thought of Snap caused her to give a shudder. She gritted her teeth and growled. That stupid zoner's name had become like a curse word in her mind. Well his and Rudy's. Hearing a mere mention of either of their names was enough to make her want to strike a wall and break one of her own bones. The very thought that they were both running around free... She shuddered to think about it.
And to think that the zoners aren't doing a damn thing to...
Okay, she needed to calm herself down. She took in slow, steady breaths. She could feel her anger start to seep out of her finger tips as she settled down. She couldn't allow herself to get too worked up over this. Anger would not help her think all that well. The last thing she wanted to do was hinder her ability to properly. Or else, she will never get out of here. She had succeeded in calming her more savage self about two and a half years ago. She could not allow all that effort to go to waste.
And besides, she would get her chance one day. There was a saying that she had heard off and on. Nothing lasted forever. And that was something so true of her. So yeah, her business did not last long and she was found out and the zoners turned on her. But you know what they say...
The river runs in both directions.
And when it was time for her to get what she so richly deserved, she will be waiting with eager, open jaws.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 25, 2015 21:47:49 GMT -5
Chapter 2: Just Another Routine
It feels like everyday stays the same. It's dragging me down and I can't pull away. So here I go again... -Over And Over, Three Days Grace
Rudy gave a grunt as he hit his wheelchair against the curb, which formed the start of the next sidewalk. With the aid of Mint, however, he was easily able to cross over it. After that, Rudy was able to take over just fine, pumping his arms against the wheels to propel himself forward.
He recalled how difficult it was using the wheelchair at first. It wasn’t just the independence thing. It wasn’t just mental. It was just....he wasn’t used to using his arms for much other than drawing. Sure, there was the occasional exercise, but he had been using his legs for about a decade to get around. He had never thought that he would one day be stuck using his arms for the task. Then again, none of them did.
At least the soreness passed rather quickly. Well, more like a month, but still, he had adjusted a lot faster to using the wheelchair than he had expected it. In some ways, this was a benefit, as he could feel the muscles in his arms getting stronger, more rigid and capable. But on the other hand, he still hadn’t been able to walk at all since...
He shuddered and pushed the thought away. He tried to shift his attention to their current destination and issue. But all that did was provide further reminders. After all, they were heading straight towards...that place.
Haney’s Diner hadn’t been around for that long. How long had it been? He’d want to say two to three months, though maybe it was around for even longer. And far as any of them knew, it was going to remain like that from now on. That was good. That place had gone through so much renovation, so many different purposes, he could have sworn that he had the sound of drills and other types of construction permanently etched into his head.
He and his friends continued on down the sidewalk. He was positioned a little behind, unable to move as fast as them. They would often slow down a little to let him catch up. The penguin zoner, on the other hand, just kept going, not seeming to bother to check to see if they were still keeping up with him.
Rudy gritted his teeth slightly at the memory of the penguin’s actions before. It had something he had tried getting used to. The zoners just don’t seem to think he was as dependable as he used to be. Or at least, that was the impression that he got. It was so irritating. He did do his best not to let it get to him so much, but honestly, that was getting harder and harder to do. He had a feeling that, one of these days, he was just going to snap at them.
His thoughts turned back to Haney’s Diner. There was a good reason why he felt nervous about coming here. Even if it looked nothing like how it did before, he could not shake off the fact that...this was where Sandra’s restaurant used to be...
He could feel another cold shudder. Haney’s Diner...no, rather, that location, was a very significant place. Not just for him, but for his friends, too. That’s where everything had gone down. That was where they all had suffered at the claws of Sandra. That was where Doofus Rudy had been killed, where Penny had her throat ripped out, where Mint got his jaw dislocated, where Snap had his stomach ripped open...
....it was where he had his neck broken by Sandra...
Rudy momentarily shut his eyes as he tried to deal with the rush of emotion that surged inside of him. He found himself clutching his throat for a second, imagining those sharp teeth in his neck once more. It took a lot of will power for him to move his hand away and get himself to keep moving his wheelchair forward. Perhaps he should have thought things through more before he decided to come along with them.
He still had nightmares about that day. The nightmares themselves weren’t as frequent as they used to be. But when they did happen, they were always vivid, and he could have sworn he almost always woke up with a scream. He recalled at least twice, his parents had to rush into the bedroom and see how he was doing. He would try to calm them down and assure him he’s all right, but they did not buy it. They wouldn’t leave him alone for about ten minutes, just hugging him, kissing him, whatever they could to help him feel better.
But this was going to be a different experience. This wasn’t like the dream, where he could just wake up and he’d be fine. He was going to the actual physical place that he had nearly been killed, where he had lost the use of his legs. Haney’s Diner, even if the restaurant owner was nothing like Sandra, was going to bring back all kinds of horrible memories...
“But it’s not true! I swear!”
“Don’t give us that! We saw what happened!”
“Please, no!”
Rudy lifted his head up at the sound of several zoners shouting. He stared out ahead. He could not see anything yet. And judging from the looks on his friends’ faces, neither could they. But they were getting close; they all recognized this infamous road that they used to take to visit Sandra. Rudy tried to ignore the bile at that memory as he cautiously sped his wheelchair up to see what was going on.
Before long, he and his friends managed to get close enough to see what was happening. And for several seconds, they couldn’t help but freeze in shock, unable to believe what they were seeing.
It was almost like they had stepped back in time.
It wasn’t because of the look of the restaurant. No, Haney’s Diner looked quite different. It was a little smaller, was darker in color, and really had no windows aside from one long, thin one in the front. No, what had startled them was what was taking place right in front of the restaurant.
The first zoner they recognized was Haney himself. He was a rather tall zoner, though not quite the height of Skrawl or Jacko. This alone was enough to intimidate some of the zoners, but it was the fact that he was a dragon that really got under everyone’s skin. True he wasn’t blue and he was more chinese-styled than Sandra had been, but the fact that he was a dragon at all brought back a lot of rather...uncomfortable memories.
That wasn’t the only thing that brought back memories, however. The zoners’ reactions towards Haney also reminded them of another, rather uncomfortable memory of what had taken place back then.
“We all know what you did!” One of the zoners shouted.
“You can’t hide it from us!” Another cried, raising his fist in the air. He looked over at the others. “Let’s tear this place down and find out what he’s hiding!”
“No! Please!” Haney gritted his teeth and shook his head. He looked so terrified of the crowd, his tail curling up between his legs. “Please..I haven’t done anything!”
One of the zoners sneered at this. “That’s what Sandra said, and look at what happened! How do we know that you’re telling the truth?!”
Haney stammered, his lower lip quivering. He almost looked like he was about to cry. “P-Please...I...” His head turned over and his golden eyes seemed to catch the approaching newcomers. For a split second, a look of relief washed over him. “Oh thank goodness, the Great Creators!”
At this, the zoners that there interrogating the dragon zoner shifted their heads over to where Rudy and his friends were coming, led by the penguin officer. Some merely grumbled and frowned, others were indifferent, some were interested to see where things went from here, and others were even smirking, as though they were sure that they were going to side with them. But they all did the same thing upon their arrival: they had all fallen silent.
At least this was different from before. Rudy wished that the zoners that tried to lynch Snap would have done this instead of them having to nearly fight them to make them leave. Still, despite the fact that they had fallen silent and they were going to let them do what needed to be done, that didn’t stop the uncomfortable memories from striking them.
Rudy couldn’t help but stare over at Snap. He could see how his friend’s demeanor had changed. While before, he was more or less relaxed, albeit recalling some sad memories. But here, he was clearly more on edge. Each step had gotten more and more rigid, and it looked like it was taking him a lot more effort to walk. Snap’s expression practically glowed with nervousness, and Rudy knew that, if he had a choice, Snap would not be anywhere near them.
The other zoners reflected this as well. While many tried not to stare, some were glancing at Snap with looks that reflected remorse. Some glanced at each other and whispered, and Rudy had a feeling they were discussing how they had treated Snap before. Some of the zoners regretted how they treated the three creators, but it was Snap that they had mistreated the worst.
But them expressing remorse was hardly enough to settle down Snap. Rudy would have went over and pulled him into a hug if he werent trapped in the wheelchair. Instead, it was Penny who had done it. She looped an arm around him and pulled him close, whispering kindly to him and helping him move forward without tripping over himself. Rudy felt a pang in his heart that he couldn’t do this himself, but he was glad that at least someone could comfort Snap.
Rudy resisted the temptation to glare at the zoners, resisted the urge to remind them of what they did. It wasn’t going to do him, or anyone, any good. So instead, he just focused on the task at hand. He broke the silence before the penguin zoner had a chance to speak.
“So..what is going on here?”
The penguin zoner shifted his head over and glared at him. No surprise. Rudy had asked an unnecessary question. But oh well; it was the only one he could think of to break the ice and bet the ball rolling before these zoners ripped out Haney’s throat.
One of the zoners, a snake-like one with legs, pointed an accusing claw over at Haney. “He’s serving zoners! Just like Sandra had.”
“Yeah! I saw it happen!” A dog-like zoner shouteda long with the other, her voice tinged in anger. “Get rid of him before he tries to...”
“Whoa whoa whoa! Wait, wait, wait!” Mint said quicklly. He had his hands raised up and was moving them back and forth quickly, trying to catch their attention and urge them to stop talking. When the zoners fell silent once more, Mint looked at them with furrowed eyes. He glanced over at Haney for a moment before looking back at the accusing zoners. “How...do you know of this?” He motioned towards Haney. “What has he done that makes you so sure that he did anything?”
At this, the zoners looked at one another. They murmured softly. A few them looked confused. Others were struggling to think of what to say.
Rudy narrowed his eyes at this. It was just as he figured. It was the same story as before. This had all become so routine, he was almost used to it. The zoners probably have no proof; they were only suspicious of Haney because he was a dragon. Just like how they were suspicious of previous restaurant owners for quite arbitery reasons.
One of the zoners managed to say, “W-Well...he mentioned how his meat never tastes the same..”
“Yeah! And that’s what Sandra said!” Another zoner raised their finger up. “That can’t be a coincidence!”
“He has to be hiding something!” Another shouted.
“Please! I’m not!” Haney raised his hands up, his small claws pressing against each other. “You’ve got to believe me! I would never do what Sandra did to you guys! When I said my meat changes taste, I had only meant that I use different spices every...”
A humanoid zoner turned and glared harshly over at Haney. “Oh shut up! Do you really think that we are going to buy that malarky?!” He shifted his intense glare over at the human creators. He pointed his finger roughly in Haney’s direction. “Well? Aren’t you going to get him arrested?!”
“Yeah!”
“Run him out of town!”
“Stop him!”
Rudy found his teeth grounding together. Now it was really starting to remind him of when Snap was accused so wrongfully. It would seem that these zoners had hardly changed a bit...
While he understood the increased paranoia after the incident with Sandra, he wished that they would take a moment and realize just what they were sounding like, what they were turning into. This is...just insane. They were turning against zoner after zoner for silly reasons, or even just based on rumors and heresay. How were they expected to move on if they didn’t stop jumping down others’ throats like this?
And worst of all, it had been five years... Five years, and this is how far they had come? Rudy had never felt so disgusted with the zoners in his entire life up until this point. At least under Sandra, they were influenced by her, with that darn Signal. But here, they were making the choice to become like this...
The penguin officer walked up a little further, raising his flippers up and trying to urge the zoners to be quiet. “Now, hold on there, everyone! Let’s not get too hasty!” As the zoners slowly, reluctantly began to die down, the penguin officer continued, “The Great Creators will get everything settled out!” He paused, then he looked over his shoulders. His focus was mostly on Penny. “..will you, right?”
Penny looked at him, glanced over at the zoners, and then turned back to the penguin zoner. She nodded her head once. “Yeah. We will see what we can do.”
“You see?” The penguin zoner turned to the crowd that had gathered around Haney’s Diner. “Now, all of you, skedaddle! I will inform you of the news after everything’s been settled, okay?”
“That’s right!” Snap spoke up. Rudy stared down at him in surprise, not expecting to hear him speak to these zoners so quickly. “My friends and I will get to the bottom of what is going on, and if you give us a chance, I’m sure we will come up with a satisfactory answer for everyone! So please...give us some space so we can solve this problem.”
Rudy had thought for sure that the zoners would be rather reluctant to leave. He thought that they were going to take a lot more convincing. He was glad to see that this wasn’t the case. Though the zoners mumbled to themselves, looking rather upset that they couldn’t stay, none of the zoners really tried to fight back against them. And slowly, they began to disperse.
Rudy wondered if this had any relation to what happened in the past. Perhaps recalling how they had hurt an innocent because they didn’t listen was making these zoners more willing to consider their words. It was quite possible. Although he still wished that they would try to work on ther attitude a little.
But enough about that. He needed to turn his attentioni to Haney himself. He was going to need a little bit of reassurance after that. He needed to know that they were here to help and not persecute him.
Mint was the one who took charge of that. Rudy didn’t mind. He gave a small smile towards Haney, as did Penny and Snap, as Mint moved closer to the dragon zoner. Despite his elation at their arrival, it was still quite apparent that he was nervous about this whole thing. He probably thought that they were going to start accusing him too.
Mint reached out with his hand slowly. “It is all right now. They are gone.” Indeed, the zoners had dispersed rather quickly. The penguin zoner remained, though he held a neutral expression. “We are going to try to help you. But we need to know exactly what happened first. Are you willing to talk to us?”
The dragon zoner fumbled with his hands a little. He looked this way and that, his eyes looking like they couldn’t stop darting. Then he stared back at them, almost hopefully. He gave a nod of his head. “Y-Yeah... I am...”
“Good...” Mint said. He gestured his head towards the restaurant. “Now..let’s go inside for a little privacy. And we can discuss what happened.”
sss
“And that’s when they all decided to jump me!” The dragon zoner cried out, placing his small clawed hands against his face, shaking it back and forth. “I just...don’t believe it. I hadn’t done a thing to them and they already decided to jump down my throat as if I was truly capable of such an atrocity!”
Snap rolled his eyes. “Welcome to my world.” He said in a slightly bitter tone.
Haney stared over at Snap for a few seconds. Slowly, he nodded his head and turned his head to the side. “My apologies.”
“No need.” Snap waved his hand back and forth. Then he motioned it towards him. “So...about this secret spice thing...”
“Yeah.” Mint spoke up, tilting his head to one side. “You said it was a secret sauce of sorts?”
Haney nodded his head. He got up and he made his way over towards the corner of the room. “Yeah. It was passed down to me by...” The dragon zoner seemed to hesitate for a moment. Then he shook his head and cleared his throat. “Well, here it is anyway.”
Penny thought it was a little strange that the zoner didn’t finish that sentence. What had gotten him so nervous that he would clam up about it? That wasn’t exactly a good idea to do if they were going to clear his name.
Oh well, she would worry about that later. Right now, the only goal was proving that he did not make the sauce out of other zoners. That is where the accusation laid. If they disproved that, there would no longer be a case against this zoner and they could walk away from this. At least for now, unless more evidence towards Haney were to be picked up. Possible, but at the same time, not extremely likely; the zoners rarely accused the same zoner on more than one occasion, especially after their innocense had been proven.
Penny leaned back against the wall and took a moment to look around the room while Haney brought over the small container that he had placed in the miniature fridge located in the corner. They were standing in what used to be Sandra’s old kitchen. It had been changed around, becoming more...traditional. Gone were the more advanced machines, including that...grinder... She shuddered at that thought. And in its place was a more old fashioned cooking pot.
In fact, most of this kitchen was non-electrical. Sure there were a few things, like a stove and a refrigerator. But there was mostly traditional cooking materials here, making it quite clear to her that Haney could still cook, for the most part, if the electricity were to be cut off.
The fact that this kitchen no longer looked like Sandra’s didn’t really wipe the memory out of her mind. Penny did feel bad for constantly thinking about that dragon zoner. But she just couldn’t help it. Everyone knows what kind of impact she had made on everyone. Nobody could fully get her out of their mind. She was practically everywhere in their thoughts and reminders were all over the place. Even just the act of walking down certain streets can’t be accomplished without seeing some kidn of reminder of her presence.
Especially the street that used to be Shrapnel Tower....
Penny could feel a cold shudder rushing through her body at the memory of that place. She had never really been to Shrapnel Tower before, and a part of her was glad for it. It would have only made the memory a lot more painful...if she had remembered what it was like before. The only thing she could remember that place for was...
...as the place where Sandra had started her entire plan..
It was where countless zoners had been murdered for no good reason. It was where Sandra had hurt their friend, maimed him, and took away his memory. It was the start of those several nightmarish weeks. It was where this whole thing had begun. In some ways, this made Shrapnel Tower a place of memory, but not exactly the most honorable one.
Penny returned her attention to Haney as the dragon zoner came over with the container. She tried to shake off his vague resemblance to Sandra and focused on the container that he set on the long, wooden table that they were all standing near.
“This is it.” Haney explained. He watched as Penny and the others leaned in a little closer, their eyes intently on the container as Haney slowly opened it up. “Now I admit it doesn’t smell the greatest....”
As soon as he opened it up, the strong stench of...whatever the heck was in that thing, came out, wafering around their nostrils. Immediately, Penny and the others recoiled in disgust. The foul stench seemed to almost penetrate their very souls, and they found it impossible to escape. Even waving their hands in front of their faces wasn’t enough to stop the smells from still getting through.
“But once added to food, it tastes divine!” Haney held his hand up, making a pose that was almost a mix of pride and excitement. He looked around and noticed the looks that everyone was giving him. He lowered his hand and gave a few nervous chuckles, as if realizing what he must look like right about now. He cleared his throat and said, “Well...anyway, trust me on this. It’s perfectly safe, and I don’t have to kill any zoners for it.”
“You said it tasted different each time.” Rudy spoke up. “And you do this with different herbs?”
“Indeed.” Haney nodded his head a few times. “It’s amazing how little a change in spices can result in the biggest alteration of taste.” Haney placed his hands back around the container and offered a wide smile. “If you are all interested, I could show you and...”
Rudy shook his head, grimacing as he tried to lean as far away from the container as his wheelchair would allow. “No thanks. I’m not really hungry right now.”
“And besides, we can’t eat chalk food, remember?” Penny pointed out, raising a finger. Rudy and Mint nodded their heads in agreement, confirming her statement. This was one of the many times that they were glad that they could not taste chalk food.
Mint gave a playful smirk down at Snap. “Though Snap here could...”
Snap’s eyes bulged at this and he whipped his head towards Mint to glare at him. “What are you saying?!”
Mint shrugged his shoulders. “Well, you were complaining about wanting something to eat, and that you were hungry and...”
“I’m not that hungry!”
“Anyway...” Penny spoke up before Mint and Snap could continue their little discussion. Bringing the topic back to base, she looked over at Haney and said, “...if you don’t mind giving me that, I can run an analysis over it and...”
Haney looked reluctant at this suggestion. “I’m...not really sure about that...” He fumbled with his hands a little. “I never really let this leave my kitchen before.” He spread his hands outward. “It’s a secret and all that, and...” He paused for a moment, shifting his gaze to the side. “And well...I...”
Penny interrupted him. “I know. But if you want our help, you will have to give us this stuff.”
“We can’t run the tests in here.” Mint pointed out, raising a finger. “We wouldn’t want to accidentally ruin anything in here. You have such a nice set up. It would be a shame if something happened to it.” He noticably flinched when he realized what he sounded like. Luckily, Haney didn’t really seem to notice.
Rudy pushed his wheelchair a couple of inches towards Haney. “We have a place at the treehouse already set up. We can take the container there and run some tests, and we will be back with it pronto.”
Haney stared at him with uncertainty. He still fumbled with his hands, a nervous wreck, as though he thought the mob of zoners was going to break down his door at any second. “Are you...sure about that...?” He asked with great hesitation.
Rudy smiled at him, clearly trying to look as reassuring as possible. “I promise, nothing is going to happen. We will not be long. Just give us....” His voice trailed off and he frowned. He turned his head and stared over at his friends, looking for help from them.
Mint and Snap just looked at each other and shrugged, unsure of what to say. But Penny had an idea.
“Twenty-four hours.” She said. “I will try to have the results back in twenty four hours.”
“A full twenty four hours?” Haney pulled his head back and tilted it to one side. He raised his lip up slightly, showing an expression of utter disbelief and uncertainty. “I’m..not really sure if I can buy that. Seems way too fast.” He tilted his head further sideways, one of his eyes staring intently at Penny. “How about you give me a more realistic number?”
Penny licked her lips nervously. “That is the best that I can give. But...” She took a step forward, motioning his hand out towards the skeptical dragon zoner. “But we do still promise to give it back to you as soon as possible.”
The dragon zoner still looked unsure. He kept glancing at his container and then back at her. He could only bare his teeth a little and let out a few soft, confused growls.
“Look, we can’t help you if you don’t cooperate.” Penny pointed out. She could feel herself grow a tad irritated by this zoner’s attitude. Though at the same time, she couldn’t really be that angry at him; after all, he was threatened with practical death earlier.
Haney stared at the three children and superhero zoner for a couple of seconds before he let out a sigh and straightened himself up. Holding the container up a little higher, he murmured in a small voice, “I’m...still not so sure that I...”
“Hey pal, we told you that we would help you, but if you continue acting this way, then we can’t do a thing!” Snap shouted at the zoner, clearly sounding that he was on his last patient nerve. “We told you what we need, and if you fail to provide us with that, then how in the world do you expect us to be of any service, huh?!”
Penny stared down at Snap, her eyes widened in slight surprise at his outburst. Then again, not like she could blame him. Given what happened before and what was being asked of them now... Yeah, it was little wonder that Snap didn’t have as much patience for this stuff as he used to. Still, she wished that he didn’t speak in quite so loud of a voice. They were trying to help Haney, not intimidate him. To try to soften things up a little, she spoke up, “Please...let us help you. Cooperate and let us help you through this. I promise...we promise, it will be all right.”
Mint nodded his head in agreement. “It will be much easier if you just cooperate. If you continue fighting us on this, then we may just leave and let you handle this yourself.” He raised his hand up in gesture. “After all, without being able to test that, we are helpless to stop those zoners from accusing you of being a killer.”
“So why don’t you just let us help you and give us that stuff?” Snap said. This time, he made more of an effort to sound gentle. “We will do what we can to help you, but we can’t if you don’t allow us access to what we need.”
“It won’t take long, we swear.” Rudy moved himself even closer. Out of all of them, he had gotten the closest. His gentle gaze and soft smile was on Haney the whole time. “We will go as fast as we can. We will test the stuff that’s in there. We promise, we won’t tell a soul about what’s inside.” He raised a hand up, moving it from side to side. “Your secret is safe with us.” He placed a hand against himself. “We will only taste to make sure that no zoner meat was used and publish those results.”
Though Haney looked a little more relieved by this point, it still seemed as though he was uncertain. He made the reasoning behind this rather apparent when he spoke up again. “But...the other zoenrs... What if they demand a complete list of ingredients...?”
Rudy bit his lip at this, his smile faultering. “I’m...not sure. As the Great Creators, we might be obligued to tell them, if we are unable to convince them otherwise.” Upon seeing Haney looked down at his container sadly, Rudy reached out and touched his shoulder, despite barely being close enough for it. “But we will deal with that when we come to it. I promise.”
“Well...”
Everyone remained quiet as Haney started to think about this. He tapped his claw against his chin thoughtfully as he struggled to think of an answer. This process was going to take a while, they all could tell. Just when it looked like he was going to say something, he’d immediately withdraw and start thinking more about it.
Penny hoped that he didn’t take too long on this, and she knew that her friends felt the same way, judging from their expressions. They did not have all day in the world to figure this out. They all recall how impatient the zoners can be when they are upset. They would need to figure out something as soon as possible to quell them, whether that be proving Haney’s innocense or proving that he is a criminal and having him locked up. Either one would have equal impact on stopping those zoners in their tracks.
She could understand why he was having a hard time deciding, however. He was recently nearly attacked by several zoners and his nerves were still shot. It was quite hard to think under all of that pressure. She knew exactly how he felt. They all did. After all dealing with Sandra isn’t exactly something that you could walk away unscathed from.
But still, hopefull this won’t take too long so that she and her friends have something they could tell the zoners eventually. They did not want to say something like ‘arrest him’ when they had no proof, and they certainly couldn’t lie either. True, he could turn out to be harmless, but..if they were to say he didn’t do anything and then later it turned out that he did, what would that do to their public image? As the saying goes, honesty was the best policy.
Even if that honesty was not always the best.
“...all right then...”
Penny struggled not to sigh with relief when Haney, thankfully, didn’t try to delay this process longer than it needed to be.
“I’ll..I’ll permit it...” Haney looked at the container, licking his lips slowly. “I admit, though..I had never let this thing leave my restaurant. It’s...quite important to me...”
“We understand.” Snap looked at him, offering up a reassuring smile. “We will take good care of it. And we will bring it right back when we are done.”
Mint smiled as well, motioning his hand towards Haney. “We will not allow a soul to see it.”
“You can trust us.” Penny took a few steps towards the dragon zoner. “We will let nothing happen to it. And we promise, we will have the results as soon as possible. By the end of this all, your troubles will be over. This whole mess will be cleared up. I promise.”
“It’s going to be all right. I will see to it that everything runs smoothly. You have nothing to fear. It’s going to be okay.” Rudy once more touched the zoner’s shoulder, this time making an effort to gently squeeze it. He then held out his hand motioning for the container. “Now...can we get started?”
Haney bit his lip for a few seconds. He looked at each of them in turn. Upon seeing the reassuring smiles from them all, he seemed to feel a little better, albeit still a little nervous. He licked his lips as he stared down at the container for a couple more seconds. Then, turning his attention back to Rudy, he gave a small, reluctant smile as he moved his hand towards Rudy and placed the container in his open, waiting hand.
“...please be quick.” Haney whispered softly. “And gentle. That is my only copy that I have. I lose that and...”
“Don’t worry. We will be careful with it.” Rudy said as he placed the container on his lip. He turned his wheelchair over and he looked over at his friends. “Okay everyone! Let’s get to the treehouse so we can analyze this as soon as possible!”
They didn’t need to be told again. Without another word, without anymore hesitation, Penny and the others turned and began to head out of the door. After the others left, Penny did pause for a moment and stared over at Haney. She noticed how sad and nervous he looked, fidgeting with his feet. She gave him a sympathetic expression for a couple of seconds before heading out and shutting the door, catching up with her friends before they got too far.
Now that they had the container, they could finally get to the bottom of this and resolve this before it got any worse. She admitted, it was getting a little tiresome having to go through all of this just to help the zoners feel better.
But she had to remember one thing: there was always a chance that one of these accusations would turn out to be true.
sss
Snap made a ‘eeeuugh’ disgusted kind of sound when he cringed away from Ripclaw, who laid the closest to him, her body pressed up against the couch. He looked over at Mint, his eyes narrowed. “Geeze, Mint, why did you have to bring her along? She’s going to tear up everything!”
Mint shot Snap a playful glare. “No she isn’t. You are just being a little too paranoid.”
Snap narrowed his eyes at this. “No I’m not! The last time you let her up in here, she destroyed my bed!”
Mint merely shrugged at this. “Hey, it’s not my fault that your bed was made of weak stuff.”
Snap growled softly at this. “Rudy drew that, you know!” He motioned towards his friend. “Do you know how long it took for him to draw me a new one?!” He leaned towards Mint, his eyes remaining narrowed. Though despite the anger, he was clearly not threatening Mint here. “Just...please keep her under control this time..okay?”
“Okay, okay, I will!” Mint raised his hands up, still smiling despite how upset Snap was getting. “I was only kidding you.”
Snap let out a soft sigh. “I know... I didn’t mean to get upset at you. It’s just...” Snap’s voice trailed off.
Mint softened up his expression. He allowed his smile to fade away this time. He gave a slow nod as he stared at Snap. “Yeah...I understand.”
Mint understood perfectly well why Snap had reacted like that. Even if he didn’t guess it the first time, the way Snap looked over at Rudy told everything. There was no mistaking that expression. It really had nothing to do with the bed at all. Rather, it had to do with Snap feeling guilty about asking Rudy for help in his...condition.
Mint shuddered briefly. He didn’t really want to think like that. It was bad enough when the other zoners would dismiss Rudy just because he was in a wheelchair. It was like he wasn’t the same Rudy anymore. Which wasn’t true..at least not to the fullest extent. He might have more limitations now, but he was still Rudy. He could still help out in whatever way that he could. And he was still eager to do what he can to aid others. A couple busted legs didn’t change that aspect of his personality.
But it might as well have. WIth the way the zoners started to ignore him and pay more attention to him and Penny, it was getting increasingly difficult for Rudy to be taken seriously by a portion of the zoner society. He and the others strived to change this, but it seemed that their words keep falling on deaf ears. It was quite a shame.
And with Snap.... He recalled how Ripclaw had destroyed his bed at one point. His crack about it being weak was really just a lighthearted joke. He hadn’t really meant it; Ripclaw was just way too heavy for it. He really should have kept a better eye on Ripclaw.
Snap had asked Rudy to help and...well, that almost ended in disaster. Mint didn’t like thinking about it. He wished that he had been more persistant and get Rudy to let him do the drawing. But Rudy insisted, pushing himself beyond his current limits to draw a bed for Snap. He could see how awkward it was for him. He could see where he was having difficulties, and yet he was still such a trooper and insisted on doing it all on his own. It was hard to tell if it was truly perserverence, or stubbornness stemming from his desperation for independence.
Which was fine. He, Penny, and Snap want to see him get as independent as possible. Though he would never regain his full capabilities, a harsh reality they all had to accept whether they liked it or not, he still could continue to strive for more independence, doing more and more things on his own. Such as getting in the treehouse courtesy of a lift that he himself had drawn for his friend.
But still, Mint hoped that Rudy would not push himself too hard. He didn’t want to see him overwork himself and collapse or something. He just wanted his friend to take it easy. Not rush into anything. Not do anything too drastic. Just...take it easy. That’s all he wanted.
Whether or not Rudy would actually do that, though, was another story entirely.
Indeed, Rudy, at the moment, was moving his wheelchair over to where Penny was. A little too excitedly, it seemed, as though he was desperate to do something other than sit here and just stare. As he got closer, he called out Penny’s name more than once, even though Penny had clearly already heard him. Yeah, it looks as if this will be another point where Rudy was going to try to exert himself just so that he didn’t feel useless. It was quite heartbreaking to watch at times.
“Hey, is there anything that I can do?” Rudy asked as he moved his wheelchair until he was placed about three feet behind Penny. “I could maybe...”
“No, it’s fine.” Penny said quickly. She raised up her hand and stopped Rudy from advancing further. “Really, Rudy. I’ve got this. I will be fine.”
Rudy furrowed his eyes with concern and uncertainty. “Are you...sure...?” Rudy licked his lips a little, his eyes darting to one side for a moment before turning back to her. “I mean, I don’t mind trying to help you.” He motioned his hand towards the table, which had some beakers, tubes, and other supplies Penny used for various testing. “I don’t mind trying to...”
Penny turned her head and stared at Rudy. Her expression was stern, but also soft. She gave Rudy a gentle smile. “It’s okay, Rudy. Really...” She placed the supplies she had in her hand down and went over towards Rudy. She reached out and she touched his shoulder gently. “I can handle this on my own.”
Rudy lowered his head slightly. He looked like he was trying so hard to keep a straight face. But the dejected sigh did not go unnoticed, causing Penny’s expression to shift to one of guilt. “Okay then...” With that, Rudy began to back his wheelchair away, moving back towards the couch where the others were waiting for the results.
Mint looked over at Rudy sadly, as did Snap. They both wanted to say something to him. Anything to cheer him up. But they couldn’t really think of anything. What could they really say in this situation? It wasn’t like Penny intentionally was trying to hurt him; it was just..she was used to handling this on her own and, well, Rudy didn’t exactly have the kind of experience required for this delicate work. He understood that....right?
Mint found himself reaching out towards Rudy, wanting to comfort him. But he never could get his hand out that far. He did get pretty close, his fingers flexing. But soon, he’d pull his hand back and let it rest at his side. He lowered his head and sighed. He really couldn’t think of anything to cheer up his friend. He felt so useless at the moment.
At least Snap was able to do something. The small blue and white zoner reached over and placed his hand on Rudy’s arm, gently patting it. The two of them looked at each other. Mint couldn’t really tell what kind of expression Rudy was making right now, and he couldn’t really tell if they were saying anything or not. But he was certain of one thing. Snap would, even with just a simple expression, help Rudy feel better. And he was glad for that. At least someone could help out Rudy.
He shifted his own gaze towards Penny. Despite what happened, he wasn’t angry with her. How could he be? It wasn’t like she had done that out of malice, or out of genuine ignoring of him like the penguin officer had. If anything, he felt bad for her, and for two reasons.
The first one being how she had to reject Rudy’s help. She didn’t have much of a choice. And it wasn’t because of his disability. He just..didn’t have the knowledge for this, and she needed a lot of concentration. Rudy constantly asking her questions and trying to move around would break said concentration and potentially make things worse.
The other reason was because of the work that had been placed upon her. This wasn’t the first time she had to do this, and it’d always take so long. It was little wonder why Rudy tried to help out this time. Penny really was exerting herself for the sake of proving innocense. Mint wished that she would accept some help, even if it was simple, like holding two beakers or something. But she was strict in her ways and it was like talking to a brick wall to get her to change that. So they stopped trying.
He did hope that this wouldn’t take too long. The sooner they proved, or possibly disproven, this zoner’s innocense, the better. And then they could get onto the next zoner, and then the next.. He was noticing a recurring theme here.
When he moved his jaw just a little, he immediately froze when he felt a phantom pain in the joints. He placed his hand against his jaw and gingerly rubbed it back and forth. He struggled to stop the memories of Sandra dislocating his jaw out of his mind. Yet they kept flashing in the back of his head, forcing him to relive it. This memory brought him both relief...and guilt all wrapped into a single, confusing emotion.
On the one hand, he recovered quite fast. He had been injured the least and he was able to return to ChalkZone very shortly later. But it was also because of this lack of harmful injury that made him feel guilty. After all, the others were all very nearly killed, and he got off scott free almost. It just...didn’t seem fair...
“Ahhh! Mint! Get her off me!”
Mint shifted his head quickly over to the sound of Snap screaming. His heart raced really quickly inside his chest. What was going on? Were they being attacked?
Then he saw what was really happening. And when he did, he couldn’t help but smirk, struggling not to laugh. For a brief moment, he had forgotten all about what was troubling him, and instead, he could feel himself inflating with amusement.
Ripclaw had decided that she got tired of laying around. Her body rose off the ground, her large form shaking a little as she stretched out her legs. Even though this treehouse was made to be larger to accomodate both her and Rudy’s wheelchair access lift, the green raptor still felt...large in here. And with her on her feet she had moved closer to Snap.
The blue superhero zoner was pinned against the couch at this point, pressing her face against him. Snap was sputtering and shouting at her, pushing her back, but Ripclaw wouldn’t relent. She started to lick him affectionately, which was followed by a giggle from Rudy.
“This isn’t funny! Ew, this is so gross!” Snap placed his hand against Ripclaw’s head and pushed her back harder. “Mint! Get your dinosaur away from me!”
Although it was tempting to let this continue, Mint decided that it was probably best to stop it. After all, Penny was trying to work and she couldn’t concentrate with all this racket going on. So before Penny had time to speak, Mint got up from the couch and moved over towards Ripclaw. “Okay, girl, get off of him.”
Mint grabbed onto Ripclaw around the neck and started to push back. Despite being larger than he was when he was eleven, Ripclaw was still a massive dinosaur and it still took some effort to push her away. She struggled a little against him, looking as though she was trying to grab onto Snap. Ultimately, she did obey him and she stopped fighting, allowing Mint to push her back.
“Why don’t you go lay over there or something.” Mint pointed over to a corner of the room, away from Snap. To his pleasure, Ripclaw obeyed immediately.
“Finally!” Snap wiped himself, trying to get all the saliva Ripclaw gave him from her licks off of him. “Gross..you have any idea how long this will take to clean off?!”
Mint, needing a bit of humor after his short, internal bout of depression and guilt, gave a sideways glance over at Ripclaw, occasionally casting a stare at Snap. “But perhaps after Penny is finished, I will let you hold onto Snap for a little while.”
Snap stared at him with wide eyes, then slowly narrowed them. “Don’t you dare!”
Mint gave a playful grin. He could hear Rudy’s chuckling, signalling that he was feeling a little better. “I’m only joshing you, Snap. I won’t let it happen. I swear!”
Snap still glared at him. Slowly, his expression did soften up. “Well...I hope so...”
Mint continued to smile at him. But eventually, his smile faded from his mouth. He turned his attention back to Penny, gritting his teeth. Despite knowing that this result would likely be a dud like all the others, he still couldn’t help but feel a little anxious. He remained silent and waited for the results.
sss
The idea of rejecting Rudy’s help was not something that Penny was very proud of. She didn’t want to make him feel bad, or make him feel as though she didn’t appreciate his help. Which was far from the case. She wanted his help whenever it was possible. But this just...wasn’t one of those times.
It wasn’t something she was proud of either. Everytime she said no to him, especially after the incident, she just felt...awful. She wanted to slap herself in the face for turning down Rudy. But it wasn’t like she had a lot of choices here. Rudy’s lack of experience could interfere with things. He would understand that....wouldn’t he..?
She tried her best not to allow her emotions get in the way of progress, however. Despite how she felt, she had to concentrate on the work before her. She had to figure out about the contents of this container before time was up. Twenty-four hours might seem like a long time, but to run all the tests...
She quickly realized that she should have given herself more time. She should have told that zoner that she may take a while longer before she could give him any kind of result. It seemed like Haney had expected this all along, but...still...she did not really feel comfortable with calling him and telling him about a possible delay. So she just pushed herself forward and...well, if it came to that, they would cross that bridge when they get there. Right now, top priority was testing this stuff out.
Penny stared down at the container that she had open for a while. The horrible smell filled her nostrils, and she struggled not to gag or throw up. She tried to maintain a professional attitude. Even in the wake of Mint and Rudy’s laughing and Snap’s shouting, she still managed to keep her attention focused on the task at hand.
Using various tools she had taken out samples of the material and placed it under a microscope. This was the first line she went to, to see if the cell structure helped. Often times, it didn’t, at least not as much as in the Real World, since zoners were quite varied in shape and size and even what species they were meant to represent, some even being inanimate or vegeteable. So further analysis was required. But this still gave her an idea of what she was looking for.
Ah so it was made out of plant material. Similar to herbs. This did fit in with Haney’s story quite well. And it was true; some plants were pretty smelly, but did not taste bad on food. This alone could be enough to free Haney of the accusations, but she knew she had go to even further. She needed to deconstruct the genetics of this thing and prove to the zoners, without a doubt, that Haney was completely innocent.
So that meant even more testing. She tried not to groan at the thought. She knew that this was necessary. So slowly, she turned her head to the nearest beaker. She stared at it for a couple of seconds before reaching out and grabbing into it. She might as well get this over with. Bringing over a sample of the stuff, she dropped it in. Taking another fluid, she allowed a drop to enter, and the analysis soon began.
This went on for a while. She didn’t care to keep track of the time. She didn’t care to remember all of the steps. She could see herself using other types of chemicals. She could see her taking out more and more of the stuff in the container when she needed it. But it all rapidly became a blur. She was hardly aware of anything. She did not even notice that Rudy, Snap, Mint, and Ripclaw had fallen asleep. Had it really been five hours already...?
Regardless, she still pushed herself forward. She needed to get this done. She was making some good progress. She was getting close. If she kept kept this up, maybe she would be done ahead of time. She had only scratched the surface; she would need to keep herself moving at this steady rate. If she was lucky, maybe she would be able to finish this within the hour. Wishful thinking, but it still drove her to at least try.
Then at last, it seemed everything was starting to come together. She had gotten a ton of results at this point. Her paper was filled with various marks, indicating the discoveries that she had made. She had a stack full of them, indicating every tiny detail that she managed to notice. She had to use about thirty to forty percent of this stuff, but it was worth it in the end. The results were on paper now, plain as day for her or anyone else to see.
She stared down at the results for several long moments, her steady breath being the only sound that she could hear. There was no mistaking it. There wasn’t another possible explaination. Even if she were to analyze again, it wouldn’t change the facts that she was seeing here.
The result was...
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 26, 2015 15:10:57 GMT -5
Chapter 3: The Prison
Obeying the crown was a sinister price! -Hand Of Sorrow, Within Temptation
So it had come down to this.
Just like it always had.
Penny took in a deep breath and sighed as she stared at the scene before her. She was not at all surprised by how many zoners had shown up for this announcement. She had promised to deliver in twenty-four hours, and she did. Or at least, she thought so... Oh well, what did it matter? She was here now and that was all there is to it.
She and her friends stood in front of Haney’s Diner. An easy place for the other zoners to find. Even with the podium that she drew for herself to use, it was still difficult to see everyone that had arrived here. Not that it was going to be a problem; the megaphone that she drew for herself would work just fine in ensuring that even the zoners in the back were aware of what she was saying.
She gripped the megaphone in her hand tightly, struggling to think of just what she was going to say. She had to make sure that she worded everything carefully. There could not be a single room for doubt, otherwise the zoners might pick it apart, forcing her and her friends to defend their point.
She looked down at where her friends were. They had positioned themselves to her left, their eyes firmly on the crowd as they tried to see if anyone was trying to cause problems. Rudy sat tightly in his wheelchair with his magic chalk raised. Mint had one leg moved forward, his magic chalk tightly clutched in his left hand, and Snap had his fists tightened and slightly raised, looking as if he was ready to tear into the zoners any second if they dared to get any closer.
And on her right stood Haney. She could tell, even from this angle, that he looked quite nervous, and she could not blame him in the slightest. Not with how all these zoners were just...glaring at him like this. Not with the way they looked as if they were going to rip him into shreds. She bit her lip as she watched how terrified he looked. She wanted to comfort him, but right now, she needed to focus on delivering the news.
She looked down at her hand, where she clutched the piece of paper with the results. She licked her lips slowly. This should be an easy thing to say, but often, she was almost...afraid. There was always that chance that there would be a rejection to her ‘diagnosis’ and she would be confronted by several angry zoners.
But she had to say something and quick. Otherwise, this crowd was going to get restless anyway. She took in a deep breath and sighed softly.
Well, here it goes.
“I thank you all for coming here. As promised, I was able to test Haney’s secret sauce and I have the results right here.” Penny unfolded the piece of paper, its flapping sound quite audible to even the further back zoners thanks to the microphone. “I had tested and retested the sauce and I have come to one conclusion.”
She gave a pause for a bit of drama, though mostly to allow this to sink into everyone’s minds. She took a moment and looked around, seeing all of their faces. The zoners were watching her intently. A few of them were looking at Haney, as though eager to tear into him. And poor Haney was trembling like a leaf. He was constantly looking from the zoner crowd and up to Penny, his eyes looking as if they were giving a silent plea.
And Penny answered that plea.
“I am not allowed to divulge just what was in the secret sauce. After all, it is a secret. But...” Penny raised her hand up in gesture. “I can guarantee you that, after so many tests and retests, there is absolutely no trace of any zoner DNA in his concoction. Haney is innocent.”
Silence fell upon the area. The excited murmurs that the zoners had been giving quickly died down. With wide eyes, they stared at one another, scratching their heads. It looked as though they were having a hard time fully comprehending this. It was as if they had been presented with something that surely must be a myth.
But as Penny and her friends remained silent, staring with narrowed eyes intently into the crowd, it become increasingly clear to the zoners that they weren’t joking about this. And as soon as it become quite obvious this was, indeed, the prognosis, they began to murmur amongst each other in what could best be described as...disappointment.
“He...didn’t do anything...?” One zoner asked.
“But..But we were so sure!” A dog-like zoner exclaimed as she clutched her head. “It just doesn’t make any sense!”
Another zoner stared at her, his solid black eyes reflecting something. “I know how you feel, but...the Great Creators did do the tests and...” He shrugged. “I think we will just have to accept it.”
“But everything made so much sense! I mean... Haney could easily play the part of...” A stick figure zoner mentioned.
Another stick figure cut him off. “But like he said, we can’t argue. If the test results really show that Haney is innocent... Well, there’s not much that we can do about that, right?”
One zoner grumbled, “I still say she tested it wrong.”
Rudy, Mint, and Snap growled at that last comment. Penny was glad to see that they didn’t attempt to shout at the zoners. The last thing they needed was some kind of fight breaking out. If the zoners had a hard time accepting this truth, then that was on them. They could deal with it. The only time that she would think they should interfere again is if the zoners start getting violent again.
Which they weren’t. They were just...confused and uncertain. Some looked shocked and others were in disbelief, and some were pissed off. There were even a few that were horrified, as it meant that, as they realized, they had nearly harmed another innocent.
Just like they had with Snap all those years ago...
Although there were never as many in the crowd as others, Penny did sometimes feel something close to fear regarding the zoners that were angry about the results that she would give. It would seem that some of the zoners were a little too eager to dish out justice....and it was quite terrifying.
Especially considering the fact that said zoners could become even more dangerous than most of the villains that they faced. These zoners were likely fueled by the desire for revenge regarding what Sandra did. They might not have gotten a chance to attack her, so now they were focusing their rage elsewhere. If she and her friends weren’t careful, these zoners would tear apart anyone just so that they could get their thirst for revenge out of the way.
Haney was the one who eventually broke the silence. Gone was the terrified, frightened zoner, and in his place stood someone who was a little too confident for his own good. “See?! I told you I was innocent! Hah! Take that, you doubters!” He pointed a claw towards the group of zoners in an excited manner. The other zoners growled at him, but this did not cause his demeanor to faulter in the slightest.
Thankfully, Snap was able to say something before things got any worse. “Hey now! Try to keep yourself calm, okay buddy?” Snap said as he walked over towards the overly excited dragon. When he got his attention, Snap continued, “You wouldn’t want to jinx it, would you?”
The dragon zoner paused for a moment, considering what Snap was saying. He lowered his gaze towards the ground for a couple of seconds before he said softly, “Yeah...you’re right. I’m...I’m sorry...”
“Hey don’t sweat it!” Snap gave him a small pat on his arm. For a split second, it looked as if the blue zoner had gotten nervous. But whatever had caused him to freeze him didn’t appear to bother him anymore, and he quickly returned to his more cheerful self. “Now why don’t you run along back in the restaurant and return to work?”
“That sounds like a good idea.” Rudy said as he moved himself towards Haney. He stared at him in the eyes for a couple of seconds before he continued, “Just try to stay out of trouble, all right? And if something else happens, let us know, okay?”
Haney nodded his head. “I understand.”
Rudy smiled at this. Before he could speak, Mint had walked up to his side, positioning himself right beside him. “Don’t worry! We will be glad to help you if something else comes up!” Mint smiled down at Rudy before looping an arm around him, pulling him into a half hug. “Isn’t that right?”
Rudy grunted at this sudden hug. He did nothing to fight back against it other than a small cringe. He managed to give a smile back at his friend. “Yes, of course.”
Penny watched this for a couple of seconds before shaking her head slowly. She turned her head away and looked back at the zoners. Despite what had been told to them, they still hadn’t left yet. They were just..standing around, looking at them as though waiting for something else to be said. Penny gave a small groan at this. Were they really that unaccepting of her saying that Haney was innocent?
She had come to expect this, anyway. Sometimes their word for it just didn’t cut it. It was still an issue that plagued ChalkZone City. While understandable, this was getting quite tiresome. If these zoners didn’t stop acting so paranoid.... But then, what could she and her friends say to sway them otherwise?
Penny tapped against the microphone to make sure that she had the zoners’ attention once more. “And of course, if anyone spots something suspicious, or even see a terrifying act take place, you can still report to us. We are here to help all of you.” She had hoped that this would quell them, but it would seem that, for a few, this was not going to be the case.
“Oh yeah? Then why did you let him free?” A zebra-like zoner pointed her hooved hand towards Haney. “You know that he’s guilty and yet you still let him off scott free!”
“But...” Another zoner stared at her in shock, her own eyes wide. “Penny did say that she tested it and...”
“She’s lying! She’s obviously in cahoots with him!” The zebra-like zoner snapped, gritting her teeth. She turned and stared into Penny’s eyes. “Aren’t you, you little bitch? You’re part of this whole conspiracy! You’re just waiting for the right moment to strike!”
Penny stared at the zebra zoner in shock, her mouth having dropped open. She wasn’t sure what to say or do in response to this. All she could do was just stare at the zoner as her accusations filled her head. Never before had she and her friends been accused of a conspiracy. This was just....unprecedented.
“Furthermore, you...”
“Oh shut up!”
The zebra zoner hissed when one of the cat-like zoners struck her across the face. She took a step back, rubbing her hand back and forth along her cheek. She glared at her attacker. “What the hell was that for?!”
The cat zoner merely snarled at her, pulling his lips back and showing off his sharp teeth. “Enough with the accusations!”
The zebra zoner merely scoffed. “You’re just blind! You’ll see! You will all see!” She glared back at Penny. “She is a traitor!”
Although the zebra zoner was silenced by several other zoners in the crowd, either defending Penny and her friends or just getting sick of the zebra’s attitude, that didn’t really change Penny’s current state of mind.
The realization that the zoners had gotten so tense that some of them were starting to turn against them weighed heavily on her mind. With a cold chill rushing through her body, she couldn’t help but feel reminded of what happened years ago. Oh there were plenty of things, but there was one particular moment that she couldn’t help but think of in this situation.
And that was when she, Rudy, and Mint had been chased by that mob. She had struggled to forget about it, but..how could she? Even when she closed her eyes, there were times when she could see it in her mind. Wild zoners afflicted heavily by the Signal, driving them to attack her and her friends... No, she would never forget it.
Especially not now.
The situation was growing ever dire now. She knew that she and her friends were going to have to address this increased aggression soon enough. She wasn’t sure how yet, but if they were able to come up with some kind of maxium security solution that would give back 100 percent positve results, then perhaps the zoners would be satisfied, including the more aggressive ones. There was still that chance that a rogue zoner could try something, but to quell as many as possible would at least minimize the threat.
Penny decided it was best not to stick around for any longer. She had said her piece. The zoners got the message. Haney can go back to work. Some of the zoners were already leaving. Now was a good time to just pack up and leave. No need to stay around for longer than she needed to.
She didn’t bother doing anything with the podium or the microphone placed against it. She didn’t bother saying another word other than a simple ‘goodbye’ and she began to walk away towards the left, where Rudy and Mint were still positioned.
“Penny...?” Rudy asked as he reached out with his hand. She stared down at him and noted his sympathetic expression. “Are you..okay...?”
Mint looked at her with concern. “Yeah... That was quite harsh. I hope you didn’t let it go to your head. Don’t listen to what she says, okay?”
Penny didn’t bother answering them. She wasn’t really angry that they said nothing to defend her; the zoners were doing that already, not giving either them, nor Snap, a chance to speak up for her. But, at the moment, she was still too shaken up to really say anything to them. She simply turned her head away and continued to walk down the street.
At this point, Snap had returned to Mint and Rudy’s side. She could hear his pitter patter of his feet. Then she could hear a shout come from him. “Hey, Buckette! Wait!”
She didn’t attempt to look back at him. She didn’t try to speak. She just focused on walking. If she were going to discuss this, she would much rather do it somewhere else. Away from here. Somewhere more private, like Snap’s home, or that treehouse they often used. Or even deep within one of the nearby forests where the citizens of the city didn’t often tread.
She was thankful that the others didn’t attempt to stop her or slow her down. Rather than continue fighting, they started to follow her. She knew this because not only did she hear the tapping of feet, but she could hear Rudy grunting as he pushed his wheelchair forward, the wheels skidding a little against the concrete surface. A part of her did feel bad for not speaking to her friends right now. She would just...much rather do it when they were alone. That’s all. They’d understand that.
So with the sound of arguing zoners and a smug Haney announcing his victory fading slowly into the background as they gained distance between them, the group of friends walked away, heading back towards the treehouse.
sss
Skrawl grumbled as he leaned himself against his creaking bed. The strong smells all around him intermingled, invading his nostrils relentlessly. He struggled not to allow it to make him feel sick. But it was quite too late for that wasn’t it?
Years too late, that is.
He wasn’t even sure how long he had been trapped here. Far too long, if one were to ask him. He shouldn’t be in this wretched place. He should be out there, terrorizing everyone. He should be trying to take over ChalkZone. He should be planning his revenge against Rudy and his pitiful pals. And instead he was stuck...here. Of all the rotten luck.
He had no idea things would have gone this way for him. He didn’t realize that his last attempt would have backfired in such a way. After his near success, which had been botched by Snap’s interference, he had tried again, roughly three years ago, if he were to have a guess on time scale. But not only did this fail utterly, but he had ended up captured...again. He had been able to escape from prison the first time. But this time around, he hadn’t been so lucky.
He had been sent to one of the highest security prisons in the nearby land. From his barred window, he could see bits of ChalkZone City. He grimaced at the sight of it. This window, being able to see to the outside world, did nothing more than remind him of his failures. It caused him to fill up with rage and he could feel his body tremble. Oh how he longed to be free...and yet there was nothing that he could do.
He had already tried to escape from this place once. It not only ended in failure, but he was damn near lucky that he didn’t end up with a worse sentence. This place was just crawling with security. Cameras, heat sensors, hidden lasers, dogs, traps. You name it, this place had it. It was little wonder that here, even the toughest-looking prisoner was a mess.
Skrawl was one of the few who still had something of an attitude. Even if he couldn’t attack his captors with this shock collar on him, he could still insult them. He was rarely punished for that, though he wondered if it was only because they were amused by the whole thing. After all, it wasn’t like he could even follow through with any of his attacks.
Skrawl let out a low growl at this, his large teeth gritting against one another. This just wasn’t fair. He was supposed to be the ruler of ChalkZone. He should be the one commanding everyone here. He shouldn’t be the prisoner. He deserved to be far more than this. Oh so much more...
His Beanie Boys were still free at least. Though those blockheads hadn’t even tried to save him yet. He wasn’t sure if it was because they didn’t come up with a plan, or they were scared. Or even because they had attempted but kept failing over and over again. He hoped that it was the latter. He hated to think that his Beanie Boys would be so incompetent that they wouldn’t try to save him. After all, he was the one who rescued them and gave them a new purpose in life.
He let out a small sigh and collapsed himself against his bed. He ignored the loud squeaking that this made. He turned his head up towards the dirty ceiling, covered in dark marks and a few spots where it dripped. He had been placed in one of the older cells. Though this cell looked as if it were starting to fall apart, that didn’t really matter. This place was a lot sturdier than it looked. Even a weakened room like this was more than enough to keep him trapped inside.
How lovely...
He allowed his mind to wander a little as he tried to think of just where he had gone wrong in the past. There was one particular point in time where he had nearly won. He had gotten so close, and victory was practically in his claws. And yet, in the end, he still utterly lost.
When he had gotten those ancient artifacts, he had been a practical being of power. It had been so easy collecting them with Mint’s help. The naive little boy hadn’t been that difficult to manipulate. With him keeping Rudy, Penny, and Snap busy, he was free to steal the artifacts until he had gotten all of them. He remembered the power that he felt, the things that he could do, the way that he had been able to put even Rudy Tabootie, the Great Creator, at bay.
But that all went downhill because he had forgotten one important factor: Mint Zandophen.
Well sort of. It wasn’t that he had forgotten about him. It was just... He hadn’t been able to keep him as under control as he thought. He had believed so foolishly that his ‘ChalkZone is a virtual reality game’ would have been enough to keep Mint under his command. But at some point, Mint’s loyalt with him faultered, and he had turned against him. The one that he had been led to believe was his NPC guide.
At first, Skrawl had no idea why this had happened. Mint had been so loyal before. He had been furious when the brat changed sides. But the more he thought about it the more he realized that it might have been his fault that Mint turned against him. If he hadn’t struck him...
Oh sure, Mint deserved to get hit when he showed mercy when he should not have. But...yet...at the same time... That could have been the moment where he had really screwed up. If he had just kept it to yelling at Mint, then perhaps things could have been different. When he attacked Mint, he had pretty much proven to the boy that you could get hurt in this world, which must have been a key factor in shattering Mint’s delusion that he had tried so hard to build up for him. Skrawl had himself to blame for this as well. Not that he would admit it, of course.
And now he was stuck here with no way out. Stuck in a place where he was mistreated on a daily basis. Oh he had tried his best to cope and ignore them. But that was getting harder and harder by the day. With this shock collar, he could hurt no one and his threats were falling on deaf ears, increasing in number was the days passed by. And it wasn’t like he was the only one.
From what he had witnessed, this place seemed to have something of a pecking order. Almost everyone had someone else that picked on them. The further down the ‘food chain’ someone was, the more people that picked on them. The ones at the bottom.. Skrawl was not fully aware of what happened to them, although he thought he heard rumors that they kill themselves to escape the torment of having everyone gang up on them and...well, there were certain things that even Skrawl would never consider doing.
Skrawl himself was...sort of one of the luckier ones. He wasn’t on the bottom of the pecking order, having established himself quite well. But there were still many stronger zoners here who licked to pick on him and beat him up at least once a week. He was getting quite used to the bruises that covered his body. He wondered if they would even become permanent marks.
He bared his teeth and let out a soft growl. One of these days, he would get out of this wretched prison. He did not belong here. Everyone in this place knew this, even if they did not admit it themselves. Not only did he not belong here, but he should be the one commanding everyone. He should be the big shot. He should be the one controlling what everyone was doing all across ChalkZone. After what Rudy did to him, it was the least that he himself deserved.
But of course, the first step came in getting out of here. And that wasn’t something that he had quite figured out yet. He was certain that he would think of something in time. He just...needed to be patient. That was all. Good and patient. And eventually he would get rewarded.
He looked forward to facing off against Rudy and his pitiful friends again. He would love to be able to get another round in with them. He wanted to have another shot at them. And this time, he would not be so merciful. It would not be like last time, with the artifacts and with Mint. He shuddered at the memory. Oh gawd yes, things would be so much different.
He should have just killed Mint when he had the chance. As soon as he had that last artifact, he should have just killed Mint. Hunt him down and kill him. He should have done something with that temple that he had sent Mint to, ensuring that he would have been killed in the process. Or even at the hospital when he had Mint alone. He had him in his grasp, yet he didn’t bother trying to crush his throat then. He had the chance...
But this time, he would not miss that opportunity. As soon as he got out of here, Mint was going to be the first one to go. He had the gall to turn against his leader, the one who had given him purpose in this world. He deserved to be the first one to leave.
Of course, he had no idea when this was going to happen. He still needed to formulate some kind of affective plan to get out of here. He had to study more things about this place. The way the guards move, the dogs, the way the security is set up and where the power came from. Only after fully analyzing everything, which would take a long time given his lack of access to it, would he be able to figure out a way to get out of here.
But he would at some point. He was Skrawl, after all. The future ruler of ChalkZone.
He always found a way out.
Without realizing that he was doing it, Skrawl let out a few small chuckles as he started to get a little too carried away in imagining what he was going to do to Mint once he got his claws on him. With a dark laugh, he clutched his fists tightly and grunted loudly. In his mind, he was imagining snapping Mint’s neck in two, and the thought filled him with such maniacal glee. He couldn’t wait for the real thing. He...
“Hey! Will you stop it?!”
Skrawl let out a loud grunt of pain when something struck him from above. Or rather from the side, when a large scaly fist struck him against the side of his head. Skrawl shook his head and rubbed it gingerly, wincing at the bruise that had already started to form.
“Hey, watch it, will you?!” Skrawl snapped. “There was no need to....”
Skrawl fell silent at the heavy squeaking above him. He could see dark green legs dangling in front of him, and he felt the bunk bed shift. In a matter of seconds, there was a loud grunt and a loud smack against the ground as his cell mate jumped down. Then slowly, he turned his head and glared down at him.
Skrawl found himself gulping a little and cringing slightly. If there was one thing that could fill him with fear, it was his cell mate. He might not admit it, but even his cell mate could tell that he was afraid of him.
But it wasn’t simply his cell mate’s appearance. Sure, the large, dark green crocodile was certainly imposing to look at. Thick muscles, razor sharp claws, a long mouth of bone crushing teeth, bright yellow eyes glaring down at him. His long, thick tail swooshed behind him, perfectly capable of snapping legs in two if he so desired. Yes, truly this guy was someone that had seen a lot of fighting and could hold his own even if the odds appeared to be against him.
No, the actual reason Skrawl feared him was because he was helpless. He was stuck wearing a shock collar. Well so was his cell mate. In fact, he was from the percentage of this place that wore them, deemed one of the most dangerous. But this guy could handle a lot more pain than Skrawl could. Thicker skin, a tougher attitude, his body covered in battle scars indicating a history much rougher than even Skrawl had ever endured. With this collar on, Skrawl could not easily fight him, but his cell mate had absolutely no issues in fighting him.
“What...did you say to me...?” The crocodile zoner asked. His voice was deep and gruff, and almost serene-sounding. This contradiction in voice was enough to make Skrawl’s legs tremble. At Skrawl’s lack of a response, the croc gave a dark smirk. “Oh come now, I know you can still talk. I know you have your reasons for what you did. So come on...” He tilted his head to one side. “Tell me...”
“I-I...” Skrawl stammered for a couple of seconds. He then cleared his throat and swallowed. He narrowed his eyes. He struggled his best not to show this guy fear or give him more control than he already had. He did have to think about his dignity, after all. No one would take him seriously as leader if he allowed himself to be so easily intimidated. “That is none of your business, reptile breath. I would sooner lose one of my antennas than tell the likes of you anything.. urgk!”
Skrawl grunted as he felt the large, green zoner grab him by his throat. He was forced up into the air, dangling by his feet. Skrawl gritted his teeth and grabbed at the croc’s hands, trying to make him let go. He stared at the beast with wide eyes, filled with desperation and fear. He knew that all it would take was a bit of a tighter squeeze and this guy could easily rip his throat out. He tried to claw back at him, but his puny claws were no match for the thick skin. He couldn’t even get a small scratch in. And that was the only reason his shock collar didn’t pump him full of electricity yet.
The crocodile zoner laughed at Skrawl’s pitiful attempts to get free. “Here you are, the so-called ‘future ruler of ChalkZone’, terrified and hanging at my mercy. You know, perhaps I should take your place. I would make a much more suitable ruler than you...” The crocodile zoner brought Skrawl close to his face, his slit pupils starting straight into him. “...don’t you think...?”
Skrawl didn’t dare try to answer. Even if he did have something he could say, he wouldn’t dare do. He had learned the hard way that he should be careful around this zoner while he was in this predicament. One day, he would get his revenge against Greenhide here. But today wasn’t that day.
“It is so pitiful, really.” Greenhide said as he hissed through his sharp, clenched teeth. “I would have expected you to have something of a backbone.. But I see that I was sorely mistaken. You really are just a pathetic little jellybean, aren’t you?”
At this, Skrawl managed to glare at the crocodile. “Th-That’s not...” He grunted. His third limb, which dangled, kicked out in desperation. “Now you see here! I accomplished more than you could ever...”
Greenhide let out a booming laugh. It was enough to stop Skrawl and silence him. He could feel his heart nearly stop beating when Greenhide gave him a glinting look, a malicious smile spreading across his face. “Oh really now? Maybe I should put that to the test...”
Skrawl’s eyes widened in horror at this. He did feel sick doing that. He never wanted to show weakness towards anyone. But with this crocodile, in his current situation, there was little he could do to stop himself from feeling fear. Because for all his arrogance, he was not stupid. Even he knew when it was best to be afraid, and when it was foolish not to be.
Unable to say anything, the only thing that Skrawl could do was lower his head. It hurt him to do this. This was far from who he used to be. Lowering his head and cowering like this, hoping to get out of this situation... While before, he coud have just smacked someone or shouted back. He couldn’t help but feel disgusted by this. Though this would at least help him survive for longer, it only increased his desire to tear this croc’s face off.
Greenhide smirked at his reluctant show of submission. “I see you are smarter than you look. I hope it stays that way.” He pressed the tip of his nose against Skrawl’s face, allowing the jellybean to feel his hot breath against his skin. “I would hate for something to happen to someone as pretty as you...”
Skrawl flinched at that comment. “I still look forward to the day that all your hide is ripped off your...”
Greenhide didn’t allow Skrawl to finish. He merely laughed at him, making a few small comments about how ‘pitiful’ it was that Skrawl thought that he could scare him. Skrawl growled at this, but before he could even try to say something, Greenhide lifted him up even higher and threw him across the cell. Skrawl let out a scream as his body slammed against the cold, iron bars and slumped into the ground.
“Consider that a warning, Skrawl.” Greenhide said as he took a few heavy steps towards Skrawl’s fallen form. His smile was gone and his yellow eyes narrowed sternly at him. His tail moved from side to side behind him, the tip shaping like an S, like a snake ready to strike. “I trust that you weren’t going to do anything else to...tempt me, am I right?”
Although his gut twisted in disgust, Skrawl grumbled as he lowered his head. “No...” It took a lot of will power for him to even say that.
The crocodile grinned broadly at this. “Good, good... Now why don’t you get back to sleep? And tomorrow, I promise I will be a lot more...kind with you.”
Skrawl wanted to throw up at this. He didn’t dare speak a word, however. He picked himself off the ground, grunting at the pain that wracked through him. He glared at Greenhide for a couple of seconds before he headed back to his bunk bed. He went towards the bottom one and practically collapsed into it.
Though he would never admit it, a part of him wondered that him trying to collect the artifacts was what brought him down to this level. Of course, he did nearly win with them. But it just seemed like, ever since he had used that darn crown, things had ultimately gone downhill for him. After all, it was after the artifact incident that he had been arrested for the first time and now this...
He shook the thought out of his mind. It didn’t really matter now if the artifacts did curse him or not. Besides, it was silly to think so. He needed to focus on figuring a way out of this place. He would think of something eventually. He always did.
Then everyone, especially Greenhide and Mint, would have hell to pay..
He would see to that.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 27, 2015 18:23:27 GMT -5
Chapter 4: Foreboding
No one ever said that it was easy. So come out of the cold... -The Art Of Breaking, Thousand Foot Krutch
What was that saying? Something about how time slips away from you? Or was it about how, when enough time has passed, it’s all muddled together, making it difficult to discern the exact amount of time that’s passed? Or was it something similar to that?
Well regardless of the exact saying, Sandra sure was feeling its effects right about now. Without having access to even a clock and without there being a day and night cycle here, which was true throughout ChalkZone anyway, Sandra had no way of knowing what time it was or how how long it’s been since she got here. She only knew that it had to be at least a year, but something told her that it’s been longer than that.
She had her guesses, but she could not be entirely sure if she was correct or not. There was also the fact that her internal zoner clock was disrupted since she got here. All zoners were created in the innate sense of time. It wasn’t always perfect, but without a way to visually see time pass, many zoners have this ‘time instinct’ of sorts that let them know roughly how much time passed and what time it was. To an extent.
But not with her. No, she had lost this ability when she arrived here, and she could only make guesses. It was quite irritating, and she could feel her hands forming into fists. She never thought that not knowing the time or the day would bother her. But here she was.
Turning her head, she stared over at where one of the large rocks laid. One of her favorite rocks as it was shaped like a large claw. There was just something so appealing about the shape. And there, on the side, she could see some faint marks. She narrowed her eyes at them. She had attempted to keep track of time, but after a while, she just...stopped. How could she concentrate on counting the seconds all the time? It just could not be done.
She swished her tail rigidly from side to side. She ignored the way that her tail spikes were hidding the other nearby wall behind her. If anything, the scraping was almost inviting. It reminded her of how she had fought against those rotten children and their little blue friend. How she had scraped the walls to fighten him. How she had latched onto him and started to tear him apart, push him against the wall...
A small smile tugged in the corner of her mouth. She could feel her mouth water a little as she remembered Snap’s flavor. She remembered how sweet it was. Almost like honey and ham...and yet still being distinct somehow. The boy’s meat was quite chewy, too, and yet still easy to tear apart. It was difficult to describe. Oh just thinking about it was making her hungry.
It was then that she was struck with reality. Her red eyes widened as she recognized a sensation crawling up inside of her. She couldn’t make it stop, no matter how hard she tried. And slowly, she narrowed her eyes and growled softly.
Today was the anniversary of her arrest, wasn’t it...?
No wonder she had been in a more sour mood today than normal. Not that it was easy living here; anyone who set foot in this place would know that this was a wretched, horrible world to be in, and that every day was a struggle just to maintain a little sanity.
But on days like today, she felt more on edge. She could feel her body shaking anticipation. She could feel her mind swimming. She could feel her jaws tightening and teeth clenching. The talons on her feet quaked, the sharp tips wanting to pierce something. Anything. She constantly shifted her eyes around, trying her damnest to find something that she could attack. But with nothing but rock here, she had nothing to release her frustrations on.
Well...nothing...except for herself...
Sandra looked down at her right leg. She made a small grimace as she saw a few pinkish scars that decorated it. Her left leg was more or less the same, if not a tad worse. She often felt at unease when she saw them. A part of her felt a little guilty for doing this to herself. But that guilt was very short-lived. With newfound anger invading her body once more, she lifted her leg, flexed her talons, and struck down.
A flash of pain radiated from her body as her claws pierced the skin in her thighs. She ignored it. She did not stop until her claws dragged all the way down, leaving behind four trails of dripping blood on her inner thigh. The pain burned throughout her leg as though it was set on fire. A bit of tears formed in her eyes. But she did not scream. She never screamed.
Sandra pressed her back against the rock and slid down. She looked down at her leg and examined it, her hand resting on top of her thigh. She looked at how the crimson fluid kept draining out of her leg, staining the ground. She pressed her finger against her wound. She flinched a little, then dragged her finger along the wound, ignoring the stinging pain. She brought her hand to herself and she examined the tip of her dark blue finger. Her pupils focused intently on her own blood.
Oh how she wished it was Snap’s blood. Or the blood of anyone else but her. She didn’t deserve this. They had gone way too far with their punishment for her. They had gone overboard. It was funny, really. In trying to squash a ‘monster’, they had become monsters themselves. Bigger ones that she ever could have been.
Not that she even was a monster to begin with. No, she was only a ‘monster’ in their eyes because they refused to see the truth. They were too blinded by their own greed and selfishness. The truth often hurt and she had been a little aware that they might be slightly resistant, even if she didn’t admit it to herself at the time. Still... for all of them to be so closed minded..and for them to overreact by putting her in this place... A part of her wondered why she even bothered with that place at all.
If only she had known that place was filled to the brim with...with sinners, she would have hightailed it out of there before those corrupted fiends could get to her. She would have found a safe refuge, and keep searching for a place that hadn’t yet been corrupted.
Yet she had to wonder if there was indeed such a place at all. It was starting to look like not the case. After all, the first two places she had stayed out both turned out to be horrible. Who is to say that any other place would be different? They did say that the world was filled with terrible people. And it was certainly starting to look like that was the case. This whole place was filled with corruption...and she was one of the few left who was still pure.
She couldn’t help but grimace as she recalled how they treated her upon finding out what she did. She couldn’t believe how far they had gone. How insulting they had been...rejecting the sanctity of the promise as well as daring to criticize her noble efforts in keeping people together. The consumption of a friend was a great deal of honor...and these wretched welps dared to say something against it...?
Instead of listening to her side of the story, they only listened to one and completely ignored hers. They didn’t try to listen. She knew they did not bother to make the attempt. For if they had, they would have seen the logic that she was pointing out and they would have sided with her. But no...they only wanted to listen to Snap’s point of view...
Sandra gritted her teeth and let out a low growl. Here she was, locked away in this place, unable to do anything to get out... while Snap was running around scott free. It should have been him to get locked up, not her. Snap was the real monster here. Him and Rudy...
More blood heated up inside of her when she recalled how the zoners reacted to what was done to Rudy. She would have thought they’d be happy that she got rid of a promise breaker. She thought that they would have been grateful for the aid, knowing that an unholy demon had been taken out of their lives. Instead, they actually showed concern for the little fiend and were spiteful towards her as a result. Oh just how backwards were those fools...?
For a while, Sandra had lived with the comfort of knowing that Rudy couldn’t have possibly have survived. Even if he was alive for a short time, he would have surely passed on, right? His neck was quite shattered from the last that she could remember.
But that was all shattered when she recalled what her caretakers had said one time when they were feeding her. She would never forget it.
“It is a shame about Rudy, right? Having his neck broken...”
“Yeah, poor kid. I know he can still get around but...man...”
After that, Sandra had just shut down her mind in anger and run off. She didn’t care if she confused her caretakers; not like they bothered staying long anyway. She had grown used to her only company being her own thoughts, and of course the environment all around her.
And yet, despite being alone, she still felt...watched. She wanted some place more isolated where she could think. And she easily found it by going underground. There was a small network of caves beneath her. None that helped her escape, but they did give her something to do while she was here. And it was within those stone walls that she allowed her mind to realize the full impact of what she had heard.
Rudy Tabootie was...alive.
She snarled at this realization. She had no idea how it was possible. First, Snap betrayed her, turned against her, turned everyone against her, and no one bats an eye on it. Now the one person who was worse than Snap, the one who couldn’t be trusted, had somehow survived and was permitted to live. No doubt he still visited ChalkZone, and she was certain that none of these wretched zoners did anything about it.
And here she was, trapped in her dimensional cell, unable to do a fucking thing about it. It was so irritating. It was so frustrating, burning up inside of her. No matter how hard she tried to think, there was no light at the end of this tunnel. The zoners were doomed to further corruption and she couldn’t get out of here to stop it in time.
For a few moments, she felt something strange enter her mind. It was something that she had felt so rarely, and whenever she did, it was...difficult for her to describe, even to herself. She curled her fingers back into a small fist before flexing them out again and staring at her palm. Her teeth clenched tightly as she struggled to fight against the headache that was forming inside her skull.
Despite her thoughts and feelings, there was still a part of her that felt...afraid. Perhaps not for anyone specifically in ChalkZone City. But for anyone who hadn’t been corrupted yet. She knew that some of those existed. She knew that there were refugees like herself hiding in this corrupted world. She wished she could try to save them. If only she could figure out where they were...if only she could figure out how to get out of this place..
But what was she going to do? She had already attempted before. Not that she’d give up so easily. But..it was getting to the point where she had no idea what she could do. With those bars in the way, blocking her path, there was no way she could get into the tunnel until her caretakers are here. And her caretakers never left the tunnel for long, and there was always two of them.
So clever... Using two caretakers to ensure that she could not try to get in. Even with one out, the other inside the tunnel would block her path, and she would have no way past them. They always wore protection and had some form of defense among them to stop her if she did try something. The most she could do was scare or confuse them. But that didn’t mean that...
Wait a minute...
Was there something that she was missing...?
Sandra stared back at the rock tunnel once more. Her eyes moved over it, combing every detail. Her mind went abuzz with thoughts, as though this was the first time she was even seeing this tunnel. And slowly, something bulged in the back of her mind.
How could she have been so stupid? The answer had been right here before her eyes. Plain as day... And now that she was seeing it, a plan started to build up rapidly inside her brain. She couldn’t help but spread her mouth into a toothy grin.
She hoped that Rudy and Snap were ready. Because ready or not, she was going to come find them.
sss
“I’m still not so sure about this, Rudy...” Penny rubbed the back of her head as she stared down at the plans that Rudy had given her. “I think this could create more problems than it solves.”
Rudy frowned at this. He motioned towards Penny with one hand. “Well what do you expect? At least this way, we can get faster results. And if we mass produced this, it could stop major issues from cropping up before they even start. If the zoners knew what was in the food they were eating...”
“Then it could drive restaurants out of business.” Penny said, narrowing her eyes. Rudy simply stared at her. “Don’t look at me that way, Rudy. You and I both know that if the zoners gained access to all the ingredients, then anything the restaurant owners made could be replicated at home....and then what?” She raised her arms up into the air. “You don’t want them coming after us, do you?”
Rudy opened his mouth to reply. Before he could, something large and soft pushed against him. Rudy turned his head and he gave a smile when he saw that it was just Ripclaw. Her wet tongue moved along his head, searching for nonexistant parasites. The feeling was quite ticklish, but in some ways, it did feel sort of good.
After pushing Ripclaw’s head away and watching as the large, feathered raptor walked off, now turning her attention towards Mint, Rudy shifted his head back towards Penny. His eyes became narrowed once more as he started to think about what she had brought up.
Hmm...perhaps she did have some kind of point. Creating this portable analyzer might solve some problems. But it would also bring in brand new ones. The last thing he wanted was for them all to land in hot water with restaurant owners. He didn’t want to imagine what they would do to them if this invention was used to steal recipes.
And yet...they couldn’t just leave it at this. They had to do...something about the present situation. They couldn’t simply leave it as it was, could they? If they allowed this to continue, they would constantly be interfered by these zoners, constantly going around in circles, constantly being subjected to the same results over and over again. He wanted something to change about this. He wanted there to be a way to simplify the process. Something that would take the burden off them and give the zoners quicker results. It seemed as though they were getting more and more impatient.
Unfortunately however, the only thing he could think of was this analyzer. He had thought it was a great idea at the time. It seemed perfect and would have solved all their problems. But until Penny had pointed it out, he had failed to consider how restaurant owners would feel about this. Feeling a sesnse of defeat clutching at his chest, he inhaled deeply and sighed.
“Well...” Rudy placed his chalk-drawn marker on the table, pushing it towards Penny. “What would you have me do?”
Penny was at a loss for words. It was as though she didn’t expect him to agree with her so fast. Or was it because of the tension? “Well, I...”
“Get off of me, Ripclaw!”
Rudy and the others watched as Mint struggled to push Ripclaw off of him. The massive raptor had pushed her body against him and had him nearly pinned down. Her muzzle was pushed against his soft, brown hair, and it looked as if she were grooming him. Rudy couldn’t help but smirk a little at this. Of course... If Ripclaw couldn’t have Rudy or Penny, then she would have Mint instead.
Mint struggled to get up, pressing his arm against the front of Ripclaw’s neck and chest. At first, it looked as if he was making a little bit of progress, but this only lasted a couple of seconds before the weight of the green raptor knocked him back down again. He let out a grunt as Ripclaw settled down against him, using her weight to hold him down so she could continue combing through his hair with her teeth.
Snap giggled at this. “Having a little bit of trouble there?”
Mint shot him a glare. “Oh be quiet and help me!”
Snap folded his arms against his chest. “Oh I don’t know...” He raised his hand up in gesture. His smile broadened. “She’s gotta eat too, you know...”
“Snap!”
Rudy shook his head at this. Sometimes it was a little annoying the way Mint and Snap bickered off each other. They seemed to be doing that more now than ever. But he couldn’t really complain too much; it never got that serious and it was more playful than anything. He would much rather have this than how Mint used to be, trying to shoot Snap with a laser gun... He shuddered at that memory.
Rudy made a mental note in the back of his head to try to get Mint home quicker this time. He recalled how their antics the other day, in trying to figure out the contents of Haney’s secret sauce, had led Mint to being late meeting up with his father. He did not want that to happen again. Especially not with how Mint had returned the next day, a little shaken from his dad scolding him.
Briefly, the teenager felt a pang in his chest. The fear of Mint’s father discovering ChalkZone was getting closer and closer to becoming a reality. That man was getting a little too nosy and he had been growing increasingly suspicious. This issue died down momentarily five years ago, but lately it’s been growing, getting stronger, and he had no idea how long this could be kept up before...
He tried not to allow that fear to overrun him, however. So far, at least Mr. Zandophen was unaware of what was going on. So long as he did not snoop any further and Mint remained cautious, they should have no problem with preventing that man from finding out.
But what if he did find out? What would they do then? How would they handle it? What would Mr. Zandophen say? Would he be accepting or would he try to do something about this world? Considering that Mint lost his leg in ChalkZone...
“Thanks for nothing, Snap!” Mint grumbled. Rudy snapped out of his thoughts and watched as his slightly older friend managed to push Ripclaw off without Snap’s assistance. The blue and white zoner was still grinning at him playfully. “That would have went a lot smoother if you just helped!”
“Well it turns out you didn’t need it.” Snap shrugged his shoulders. “You just needed to put a little...muscle into it.”
Mint glared at him, but he didn’t bother trying to argue right back. He just smiled a little, giving a soft chuckle. “Well at least that’s over...” He eyed Ripclaw critically. “For now...” Ripclaw cringed away from him, turning her head away as though she realized she did something wrong. Mint’s expression lightened up a little before he turned to Penny. “I have to agree with, Rudy, though. Something has to be done about this.”
Snap, forgetting all about what happened between him and Mint, nodded in agreement. His smile quickly faded as he turned to his friend. “We can’t just keep pandering to these zoners. If we allow them to keep turning to us every time they have a suspicion...”
Penny gave a sigh. “I know we have to do something. But...” She rested her elbows against the table, using her fingers to rub her head. “We can’t turn our backs on them, either. We’re the only ones who can stop those zoners from doing anything drastic, remember?”
Rudy shuddered at this. He remembered all too well the last time that he and his friends could not interfere in time. The zoners had went after another restaurant owner and accused her of using zoner meat, like they had with others. And since he and his friends were not around, other than Snap, there was little that could be done to quell them.
Oh Snap tried..oh how he tried... But it was not enough. Snap could not provide proof of the zoner’s innocense, and she ended up being chased. If he and his friends hadn’t shown up later when they did, that poor zoner would have been beaten up by the crowd. Rudy hated to imagine what would have happened if they were just a few minutes late...
“Besides, there is a problem that we need to address with this.” Penny spoke up. She stared over at the paper, her eyes narrowing slowly. “How are we going to tailor this thing to detect the vast variety of sentient zoner DNA?”
Rudy stared at his friend in confusion. “What do you mean, Penny..?”
“I mean..” Penny paused for a moment, her eyes shifting around as she tried to think of something. Snap and Mint looked at her in confusion, their eyes narrowed as well. “The only reason we are able to get positive results is because we take the time... I take the time...” She motioned to herself. “...to analyze the samples properly. But how do we condense that down to a little machine and have it do it faster? Rudy, sentient zoners are very varied, in all colors, shapes, and sizes. How do we account for all that?”
Mint’s eyes widened and he gave a quiet gasp. “..and besides...” He looked over at Penny. “You were only testing to see if it was zoner DNA... You did not test it to see if it was sentient zoner DNA..” His voice trailed off as he lowered his head and stared at the ground, looking quite floored with this realization.
Rudy felt his heart skip a beat at this. “Th-That’s right... We were only testing to see if any of these products had zoner DNA... So far all the restaurants we encountered had been using premade meat. Ones that were drawn and then erased. We hadn’t tested anyone who has, like say, a farm or something...”
Penny raised her hand up in gesture. “That’s right. And in case any of you have forgotton, sentient and non sentient zoner DNA aren’t exactly all that different, if at all. I can’t look at a slide of zoner flesh and say it’s sentient.” She straightened herself up. “..I would need access to the brain to do that...”
“And that...is not going to be easy...” Snap muttered. “And even if it were, I’m not sure how that would go over with the other zoners...”
Everyone remained silent at this. They looked at the ground and then at each other, occasionally shifting their views. They allowed this information to sink down into their minds, and they licked their lips nervously. None of them could deny the truth of that matter.
All this did was create more complications for them. At least as they were now, they could minimize most of the problems. But with memories like that one poor female restaurant owner hovering over their minds, they knew that something else had to be done eventually. There had to be an easier way to go about this. But as they all knew, getting access to zoner brains, while it would help them narrow things down, it would not go over well with most of the zoners. They needed something else...but what?
Rudy licked his lips slowly. He turned his head towards his cellphone, watching as the LED screen lit up in his face. He stared down at the time flashing on it. He gritted his teeth. Unfortunately, they wouldn’t have time to continue speaking for long. If they didn’t figure out something within the next half hour, they would have to delay this whole thing.
And he hoped it didn’t have to resort to that.
Rudy looked over at Penny, noting how she was clearly trying to think hard, her fingernails digging into the sides of her face. Although he already knew the answer, he asked, “Did you think of anything yet?”
Penny groaned. “Not really.” She hissed as she rubbed her temples. “I’m giving myself a headache...”
“You and me both.” Snap grumbled. He sat down on the couch and leaned back against it. When Ripclaw came over towards him, he reached out and started to stroke her along the top of her head. “This is going to be one tough case to solve.” Ripclaw made a low sound similar to a purr as Snap stroked her head. He looked over at Mint. “And what about you, Mint? Think of anything?”
Mint raised his hand and started to scratch his head a little. Well...not really, to be perfectly honest.” He put his hands on his hips and took a moment to look at everyone in the room. He narrowed his eyes and clenched his teeth. “As much as I hate to say it... This may be something that we are going to have to put off for now. It may take a lot longer than we’d like for us to come up with a solution for this. In the mean time, if the zoners try to ask for our assistance again, we will just have to do what we have always done.”
Not exactly the kind of answer they were hoping for. But they couldn’t deny the truth of what Mint was saying. Especially not Rudy, who had realized this first. It would seem that they may have to delay this meeting after all. Spend some time alone in their own thoughts. Brain storm. Then come back tomorrow with a fresher mind and maybe they would have better luck that way.
In the end, Rudy hoped that this issue would be resolved soon. He hoped that they would be able to find a way to quicken this progress. He hoped that the zoners would eventually stop being so paranoid and learn to trust newcomers again.
Because at this rate, they are only going to tear themselves apart.
sss
Snap stood outside of Haney’s Diner. He looked at the restaurant up and down, licking his lips nervously. Even though this looked nothing like Sandra’s Alcove, there was still just...something about the atmosphere about this place that felt...wrong. And he wasn’t even sure why.
Maybe it was only because this place was located right where Sandra’s old restaurant used to be. Maybe it was because the restaurant owner was a dragon. Or maybe he was just being paranoid.
The blue superhero zoner gritted his teeth at this. He didn’t want to come off as some kind of coward. He didn’t want people thinking that he was chickening out or something. Not that anyone passing by, looking at him in confusion, said anything. Most of the zoners here, if not all of them, know what he had gone through. None of them would dare question why he was so nervous about entering here.
Though he wasn’t entirely sure himself. After all, this was not the same place. Same location yes, but it was completely renovated. Torn down and rebuilt from scratch. There was hardly anything about this place that even looked like Sandra’s Alcove. He had nothing to worry about.
And yet, as he took a few steps towards the door, he couldn’t help but give pause. He could feel the back of his mind racing rapidly, and he couldn’t stop his feet from shaking. Even just being this close to this location, regardless of the change of place, was enough to start sending his mind into spiraling flashbacks. He couldn’t help but see Sandra’s Alcove. He couldn’t help but see Sandra at the register, getting her customers some food. He couldn’t stop himself from seeing her smiling face turn towards him, only to flicker once in a while into that cruel, maniacal look she had given him right before she...
“Hey, what are you doing standing outside of my restaurant?”
Snap nearly jumped at that voice. He quickly turned his head and he could see Haney standing there. The tall, long, and thin dragon looked down at him, his arms crossed over one another. His dark green body shone brightly against the Day Zone sun rays, his tufted tail swishing out behind him. His piercing yellow eyes seemed to almost bore through him, and his long feelers waved about, twitching a little.
Snap wondered how long he had been standing there. He wondered if he had been disturbing anyone else. Had some of this guy’s customers been watching him? He felt a pang of guilt and he took a small step back. Perhaps he should have come back later when he felt he was more ready and...
No, he couldn’t leave yet. There had been a reason he had come here in the first place. He had been getting sick and tired of feeling so afraid of restaurants. He was getting sick of cancelling on his friends all because he was too afraid to step foot in a restaurant. He did have good reason for it. No one blamed him. But..how was he ever going to move on if he continued to allow himself to be controlled like this? He had to try to get over his fear.
And what better way than to start with Haney’s Diner? The one restaurant that was located right where Sandra’s Alcove once stood? Surely if he could get himself to eat here, he’d be able to eat anywhere. And besides, he knew exactly what this place looked like. He had been in here before. It wasn’t like he was going to be surprised or anything.
Realizing that Haney had been tapping his foot, waiting a while for him to answer, Snap quickly cleared his throat and motioned his hand towards him. “My apologies. I didn’t mean to...”
“Oh that’s quite all right.” Haney raised up a paw and waved it back and forth. “You were simply just curious.” Haney’s feelers seemed to move in conjunction with his words. Something hard to describe, yet...that’s exactly what it looked like. “You are shy about coming in, no?” He motioned towards Snap and paused, waiting for him to reply.
Snap clenched his teeth briefly. He did feel bad about admitting it. But he’d feel worse if he lied about it, though. So, having no choice, he sucked in a deep breath and spoke, his voice softer than he had expected it to be. “...yes...”
Haney narrowed his eyes. “I see...” He turned his head away. “Not like you’d be the only one...”
Snap looked up at the tall dragon sympathetically. He did imagine that Haney did not have the most successful business right now. Sure, he might be getting a few customers. But this place wasn’t so bustling like some of the regular stores were. He recalled that a few restaurants ended up shutting down entirely. The zoners just..did not want to take the chance with restaurants anymore. They were too afraid of what they might find out. Too afraid of possibly eating their loved ones again...
Snap hated to admit it, even to himself, but he still had some of that lingering fear. A part of him was always hesitant when it came to meat products. Heck, he had nearly gone vegan entirely after the incident with Sandra. That phase didn’t last too long, but he had seriously considered keeping to it, for a time. He had heard stories of other zoners turning vegan as well, because they were unable to eat any meat without being reminded of Sandra. Such a depressing thing, to lose love of a group of food entirely due to the horrible acts of one zoner.
“Many people walk by my place and don’t even bother to look.” Haney sighed sadly, shaking his head. “Sometimes I wish I was created with another purpose...or at least at another time.” He shut his eyes tightly, flinching as he couldn’t help but recall the incident. “Maybe if I had been created six years ago... I would have at least had a mark here and I...”
Snap reached over and placed a comforting hand on his arm. Haney stared down at him, his mouth open but quiet. “It wouldn’t have helped.” Snap informed him sadly. “Even restaurant owners who had been here long enough were under scrutiny. Hell, even Chalk Dad had been questioned, of all zoners.”
“Oh really now?” Haney raised an eyebrow. “I am quite surprised about that. He seemed like he would have been one of the lucky ones.”
“Nope.” Snap shook his head. “All restaurant owners were accused at some point, and any new ones are automatically confronted. It didn’t matter what you did. Someone would have said something.” He lowered his gaze. “That’s just how things have been around here...”
“I see.... Well that is a shame...” Haney said softly.
“Yes...it is...”
Snap still wished things didn’t have to be this way. He wished that things could go back to the way they used to be. But he was not naive. He knew for a fact that, for this to happen, a miracle would need to take place. And he had a feeling that such a miracle wouldn’t happen for a very, very long time, if at all. It was so...disappointing.
However, Snap didn’t want to dwell on that sad fact for long. There would be plenty of time for him and his friends to discuss things further tomorrow. He wanted to try to lighten the mood a little. Give this guy something more worth talking about than some sad facts that neither of them could change for the time being.
“So...what kind of food to you sell here?” Snap asked, motioning his hand towards the dark green dragon. “Anything worthwhile?”
Haney’s eyes twinkled at this. “I am surprised you’re even asking. No one has ever bothered to ask before... Well almost no one anyway.” Haney glanced over at his restaurant. His eyes furrowed with concern. “I haven’t been getting too much business. Even after I was...allievated, or whatever term you’d like to use, most zoners still avoid this place.”
“Gee...that’s rough.” Snap admitted. “But that’s something to be expected. It still takes a while for the zoners around here to fully trust a new restaurant owner.”
“Yeah..I know..” Haney lowered his ears in disappointment. For several seconds, his facial expression held nothing but sorrow. He shook his head once and managed to get most of that off his face, replacing it with the best smile that he could offer. “Would you like to come in and sit down?”
Snap nodded his head. “Sure. I’ll be a customer for you, if that would help.” He gave him the best smile that he could muster, trying his best to ignore the flashbacks everytime he remembered this was the same location as Sandra’s Alcove, and how Haney was a dragon himself.
“Oh thank you! That would be most splendid!” Haney clapped his hands together. “Please, come on in!” He placed his hand against Snap and gently ushered him towards the door. “I promise, you won’t regret it!”
Snap returned the smile the best that he could. He did not attempt to fight back, although there was a small, lingering fear rising up inside of him. He gave a small swallow and spoke lightly, “Yeah..I’m sure I won’t...”
With that, the two headed towards the doors leading into the interior of the building. Snap could feel his heart start racing fastera s they got closer and closer to the doors. Soon Haney was close enough to push the doors open with his large, small-clawed paws. He continued to gently push Snap further into his restaurant, and soon Snap was completely inside. As he was moved towards one of the tables and given a menu, he had one thought going through his mind: He sure hope he didn’t regret this.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 28, 2015 21:53:08 GMT -5
Chapter 5: A Trail Of Blood
So you can try to tear me down, beat me to the ground. I will see you screaming! -Thoughtless, Evanescence
“Come on, get going!”
“Oh but do we have to? We already...”
“We’re her current assigned caretakers! You’ll just have to suck it up until they shift us around with someone else!”
“But still... you know what she’s capable of..she...”
“She’s wearing a fucking helmet! Now get a move on!”
Rondol grumbled to himself as he reluctantly continued down the hallway again. The same one that he had to travel through to get to Sandra’s dimensional cell. Just like how he had before...
Not like he can do anything to get out of this, either. His king certainly would never permit it. He could feel his teeth gritting tightly at the memory. He wished that his king had been much more reasonable. Surely trying to steal his crown through force did not warrent this kind of harsh punishment.
Unwillingly, having no choice, he just continued down the hallway with his partner behind him. Any time he slowed down or showed reluctance, his partner would grab his shoulders and push him roughly. Rondol wanted to protest against Rum, but he dare not raise his voice. Rum was so much bigger than him. What would happen if he went a little too far and got on his bad side...?
The only reason Rum didn’t attempt to hurt him half the time was because they were brothers. Just his luck. His big, tough brother being the one that he was partnered with. This was a fact that he tried to forget. He did not like to think that he was related to this guy.
Rum was capable of showing him some sympathy, so he supposed that made it a little better. After all, Rum did show him concern before after feeding Sandra. It was just a side that Rum rarely showed; he prefered being ‘professional’ about this whole thing.
And it truly did speak volumes about him if he was willing to help him after what he himself had tried to do...
He soon found himself in front of that blasted vortex again. He watched as it swirled around and around like before. It seemed to look almost...more foreboding than it had before. He gritted his teeth and was tempted to take a step back. He only stopped when he heard Rum’s growling behind him, his body only about two feet behind him.
He could feel those eyes staring at him...waiting... He couldn’t chicken out now. Not even if he really tried. Rum would never let him leave. And besides, his brother, his partner, he did have a good point.
Sandra did wear a helmet now. It was something that had been so common, so well accepted, that many would just...forget to bring it up. He wondered if even Sandra at times forgot that she wore it. This did not stop her from using her teeth or claws or spikes against them. She could still do harm and she was still rather insane. But at least it kept them safe from the one ability of hers that was most dangerous.
The ability to heal.
Okay, sure, many who had first heard of this being her power scoffed at it. Laughed and thought it was ridiculous. But Rondol was one of the few who took it seriously right from the get-go. He had seen that power used once. He knew how Sandra had twisted such a beneficial power to do something so...horrifying...
He struggled to clear his thoughts about that as he made his way towards the vortex. There was no point in keeping Sandra waiting. There was no point in trying to abandon this job, no matter how much he wanted to leave, no matter how terrified he was. He needed to get used to this; he was going to be stuck doing this for several weeks, take a break, and go right back to it. He might as well try to gain a spine, or whatever the term is, and get this over with.
Without further hesitation, taking in a deep breath, Rondol moved through the portal, ignoring the tingling sensation that it gave him as he passed through. He thought he heard his partner grunt a little as he tripped trying to get into the portal. But he wasn’t sure, and he kept his focus on keep heading forward, fearful that if he stopped now, he would never be able to do this.
There was the rock tunnel again. He paused before he entered it, taking a moment to look around it, clenching his teeth tightly. His eyes zigzagged as he went over the details. It wasn’t like anything changed, but in spite of trying to be brave before, being back in here caused some uncomfortable memories to rise up.
Sandra was silent now. But how long would that last? Would she try something now? Would she make another move to try to escape? Would she dive down at him and slice him with her claws if he attempted to get out of the rock tunnel?
“Don’t tell me you’re scared already.” Rum muttered as he walked up from behind him. Rondol didn’t bother looking up at him. He already knew the disappointed expression that his brother was giving him. “You hadn’t even been here a minute and you already... Ugh..”
At this, Rondol did lift up the plate a little, gripping the edges tightly. “Don’t worry, brother.” He said with a slightly darkened voice. A meek attempt to sound brave. “I’m going to give her the food this time.”
Rum ‘hmphed’ at this as he folded his arms. “We will see about that.” He gave a quick, bitter chuckle. “I’ll give you five minutes before you rush back to me like the baby that you are.”
Rondol gave an immediate shudder at this. He could feel his body temperature rising. Baby, huh? Of course Rum would use that terminology. He often did that when he was daring him to do something he didn’t think that he would do. It was the ultimate sign that he did not have any faith in him.
Well he was going to show him..
With his eyes narrowing in determination, his hands gripping the plate of food even tighter at this point, Rondol brushed forward away from his sneering brother and headed towards the bars. He was going to do it this time. He was going to do it...
sss
Sandra’s ears twitched as he heard the sound of footsteps approaching. She struggled to keep herself from growling too loudly. She had to make sure she planned this carefully. Otherwise, she was going to screw everything up. She remembered what happened the last time she had tried to escape.
She was not going to make that mistake again.
She felt a sense of pride swell up inside of her, unable to stop the smile from spreading across her face. True, there was a little bit of embarrassment when she realized that she could have done this before. But oh well. At least she thought to do it this time around, and, hopefully, it was going to turn the tides in how successful this was going to be.
She still could not believe that she didn’t think of this before, however. It seemed like something that would have been...rather obvious really. Why didn’t she think to hide herself for when her caretakers came?
Well she sort of did. But not for this reason. Before, she’d hide so she could attack them, but that was only during a short period of time. She had killed a few caretakers, which caused the security to her dimensional cell to increase. It had gotten harder to attack, especially after this rock tunnel was built, and the beams of light that kept her away from it. She had stopped trying to seriously attack altogether, though she could still amuse herself once in a while with her scraping and roaring.
This time, she had a much bigger plan. And if she did everything correctly, it should work out for her. She just had to make sure she did not move at all here. No sound. No nothing. She could not allow her caretakers to realize that she was laying on top of the rock tunnel.
It hadn’t dawned on her until a short while ago. Perhaps hours? Days? It was hard to tell anymore, with how her ‘time instinct’ thing being skewered like that. But when she had taken a good look at this formation, she couldn’t help but notice how there were some rocks growing a little high from it and how, from where her caretakers would be, it was pretty hard, if not impossible, to see back here.
It made for the perfect ambush point...
She grinned maniacally at this realization. She looked forward to this. It had been a long time since she got her talons and teeth in something...fresher. She licked her lips slowly, anticipating the blood of her would be victim. She could feel the excitement of the hunt racing through her body, her tail jittering around, anticipating a chance to strike at something.
But she had to be careful. She would only get one shot at this. She had to stay here and wait until her caretakers got out. They often only set the food out and left after they spotted her. A defense mechanism for when she had ambused that one caretaker years ago. Once they saw that she wasn’t anywhere in sight, they would move in deeper and try to figure out if they could locate her. Get a visual, whatever.
And that was when she was going to make her move.
She pressed her stomach and chest against the rocky surface. It was rather uncomfortable up here. The rocks were not smooth here, and some edges were pretty sharp. She had to stifle a few hisses and grunts to avoid letting herselff become known. She could not allow her caretakers to hear her through the rock walls. And keeping her feet still was even harder. Her feet twitched and she nearly scraped the wall a few times. No, not now.
She could hear footsteps from underneath her. She could hear what sounded like low whimpering. She couldn’t help but smile as she recognized the voice of this particular caretaker.
Why if it isn’t little Rondol.... She had made a mental note to remember the names of her caretakers. She often saw them more than once, even with the cycling of caretakers. And Rondol was one of her personal favorites, despite not seeing him too often as he was quite new. He was always such a paranoid little zoner. Overly cautious even knowing she had a helmet blocking her powers on. She looked forward to giving him a real reason to be scared of her.
But this also meant that this mission could be a little harder. Due to his timid nature, Rondol might not even try to leave the rock tunnel. She frowned at this. This could put a damper in her plans. If Rondol escapes through that door, he could warn the others, and then she would really be in trouble. She needed a way to ensure that he did not flee. But what?
“Are you going to go through there or not?!”
“Y-Yes...”
“Open the damn bars!”
Sandra had a twinkle in her eyes. Did she hear right? Her ears twitched a little, trying to figure out if she had been mistaken. But that did not seem to be the case. Looks like little Rondol had finally grown a little bit of balls and was actually going to come out of the rock tunnel. Perfect. So long as he stayed out of the rock tunnel, her plan could unfold. And his nervous nature may prompt the other one, whom she was certain was Rum, to come out, she could make her next move. She just had to be very quick about it.
She waited and listened for the laser bars to be vanquished. She raised her ears up, struggling to hear what was going on down there. She could hear some more grumbles from Rum, some ‘pretending to be brave’ statements from Rondol. She could hear him getting ever closer to where the lever was. Shuffling, groaning, whatever else. And all the while, she could hear something twitching inside of her, growing impatient as she waited for Rondol to make his move.
Then there it was. A clicking sound. The sound of bars disappearing, accompanied by a loud ‘pleep’ sound. The sound of the pathway opening up, ready for her to take it. Ultimately, it was the sound of her freedom in the making.
She nearly lunged forward too quickly. Thankfully she caught herself. Only Rondol was coming through; if she made her move when only one of them was out here, she would screw everything up. No, she had to plan this perfectly. She needed both of them out here before she could make any sort of move against them. If she waited until they were both out and then she blocked the path, she could theoretically attack them before they had a chance to defend themselves.
At least, she hoped she would. She would still need to account for their weapons. But no matter. Her sudden appearance would startle them enough that they wouldn’t think to use their guns right away. That was the opening that she needed to get to them. Regardless of her prey wearing those darn protective suits, she would succeed in her plan. She would take care of them. She would get out.
She just...had to.
Those suits could only do so much. All she had to do was find the weak spots, make her move, and that was it. But first, she needed to wait until she could even start doing anything. So for now, she had to be patient. Which isn’t too hard. After all, if she could wait years to escape, she could wait a short time for this, right?
sss
The lack of sound was quite unnerving to Rondol. He wasn’t even sure why. Shouldn’t he feel some level of relief about this? He recalled how terrifying last time was, with Sandra scraping along the walls, driving him insane. Yes, this shold be so much better.
So...why wasn’t it? Why was he still feeling fear? Heck, why was he feeling even more afraid than before? Why did it feel as though the atmosphere all around him had just gotten darker? There hadn’t been any cause for alarm so far. No sign of Sandra above him, wanting to terrorize him. And she was nowhere near the front of the rock tunnel. She was not out there, it didn’t seem. At least not close enough to get him.
So why was he scared? Was he really as much of a chicken as his brother thinks he is? He narrowed his eyes at this and shook his head. No, he was not a chicken. He would get through this. He would not allow Sandra to keep scaring him like this. Sure she’s powerful and scary, but so long as he made this quick and got away, she could not hurt him. So long as the bars activated, so long as this tunnel stood, she was utterly helpless to do anything to him.
“Well? What are you waiting for?” Rem spoke up from behind him. Rondol turned his head and looked over his shoulder. Rem was motioning his hand towards him, trying to usher him to go forward. “Go on! Drop off the food and come back!”
Rondol licked his lips nervously. He knew that his brother was right. He could not hold this off any longer. He had the bars down. He had to get over there and drop this off before Sandra took notice and tried to escape. So, gripping the plate tightly and licking his lips nervously, Rondol proceeded out into the open. Outside the safety of the tunnel.
It was a heart pounding experience. Each step felt like he was moving through something thick and heavy. He had to struggle to move, using more strength in his legs than he ever did before. He couldn’t believe just how stiff they had gotten, and all because he was coming into this cell, of all cells. He paused for a moment before working up the courage. He could do this, he told himself. He could do this...
After taking a couple steps in, Rondol stopped, his feet planting themselves against the ground. He struggled to keep his head level, not wanting to appear weak or frightened in front of Sandra. He wasn’t sure if the rumors were true and she could smell fear. But he did not want to give her the chance to.
As he stood there, he took the few moments of tranquil silence to look around. This place was..deceptively pretty. Not lively by any means, but still pretty. There was some kind of beauty in this barren land, rocks getting out everywhere. Was it the lighting? Was it the black and purple sky contrasting the ground, with its many stars? Whatever it was, he couldn’t deny that this place did look beautiful.
Yet looks were decieving. He had to remind himself that this place was a prison. It didn’t look this way just to be pretty; this was a deliberate choice to add to the feel of isolation. As that’s what this place was meant to be. An isolation cell reserved for only the worst among them.
He was glad that he was not deemed as low as Sandra. She was truly deserving of this punishment.
He forced himself to take a few more steps out. This time, he managed not to stop, even though he almost did a few times. He fought against the stiffness of his legs and kept walking out, heading towards the rock circle that was positioned a few feet away from the rock entrance. It was not that far, although his slow walking made it seem like it was taking longer than it should. All he had to do was put the tray of meat down there and then he could leave.
Soon he stood in front of the rock circle. Realizing that he made it, he paused and took in several deep breaths. He looked over his shoulder and saw his partner waiting for him, arms folded, eyes narrowed. He noticed a flash of concern in those eyes. This caused Rondol to gulp as he turned back to his duties. He lowered himself down and placed the tray against the ground, ignoring the loud clang.
He took a step back. He did it. He finally went through with it. He felt a sensation swelling up inside his chest. Accomplishment? Pride? Happiness? He couldn’t pinpoint the exact feeling. But he really did enjoy it and it caused him to smile. He had faced his fears and carried out this job. And this time, without Rum having to interfere. Truly this was a...
Wait a minute. Something wasn’t right here. Something was quite off. The humanoid zoner pulled his hands and arms to himself as if recoiling from something disgusting and looked around, his eyes shifting around.
It was too quiet... Way too quiet... He heard no growling. No footsteps. No snapping jaws. No nothing. It was as if Sandra was not here. He recalled that they were to ensure that she stayed within their sights in some way so they know she can’t get out. But here, he saw nothing. No matter which way he turned his head, he couldn’t see her. It was almost as if she wasn’t there. But if she wasn’t moving about around here then..just where was she...?
Licking his lips nervously, he turned his head and looked at where his brother stood. He could see that Rum had moved closer to the front, as though he sensed something was troubling him. Though he knew that Rum worried for him, he would not allow those feelings to come to surface. Instead of a worried look, he was met with a glare. Typical Rum.
Rondol paused for a moment, feeling a sene of guilt wash through him. He hated having to turn to his brother like this. He hated not being able to do something that he should on his own. He hated running back to his brother with his metaphorical tail between his legs. But here he was. Before he could stop himself, he called out, “Hey..can you...?”
Rum immmediately rolled his eyes at this. There was something of a small scoff, most likely of disappiontment. But Rum didn’t attempt to rub salt in the wound, so to speak. He merely nodded his head once and said, “Okay, I’ll be right out.”
Rondol gave a very small, tiny smile at this. He didn’t allow his brother to see it. He did not want him thinking that he was breaking down already. He didn’t want him thinking that he was going to conform to this. He just wanted his brother to come over so they could figure out something about Sandra before it was too late.
He bit his lip as he looked around once more. Just where was that fucking dragon..? She could not have just disappeared....right?
sss
Rum couldn’t believe it. He knew his brother could be a scaredy cat sometimes. He had hoped that he would grow out of it and become more assertive. In fact, it was his cowardice that got him in trouble with the king. His desire for the crown amounted to him just being afraid. That was it. Of course, he’d never admit it. But he wasn’t fooling him one bit.
Well it wasn’t like he could do anything to make him see just how weak he was being. Besides, he was still his brother. He shouldn’t be too condenscending of him. He had been doing his best to try to help him as no one else would. And if his brother needed help right now, who was he to turn his back on him?
He felt somewhat guilty with what he said before. He hadn’t really meant the words that he said. He was just...easily flustered by his brother’s ‘tail between the legs’ ways. He wanted him to grow a spine once in a while.
He had to admit though. His brother going all the way out there on his own, with the tray of food, to feed the notorious Sandra... That was something he didn’t expect. And he had to applaud him for it. Inwardly of course. He didn’t want Rondol to see him show too much approval of him; he wanted to keep inspiring him to strive to be stronger.
His thoughts turned back to the situation before him. He started to wonder just why Rondol would call him out there. It wasn’t like there was anything really going on. This wasn’t such a complicated task. All he really had to do was set the tray down and leave. That was it. Why wasn’t he just walking away now? Why was he looking so nervous? He did not want ot think that Rondol was this much of a coward, this much on edge. He wanted to think there was something else going on. But...he just could not think of what that was yet.
He knew that leaving the tunnel entrance was a bad idea. There was good reason for why they went in pairs, and why one always stayed back. It was the only way to ensure that Sandra stood little chance of escaping. After all, she could disappear behind them when they were not looking.
But..he wouldn’t be gone that long, anyway. It shouldn’t be a problem. They were only a few feet in front of the entrance anyway. And he was sure that what his partner had to say wasn’t going to take too long. He could simply just grab his arm and force him back as Rondol ranted on about...whatever the heck it was that bothered him.
Rum didn’t bother wasting too much time. They were on a schedule anyway and there were plenty of other less dangerous criminals to feed. He didn’t want their bosses to be angry at them. Especially not with Rondol. He knew his brother couldn’t really handle being yelled at. Especially not after how the king went off on him. He would make sure that his brother stayed out of trouble. Though it is funny... He was the youngest, and yet it is his older brother who needed help. Ironic, wasn’t it?
Soon, before he realized it, he was already about half way towards his brother. Now that he was closer, he could see that there was a worried expression in his eyes. This caused Rum to give pause and look around. Just what was his brother looking at? What had him at such unease? There was nothing around here that seemed to be a cause for alarm.
“What is wrong?” Rum said, using his signature tough voice with Rondol. “Why do you look so worried?”
“I...I...” Rondol swallowed hard. He was looking around, was if trying to find something. “Wh-Where’s Sandra...?”
Rum blinked a few times, then narrowed his eyes. “Seriously? That is what your question is right now?” He slapped himself in the face, closing his eyes and shaking his head. “First you complain when she is there. Now you’re complaining because she’s not here? Dear brother, why don’t you make up your mind?!”
Rondol took a step back at this, looking at him with wide eyes. Rum felt some level of guilt for this. He would have apologized, but he refrained from doing so. He merely glared at him, showing just how disappointed he was in him.
With another sigh, Rum continued, “Anyway, you don’t have to be out here anymore. Come on. Let’s get going.” He reached his hand out towards him, motioning him to get closer. “We can go report to the boss and we can go on our meal break. Would that sound good to you?”
Rondol didn’t seem to hear his question. That was strange. Normally he’d jump at that chance. Instead, he was simply looking around. His eyes almost never fell upon him; instead they would just be looking out elsewhere, his tongue moving along his lips in a nervous fashion. “D-Do you see Sandra...?”
Rum gave a small groan. “Will you stop worrying about her?!” He held his hands up in gesture. “She can’t hurt you!” Well technically she could; just not in the same level as she could before. “Now come on, let’s get going before....”
His brother suddenly pulled back away from him, his eyes bulging wide. His eyes were turned towards something behind them. Rum wasn’t entirely sure why his brother was staring over there like this. It wasn’t like there was anything over there that was particularly worrying. Yet there is brother stood, staring over as if some kind of demon had just raised its ugly head. Rum almost rolled his eyes until he realized something.
There was a bit of blue in his brother’s eyes.
But...that could only mean that... Oh no... His eyes grew wide and his teeth clenched tightly as he whirled his head around to where his brother was looking. Instantly, he turned his body around and put his arms out in front of his brother protectively as he saw a set of talons coming straight towards him. He had no time to react before there was a flash of red and then horrible pain.
“Rum!” Rondol shouted in horror.
Rum couldn’t reply to his brother. The only thing he could do was scream in pain as he was knocked into the ground with a heavy thud. He laid on his side for a few seconds, slowly turning onto his back. He held onto his face where Sandra had slashed him. Blood dripped rapidly through his fingers and down his face. He tried so hard not to scream. He tried so hard to be stronger for Rondol. But he just couldn’t stop himself.
He managed to open up his good eye, albeit blurred with tears, and he looked up at Rondol. He could see the terror that shone in his eyes, his mouth open as though he were ready to scream. Rum attempted to smile at him, but the gash had slit part of his lips apart. His smile ended up freaking his brother out far more than it helped, and it caused him to flinch in pain. He looked back over and tried to find where Sandra was.
He could hear a screech and he lifted his head up to see the dastardly blue dragon circling overhead. She was a bit of a ways up. Realizing that it would take her a while to get back down, he grabbed onto his brother and attempted to rush back to the safety of the tunnel entrance. Oh why did he bother leaving it in the first place? He grumbled harshly to himself.
He didn’t get too far when suddenly pain erupted on his back. He screamed loudly as he was knocked back into the ground. He could barely hear his brother’s screams for him as he laid there. He could feel the pain echoing in his back, the hot blood seeping out of the deep gashes that now resided there. He pushed himself up on one hand, his body shaky, and looked up at at the black and purple sky, struggling to find where the fiend had gone this time.
Only to realize that she was gone from his sights. His heart began to pound as he scrambled up to his feet. Oh no..where did that monster go now? He looked this way and that, but so far he couldn’t see her anywhere. It was almost as if she had vanished from the area. Could she have gone through the rock tunnel...?
His answer came fast when he heard his brother screaming in agony. With his heart freezing solid, he turned his head to see Sandra on top of his brother. Rondol was on the ground, squirming frantically as Sandra dug her claws into his side. Rum’s wide eyes looked at the pool of blood that was forming and then back at Sandra. With his teeth clenched, he rushed over, shouting loudly at her and, in spite of his pain, swinging his wildly at her.
Sandra looked at him with gleaming red eyes, but nonetheless jumped off of Rondol. Rum gave her a glare before looking back at his brother. He hovered his hands shakingly over him for a few seconds before he placed them down upon him.
“I-It hurts... Please...do something.. It hurts...” Rondol whimpered as he clutched his one side. Tears of pain flowed down his face. “It hurts too much... I-I...”
Rum felt his heart twist. In the past, he would have still acted tough and hostile in hopes of inspiring his older brother. But this time, in this situation, he just couldn’t bring himself to do that. Licking his lips slowly, he simply stroked his brother’s hair and tried to soothe him. He didn’t care how much it hurt to talk; he still felt compelled to do it. “Shh.... It’s going to be okay... I promise. Everything is going to be all right...”
“Oh how sickenly sweet.”
Rum stiffened up at that voice. With his teeth bared, he turned his head and looked over his shoulder. His good eye stared over at Sandra, hatred and anger practically radiating from it. If only looks could kill...
Sandra was still up in the air, staying aloft with a few steady, slow flaps of her arms...wings...whatever they were. She glared down at them, a broad smile on her face, forming a rather evil grin. Her sharp teeth were exposed and glinting. In her eyes, he could detect something like a mixture of glee and contempt. It was hard to say which one was dominant...and which one he would prefer seeing.
“But I’m afraid that this little song and dance will have to be concluded. You see, I have somewhere else I have to be. And you two gents will only give me grief. So if you don’t mind...”
“Go jump off a cliff!” Snarled Rum. At this point, he no longer cared about being careful around her. She had crossed the line when she hurt his brother. And now she was going to pay for that. “I’ll rip out your tongue for this!”
“Rip out my tongue, you say?” Sandra tapped a finger against her chin thoughtfully. “Why, that does sound pretty original, doesn’t it? But instead of my tongue..” She looked down at Rondol intently. “How about his? With all his high-pitched squealing, I bet he has quite the tongue, am I right?”
Rum growled underneath his breath. “If you do so much as lay a single claw on him, I’m going to...”
Sandra raised her hand up to silence him. “If you really do care for him like you seem ot, why don’t you prove it?” Sandra lowered herself to the ground. Soon her feet and talons hit against the rocky surface. “Go on... I’ll give you a sporting chance.” She continued to give that creepy, wide grin. “Try to shoot me. Let’s see if you can hit your mark.”
Rum could feel his blood boil. It was clear that Sandra was just trying to provoke him. She was attempting...something. He couldn’t really put his finger on it. But the fact that she was standing right in front of the tunnel entrance and was not even trying to go through it caused red flags to raise up inside of him. Something was not right here.
And yet he could feel his logical portion ebbing away inside of him. The sound of his brother’s constant whimpering and crying caused his heart to turn to ice. It filled him with some kind of adrenaline, strong emotion that tore through his body, making him ready to leap at the chance to fight Sandra. Even when his logical side screamed at him that he needed to think things through, the reminder of what happened to his brother was enough to make him slowly rise above the ground and face Sandra.
So this bitch wanted him to show her what he was capable of? She wanted to give him a sporting chance? She was giving him a chance to get her? Well then, if that is the way that she wanted to play, then so be it. He would be glad to blow her up after what she had done. Screw the orders. Screw the punishment details. The only thing that mattered was making Sandra pay for what she did to Rondol.
He reached into his pocket as he remembered he had a weapon with him. He pulled it out slowly, the long muzzle rising up from the pocket and soon being exposed to the air completely. He moved the tip of it towards the evil dragon, aiming it directly at her neck. He put his finger on the trigger and, without hesitation, he pulled.
There was a loud crackling sound as the tip of his gun glowed briefly. The light ball swelled up, and soon sparkled and snapped in all directions. A jagged bolt shot out, aiming directly at Sandra. Soon it would strike her neck and slice it clean off. It was only a matter of...
Without warning, there was a loud clang. It echoed through the air, nearly causing his eardrums to pop. He clutched his ears tightly, dropping the gun. He lowered his head down, struggling to fight against the sound. His knees pressed further against the dirt below him, and he could feel the jagged pebbles pressing up against his skin. It took several seconds for him to be able to lift his head up to see what happened. His eyes bulged in horror at what he saw.
Oh no... Oh gawd no... Please...this couldn’t be happening.. This...This had to be some kind of mistake... H-He couldn’t have...
Yet there was no denying what laid before him. There was no way that he could deny that there was something laying on the ground no. Something that shouldn’t be there. Something that was never supposed to be destroyed.
Sandra’s helmet.
This realization caused several thoughts to swirl through his head. He could feel his heart racing faster. He could feel his breath quickening, becoming rather difficult to stop. He found it difficult to look away from the helmet, his eyes glued to it. He could see the large dent mark with a circle of darkness all around it indicating where the strike was. He could see the crack that moved along behind it. He could see where some parts had melted slightly from the heat of the bolt. This helmet had been rendered useless. And it was all because of him..
Rum only had time to look up at Sandra in horror before he suddenly felt something in his body become stuff. He arched his back and grunted as he struggled to deal with the pain. There was a sharpness in both of his arms and he could feel something start to burst inside of him. He struggled not to scream. He tried so hard...
Then suddenly, with a sickening grunch and a loud squish sound, he could feel his arms burst open. A powerful, horrofic pain swept through his body. Despite knowing it was a bad idea he still found himself looking down at his arms.
The arms were utterly ruined. Flesh dripped off of them. His muscles looked partically liquidified and were ripped apart. Blood oozed rapidly down from his arms and to the ground. He could see his arm bones very clearly. Large chunks of skin dangled off or were on the ground, falling into the pile of flesh that had been ripped off.
The sight of this caused his eyes to bulge open wide. He struggled to speak, to say anything. The only thing he could do was just stumble and stammer, breathing quickly. His mind raced as it processed the horrific image before him. He thought for sure that his heart was about to jump out of his chest. He looked back at Sandra, his eyes filled with no more contempt or defiance. Just nothing but fear.
Oh why didn’t he stay in the tunnel? Why didn’t he insist on bringing the food out himself? Why didn’t he...?
His thoughts were stopped abruptly when he felt something sharp in his neck, a sudden snap, and then all was quiet and dark.
sss
Sandra smirked darkly as she watched the youngest of her caretakers collapsed into the ground in a thud. His neck had been snapped internally. A very simple task. All she had to do was target one area and use her powers to cause a large enough growth there. It was mere child’s play.
Sandra looked down at her hand and slowly curved her fingers inward. She could feel a familiar sensation rushing through her body. Oh how far too long it’s been since she could feel this sensation... Oh too long it has been since she was last able to wield this wonderful gift that she had been blessed with...
But it was like riding a bicycle. She never forgot it. As soon as she had access to it again, it had all come so naturally for her. It had been a cinch to rip that guy’s arms apart and just as easily to snap his neck. And now he laid upon the ground before her twitching as he went through his death throes. She smirked darkly at this, letting out a chuckle. Her ears then twitched when she heard whimpering. She shifted her gaze over to the other caretaker.
Rondol was staring over at the now dead Rum. He had pushed himself up on his elbows, his body trembling horribly, tears staining his cheeks. He was trying to speak. Only gibberish and broken sentences could come out. Most of them were something along the lines of ‘no please, weak up’ and ‘brother, don’t go’. All so amusing...
Then Rondol looked up at her. His eyes did not hold any hostility. Only fear, like he had always felt towards her. He let out low, constant whimpers as he struggled to say something to her. He licked his lips once, smacking his lips as he went. He managed to squeak out, “Wh-Why...?”
Sandra couldn’t help but sneer at this. “You are so naive. Didn’t anyone ever tell you that life isn’t fair?”
At this, she began to recall what had happened with her. She narrowed her eyes deeply, shaking her fists at her side. It took a lot of will power to make herself stop. She managed to bring the smile back on her face, staring down at her confused and frightened victim.
“You know how long I’ve been here? Oh I’m sure you do.” Sandra looked at her hand, flexing her fingers. “It’s been years, that much I know...” She turned her head slightly so she could stare down at Rondol. “And all for what? For doing what was right?” She formed a sudden fist and growled before she managed to stop herself. She gave a few small chuckles. “Don’t you just hate that? When you strive to do something good...and people still punish you for it...?”
Rondol didn’t reply. He just trembled on the ground, sobbing in both fear and mourning the death of Rum. He was attempting to scoot away from her. It was quite an amusing sight. She would have given him a mock applause if she really wanted to. Instead, she just folded her arms against her chest and smirked down at him.
Oh there was so much she could do with him. So much she could pull off... So much that she could put him through...
But she realized, in the end, it was not really too necessary to get carried away. After all, watching his brother die before him was enough to send fear straight down into the very depths of his soul. She knew that he was such a little terrified zoner, and now she had proven it to him. She had given him one very good reason to be afraid of her.
And she knew that, for the rest of his life, he would never forget this moment.
Upon seeing his tears, she gave a dark chuckle. “Oh what’s the matter? Why are you ruining your pretty little face?” She moved in closer. Rondol whimpered louder and tried to scoot away from her. She merely lowered herself down and started to stroke her finger underneath his eye, wiping away the tear. “You should be more careful.”
At this, Rondol stammered, “P-P-Please don’t h-h-hurt me...”
Sandra raised an eyebrow at this. “Hurt you? Oh dear me, no!” She turned herself away with a quick motion. “Why in the world would I do such a thing?” She stopped for a few moments, her back turned to him. She swished her tail from side to side. Then she turned her head and looked down at him. “Oh I know... How about show you something..spectacular instead?”
Rondol shook his head. “No...”
“Oh come on.. I’m sure you will enjoy it!” Sandra moved back over towards him. She looked down at him and began circling him like a hawk. “Truly someone of your... ‘courage’...deserves to be rewarded. After all, not everyone can watch their sibling die and not die of a heart attack.”
“Please..n-no..don’t...”
Sandra ignored him as she went over to where the other one laid on the ground. At this point, Rum had gone completely still, the light fully gone from his remaining eye. She stood in front of him and stared down at his body. She only smiled for a couple of seconds before she suddenly drove her claws into his side. Ignoring Rondol’s terrified screams of protest, she sliced off a large hunk of meat from him.
She looked over at Rondol and gave him a knowing smile. Rondol immediately paled, his face looking as if it were taking on a green coloration, and he shook his head rapidly, holding his stomach. He tried to get up to his feet. He only managed to stammer away a couple of inches before he pain brought him back into the ground. All the while, Sandra merely approached him slowly, meat in hand.
“Oh, no need to be so...hasty...” Sandra cooed as she held a chunk of Rum’s flesh in her hand. “I’m sure you will quite like this... Now, just hold still...”
“No..please..I... hurggh!”
Sandra shoved the piece of meat into Rondols’ mouth. She used one hand to hold his jaw down and the other to cover his mouth with. She held onto him tightly as he thrashed on the ground. He let out loud whimpers of distress and gagged sounds. He stared up at her in horror, silently pleading with her. She only smiled back at him, refusing to let go. “Oh come now... Don’t you think it tastes good? He is your brother after all. Why don’t you let him become a part of you?”
Rondol only squirmed and mumbled in protest. He tried to pull his head away from her. But each time, Sandra just adjusted herself so he had no chance of spitting out the meat. Rondol’s cries and sobs grew louder and, eventually, he just couldn’t handle it anymore. With reddened drool dripping out the sides of his mouth, he swallowed. Sandra released him and allowed Rondol to collapse to the floor, shivering in shock and horror at what he was forced to do.
Sandra folded her arms as she watched this scene go on before her. She listened to him sob heavily. She felt a sense of disgust crawling in the back of her mind. She had come to expect this kind of disrespectful response. Even if the loved one wa a sibling, they still had the gaul to react like this. Of course...
“Oh I know you are upset.” Sandra faked concern as she moved around him slowly once more. “He was your brother, after all. It is never easy, is it?” She placed her tail around him, one arm slinging over his body. She pulled him into a partial hug. “At least he will be a part of you for as long as you live...”
She moved her hand along his cheek, gently stroking it. She then moved it down his neck and onto his chest. Even through this weak protective suit, she could feel his heart pounding inside of his chest. It felt like it was going to jump out at any moment.
“Poor little thing... You really are quite jumpy right now, aren’t you?” Sandra said in a soft, gentle voice. “Oh dear, why don’t I help you with that? I know how I can calm down your racing heart..”
Rondol shook his head, more tears flowing down his face. “No...please...” He choked out. His brother’s blood dripped down from his mouth. “Don’t...”
Rondol gave a sudden jerk as Sandra’s powers immediately took hold of his heart. Sandra could see it in her mind’s eye. Her powers swirled around his heart, getting a good grip on it. She tightened her hand a little, causing Rondol to grab onto his chest, as though that was going to stop her. Then she slowly gave a turn to one side.
As she did so, Rondol breathed in and out quickly, struggling to fight against the horrific pain. She smirked as she saw his legs kick out, his arms tightening and pressing against his chest. His body tossed and turned from side to side. His eyes shut tightly, his teeth clenching to the point of nearly breaking his teeth. Sandra could practically feel the heart getting larger with her powers, more and more blood flowing inside of it, becoming thicker and thicker, until...
She could hear something burst inside of Rondol’s chest. She could feel it even through the ground. In an instant, Rondol’s body stiffened, and then collapsed to the ground. The color rapidly faded from his face as his eyes remained open, staring ahead into nothingness. He, too, went through the throes of death.
Sandra felt some level of disappointment at this. She wished that she had taken more time with him. She wished that she had gone a little slower. She had a lot of pent up frustrations and she felt it would have been better if she spent just a little longer on him.
But oh well. There was more prey ahead of her from this point forward. These two were nothing more than practice swings. Now she was going up into the major leagues. And soon, she would be able to reunite with her...star attractions.
She lowered herself down to Rondol’s still spasming form. She moved her hands long his body as she searched for the key that she knew she would need to get out of this place. As soon as she found it and yanked it out, she made her way towards the rock tunnel. She took in a deep breath and sighed loudly.
Freedom was at hand at last.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 29, 2015 16:14:14 GMT -5
Chapter 6: Capture And Break Out
Seems this is the only way. I will soon be gone. -Alone I Break, Korn
It took only a couple of seconds of sitting down before a heavy, silver tray was placed before him. The loud clanging sound rung loudly in his ears, causing him to recoil and cover the sides of his face. He watched as the plate stopped flopping about and soon he could see what was below him: a bowl of gruel.
The sight of it was quite disgusting. It was enough to make even the strongest of criminals vomit. It was more cruel than almost anything that he could imagine in that moment. Even if he had succeeded in his plans, he never would have subjected anyone to eating this slop.
But he had no choice. This stuff, this drippy green stuff..it was all that he had available to eat here. He was not permitted any other kind of food. No ordering out. Nothing fancy. No nothing. It was as if the guards thought it was a waste of time and money to keep cooking different food for them, so they opted for this solution, which allowed them to quickly manufacture basic food for their prisoners to eat.
“Go on now. Eat up, jellybean!”
Skrawl grimaced as he heard Greenhide’s taunting voice. He had been the one to give him the food, and now that crocodile was sitting down next to him. He could feel his body heat radiating from his body due to how close he was to him. Skrawl tried not to look at him, but he couldn’t help but see the dark green body in the corner of his mismatched eyes.
At least Greenhide didn’t attempt to bother him again on such short notice. That large, repulsive crocodile was too busy eating his own slop. Skrawl couldn’t help but gag as he heard the slurping sounds the croc made. He knew that crocodiles were supposed to have powerful digestive systems, or was that alligators. Either way, this was way too much. Greenhide not only had no problem eating this stuff, but he obviously had too much fun eating it in front of people who were revulsed by it. It was almost like a game to him.
Skrawl struggled not to think about him, which was not an easy task to do considering that the guy was right freaking next to him. But he could at least try and focus on the meal before him. It was the most that he could do right now. At least this stuff gave him some energy back.
Skrawl reached down with a fork, staring intently at the gruel that he had been given. He licked his lips slowly and struggled to fight against his wanting to throw up. He was well aware that Greenhide would only make him eat his own vomit if he dared let it loose. Might as well suck it up the best that he could. With that in mind, he placed the fork against the gruel and lifted it up.
Doing so not only produced a stringly, almost wriggly strip of green, but also released a foul smell that had Skrawl coughing and gagging. He nearly dropped his fork and one hand latched against his throat. Oh what kind of cruel, sick joke was this?
Greenhide swallowed another bite before turning his massive head towards him. “Oh what’s the matter, precious baby?” Skrawl glared at him, but said nothing. “Too grumpy to eat your meal? I could eat it for you then, if you are...”
“No!” Skrawl hissed as he pushed his plate of gruel away from Greenhide. The two of them glared at each other for several moments. Despite how foul it tasted, he was not going to allow Greenhide to take it. “Get more of your own if you like it so much!”
Greenhide raised an eyebrow at this, his yellow eyes staring intently down at Skrawl. For a few brief, yet somehow painfully long moments, Skrawl thought that he had screwed up yet again. This was the same look that Greenhide gave him a few times in the past when he had said something out of line. And all Skrawl could do was wait and watch until Greenhide said something; he was powerless to do anything to dissuade him.
To his surprise however, Greenhide didn’t bare his teeth or raise his hand threateningly like he would in the past. Instead, the crocodilian zoner simply pulled his head back, pointing his long, toothy snout into the air, and started to laugh. Not a jovial one, mind you, but one that was a little more tainted than that. The sound of it made the jellybean’s skin crawl.
“You really are something, aren’t you, little Skrawly?” Greenhide’s voice boomed. “I rather quite enjoy when you sometimes show a little spunk!” Skrawl growled softly in response. Greenhide eyed him with one eye. “Perhaps you are not as pathetic as you look...”
Skrawl felt his body quake at this comment. He could feel an energy rushing through his arms. He could feel his vision all around him start to blur. He wasn’t really sure what was going on anymore. The only thing he became aware of was a yell and then an impact and a yelp. And something red flying through the air.
Skrawl shook his head and started to come back to his senses. When his vision blurred, he became aware of everyone around him staring at him in shock. Skrawl followed their eyes and tried to figure out just what they were looking at. His gaze slowly fell down upon the ground, and there before him he could see something there. Something small and ground and...
Oh gawd, was that Greenhide’s eye...?
Skrawl could feel his blood freeze at this realization. He lifted his head up and he stared at where Greenhide was. The crocodile’s body was hunched over at this point, his snout pointed towards the ground. His paw was placed against his now empty eye socket. Skrawl could see where the blood was dripping rapidly, pooling onto the ground below him as if it were a leaky faucet. It was only when the remaining green eye fell upon him, filled with rage, that Skrawl became aware of a new sensation. One that he hardly felt in this life.
Raw terror.
Skrawl didn’t have time to even jump back before the shock collar placed around his neck did its work. Everything had happened so fast, it took a little longer before the shock collar realized what he did. And when it finally caught on, Skrawl’s body was immobilized in shere agony. He pulled his head back and screamed as volts of electricity arced throughout his body.
Screaming in pain, Skrawl attempted to remove himself from the situation. The electricity volts never allowed him to go too far, however. He only managed a few steps before he found himself dropping to the ground. He banged his knees while his third limb held himself up. He struggled once more to get up, only for his body to continue shaking and trembling. Slowly, he looked up at where Greenhide was, unable to stop the fear from shining on his face.
Greenhide towered over him, glaring down with his remaining yellow eye. His teeth were gnashing together, a deep growl eminating from his mouth. Already his shock collar was sparking. But true to what everyone already knew about him, he hardly reacted to it. Instead, his attention was fully on Skrawl. Nothing else mattered. Not even pain itself would stop him from doing what he wanted to do. As soon as Skrawl saw that hand being raised up, he knew there was nothing anyone or anything could do to stop him.
Skrawl was not able to dodge the first attack. The claws raked against his side. The pale teal jellybean was knocked across the ground, rolling painfully and hitting against various garbage that was strewn about. He rammed against one of the chairs and clutched his side, shivering in pain. None of the other prisoners would help him. Not only did they not want to, they were too terrified of Greenhide anyway. Skrawl looked around, noting their curious and horrified stares, and then he tried to get back up.
He didn’t get far before he felt something thick and heavy strike against him. As he tumbled through the air, he saw some flashes of green and something spikey and he realized that he had been hit by Greenhide’s thick tail. He could already feel soreness spreading throughout his side where he was hit, forming a bruise that would remain with him for weeks, no doubt.
Skrawl slammed against the ground, his face smooshing against it. He thought he felt a few of his large teeth crack. This was confirmed when he lifted his head up and he saw a few of his teeth on the ground. He gave a quick shudder at the sight of teeth and blood on the ground before he looked over at Greenhide just in time to see the zoner on all fours and charging at him like some kind of wild animal. Skrawl attempted to get himself up off the ground before it was too late. He was instead met with long jaws packed with serrated teeth pressing down against his body.
Skrawl’s screams echoed throughout the meal room. Other prisoners looked over, watching his predicament. Horror or curiosity, or even indifference, plagued their faces. No one showed any signs of wanting or desiring to help him, just like before. All the while, the sounds of electricity arched through his body, ripping through and only worsening the pain that Greenhide was causing him.
The jellybean kept his eyes shut tightly, seething through his clenched teeth. He struggled to keep himself from screaming, not wanting to give Greenhide any pleasure in hearing it. But the crocodile merely tightened his grip on him and Skrawl couldn’t help but give out a small cry as the teeth sank further into his body.
He flailed about in the air, screaming and giving out a few sobs, despite his attempts to cover it up. He jerked around, slamming fists and kicks against the large crocodile zoner. Though he kept on hitting him, his claws and strikes and kicks did absolutely nothing. It had been lucky, or a curse, that he had even hit the creature’s eye, the only part of him that was unarmored outside of his mouth. He was not going to have such an opportunity again.
The croc zoner shook Skrawl violently in his jaws, his teeth tearing and ripping through his body. The sounds of gasps and other sharp inhales of breath were barely heard by Skrawl as his head was wobbled about like this. His senses felt like they were going in an array, uncontrollable, and it soon felt as though there was a loud ringing taking over his skull. And still the croc kept on shaking, making the jellybean more and more disoriented.
Then, without warning, Greenhide released him. Skrawl let out a loud howl as he was thrown halfway across the meal room. He crashed into a few tables and knocked them over. He flinched and cried out as he felt his body break some plates, the sharp tips digging into his skin. He flipped around, somersaulted from the impact, and soon rested against another table, which rested on the ground thanks to him. Dizziness swelled in his head and he gripped his forehead, shaking it as he tried to regain his senses.
“I see you haven’t yet learned your manners.” Came Greenhide’s dark, slightly gurgly voice. Skrawl looked towards the crocodile, having a hard time seeing him with one eye swollen and the other having some blood in it. “I suppose I still need to send you through an education class.”
Despite not being able to see as well as he used to, Skrawl was still able to make out the dark green crocodile shape coming towards him. And he certainly could see the other prisoners moving back as the determined crocodile came towards him.
Skrawl attempted to get away from him. He could barely move his limbs at this point. Not that they were broken; but he was so shaky right now and felt so numb, even with the best of his will power, it was not enough to get him to move any part of his body. So he just laid there and watched helplessly as Greenhide came towards him.
This really was pathetic, wasn’t it? Before, he would never allow this to happen. In the past, he would have beaten up anyone who dared to fight him. He would not show mercy and he would not give them a chance to get the better of him. And yet here he was on the ground, doing nothing to fight back as his opponent came towards him. Not even an insult would fly from his mouth. No defiance. He had been reduced to a lowly status. From master to slave. In that aspect, he had become a lot like Mint.
It really was quite funny...
“Well? Aren’t you going to say anything for yourself? Or did you give up already?” Taunted the crocodile. Skrawl could see his smile spreading across his face. Even with blurred vision, he could tell it was filled with bitterness. “Well isn’t that just a darn shame.. I would have liked to hear what kind of excuse you would have packed this time.”
Skrawl could see Greenhide getting closer. The masshive shape casted a shadow over his body, making it a little harder to see as a result. He could feel that thing’s breath against his face as the crocodile knelt down before him. He flinched as he felt those clawed hands gripping against his neck, refusing to let him go.
“I wasn’t kidding before when I said you were pretty, you know.” Greenhide’s hiss danced through Skrawl’s ears, making him shudder. “You would be a lovely catch...to anyone who cares to notice you. I would hate to ruin your...future date.” He began to run his paw along Skrawl’s face, tracing lightly over his bruised eye. “It seems I did damage the goods a little... But, it’s not too bad... I’m sure in time, it will heal up just fine. Do not fret, little Skrawly...”
Skrawl hissed, “D-Don’t...c-c-call me... Skrawly...”
Greenhide feigned a shocked gasp. “Oh! So you can still talk! Well isn’t that just splendid!” The crocodile turned his head left and right, his remaining eye scanning the area. Then he looked down at Skrawl. “You know...maybe I haven’t been too fair to you.”
“What are you...?” Skrawl narrowed his eyes in confusion.
“Oh come now, pretty bean. Surely you want...take a crack at me. I know you’re quite pent up.... Go on...give it a try...”
Skrawl paled, realizing what Greenhide was talking about. “Y-You’re kidding...”
Greenhide merely chuckled at this, his remaining eye twinkled. “What’s wrong? I thought you would have wanted to prove to everyone that you’re...not a whimp.” Skrawl struggled not to vomit, the stigma of the image of what Greenhide had proposed still lingering on his mind. “Surely you would consider? Maybe you will even become more...dominant around here...” He made a motion with his clawed hand at this.
Skrawl felt sickened. He struggled up to his feet. He wobbled from side to side. He took in a few shaky breaths, his eyes staring at Greenhide. He let out a few low growls. “R-Regardless...of my previous plans...” He spoke in heavy puffs. “E-Even I..would n-never...” He swallowed hard as pain washed away that sentence. He sucked in a shaky breath and started a new one. “I would never s-stoop down to your level, you scaly lizard dung!”
Greenhide widened his eye at this. The prisoners around them fell silent, holding their breaths as though afraid that even the slightest breath would trigger something. Greenhide slowly made his way over towards Skrawl, putting his face close to him. With a loud snort, his eye starting to glow, he hissed, “....what did you say...?”
Skrawl sneered. “You heard me, punk!” Then he did something that he never thought he would do.
He spat in Greenhide’s remaining eye.
Greenhide grabbed onto his face and took a step back. His head reared backwards and he let out a yelp and shook his head. He wiped frantically against his face, trying to get Skrawl’s saliva out of his eye. When he did manage, he turned and glowered in Skrawl’s direction. It was then that the jellybean’s heart stopped beating. He had really blew it this time.
“You insignifcant piece of trash!” Greenhide’s mouth split wide open, his bloodstained teeth exposed in the air. The mere sight of them caused Skrawl to recoil, the pain in his wounds radiating fiercely. “Forget what I said! Why don’t I just make you uglier?!”
Skrawl struggled to get away. Pain wracked through his body and he was one more on the ground. He wrapped his arms around himself as he tried to shield himself from the pain. He forced himself to lift up his head and he watched with wide eyes as Greenhide bounded in his direction, tail flapping behind him. Then the crocodile leaped towards him and all Skrawl could do was shut his eyes and look away, waiting for the blow.
But it never came.
To Skrawl’s confusion, without any kind of warning, some other blur entered the area. Small and nimble, it landed not far from where the crocodile was. The sudden appearance of this creature was enough to hault Greenhide’s attack and make him shift his gaze. Like the others, Skrawl struggled to get a good look. And when he did, noticed something...familiar about this newcomer.
It was blue...
Just like Snap...
At this, Skrawl immediately stiffened up, his mind swirling with rapidly moving thoughts. He couldn’t pull his gaze away from what he was seeing. A cold rush raced through him, soon replaced with something more akin to practical fire. He cared not how his veins were burning, however. His blurry vision focused on the blue creature. Blue and with two legs and was smaller than him.
Yes, this had to be Snap. One of the ones responsible for what happened to him. One of the ones who had ensured his arrest. One of the ones who had played some kind of part, he knew, back when he still had the artifiacts. He was certain that if it hadn’t been for Snap, Mint would still have been on his side and...
His blood reachd its boiling point. He was shocked that his skin didn’t burn at this point. He could not help but grit his teeth tightly, another growl escaping his throat. Though his body was still aching in pain, that seemed to fade away slowly as he managed to get up to his shaky feet.
He was not going to allow Snap to get away this time. He was not going to allow him the chance to flee from this situation. It was time that he paid for what he had done to him.
In that moment, Skrawl hardly paid attention to what was going on around him. He didn’t notice the newcomer knocking down the tables. He didn’t notice prisoners falling to the ground. He didn’t notice if anyone was shouting in confusion, if any of them recognized who this was. THe only thing he was aware of was a small, two-legged blue moving figure whom he was certain had to be Snap. It mattered not if it made little sense. Just the mere sight of it was enough for him to react his decision.
Without any warning, he made a dash over, his feet pounding the ground, his mouth open and breathing heavily. He moved across the ground and amazing speed, considering his injuries. He was able to maintain this even as he limped a little, his feet staggering about, wobbly. He focused his attention on what laid before him, and he raised his hand, fully poised to strike.
Then the newcomer turned their gaze towards him. He could see blood red eyes staring back at him. The second he saw this, Skrawl was hit with a wave of confusion. Was this Snap, or...
“Gah!” Skrawl let out a howl of pain as he crumbled to the ground. He rested on his side, clutching against it as he felt...something starting to bulge open. “What’s..happening..?!”
A chilly, feminine voice graced his ears at this.
“Such a naive little fool you are... But perhaps you are not as stupid as you look.”
Skrawl flinched at how those words reminded him of what Greenhide said. Speaking of which, just where was he? Before he could open his eyes to look, he was struck with another bout of pain.
“Listen to me well. You will come with me. We have much to...discuss... And I don’t have long to wait here.”
Skrawl had absolutely no idea what was going on. His head was aching with confusion. He reached up and rubbed his head back and forth as he tried to deal with the pain that was spreading through his head. Oh what he wouldn’t give for some kind of aspirin.
It was only after rubbing his head for a few moments that he started to get a sense of other things that were happening. As he opened his eyes and his vision sharpened a little, he looked around slowly. He took in a sharp gasp, unable to believe just what had taken place right before him. The things that happened when he was still too dizzied by his own pain to really notice.
Most of the prisoners had fled. He could see where the tables had been knocked down where they had initially been. Some plates were still filled with gruel, telling him that they left in a hurry.
The prisoners who were still around, however, they were a...different story..
Skrawl found it hard to take his eyes off the blood bath that laid before him. Most of the remaining prisoners were either on the ground, spasming from huge openings in their bodies or internal damage, or they were on the ground, curled up and shivering in pain and fear. Dark red fluid laid strewn about on the ground, making this place look almost like a macabre art display.
And there was Greenhide. He rested on the ground about seven feet away from him. His remaining eye was open and staring out, but it was clear that he saw nothing anymore. His eye had glazed over. Blood seeped out of his mouth, but there was no sign of physical injury. He had clearly died from something internal, like some of the others here. But how...
“I-It’s her...”
“How did she escape..?”
“We are all doomed!”
She..? Were the others insinuating that this really was not...?
Skrawl squinted his eyes towards the blue shape. Now that his vision was getting more and more clear, he was starting to see details that he knew did not belong to Snap.
A long spiked tail.
Feathered arms.
Long ears.
Four clawed feet.
And there were those red eyes again, staring at him coldly. These eyes were filled with some kind of madness and cruelty that he was aware was not present in Snap. And as soon as he fully acknowledged all of this, the jellybean realized he was dealing with something that he did not yet fully understand. Just...who was this person..?
The blue dragon chortled upon seeing his expression. “I see you are curious. Well...I am curious about you...” She tilted her head to one side, raising her ears slightly. “But now is not the time to speak. Come now, and we shall...discuss things.”
Skrawl didn’t even get a chance to try to protest at this. He did not get any kind of say. No kind of warning. All he got was sharpness in his side, the feel of claws going into his flesh, and a pain swelling somewhere in his head that he could not detect. The last thing he remembered before everything went dark was the sensation of being lifted up into the air.
sss
“Let me go right now! I swear if you don’t, I will claw out your eyes!”
“...do you really want me to do that now? We are about thirty, forty feet into the air...”
“This isn’t how you treat a future king!”
Sandra gritted her teeth. A part of her wondered why she had even bothered with this guy. Maybe she should have just left that blasted prison on her own. What was the point of bringing along this stupid jellybean if he was going to just be a pain in the ass?
Well she did have good reason to bring him with. Unlike the other prisoners she had toyed with, Skrawl was....different. She sensed that he had some...personal encounters with the creators. That seemed quite correct. After all, didn’t one of them tell her about it? Didn’t another zoner inform her? He attacked the city once, didn’t he? Yes..yes that had been him.
Funny, she never would have thought she’d have use for him. But here she was, carrying the struggling jellybean to a cliff side well far away from where the jail had been. She made no attempts to slow down or anything. She had to get into that cave system before the search lights spotted her.
Behind her, she could hear faint shouts as the guards attempted to locate her and Skrawl. She gritted her teeth and narrowed her eyes in determination. While she might have been able to gain some distance from them, she knew she was not out of the woods yet. If any of those guards caught her over here, they might still stand a chance to bring her back. They knew her weakness...
Ignoring Skrawl’s shouts to be put down, she pumped her arm wings harder, striving to push herself faster and faster. She could feel her heart racing against her chest. She could feel a burning sensation within her as she pushed herself faster than she had ever flown before while carrying someone. She tried her best to ignore how tired she was getting, focusing as much as she could on getting to that dark cave tunnel...
At least, they made it. She flew around the tall, rocky structure, noting its details. She couldn’t help but smile. There was something almost...welcoming about this place. It was such a testament to how sucky a jail is when a cave that looked like a fanged mouth looked much more inviting than a four-walled pristine-looking building.
“I swear if you don’t release me right now...” Skrawl twisted and yanked himself about, ignoring the pain that this was clearly causing him. “I’m going to...!”
Sandra shrugged the best she could as she flew. “Okay..if you say so...”
“...wait!”
Sandra dove down towards the ledge, moving steadily faster. She only slowed down once she got past the first ‘tooth’ of the structure. She suddenly arched herself back, full stop, and allowed Skrawl to hover above the ground for a few moments. Then, without any warning, she just released him. She watched as Skrawl tumbled across the ground, landing on his head with his body arched forward. She couldn’t help but chuckle at how funny he looked, especially with how he fell forward and soon landed on his back.
Sandra landed not far away from him and regarded him with piercing, narrowed eyes. A part of her was amazed that he had been able to wake up so fast. Her move should have rendered him unconscious for longer; she needed that quiet time so she could get out without him screaming. Instead of twenty minutes like she hoped, he woke up in half that time.
Which of course resulted in those guards trying to get them. Sandra looked out in the direction of the jail, her eyes narrowed and her teeth clenched. Those guard hadn’t been easy to slip away from. They were quite the determinators. She could not even use her powers on them because not only was she too busy flying about and dodging them, but they knew to aim things at her head to disrupt her power. She groaned as she rubbed her head. She never thought she would have been grateful if she just had a helmet.
But at least they were far away from that place. Far away from where she had been locked away for a so-called ‘crime’. Where she had been persecuted unfairly, where everyone labeled her a monster. A place where she had been alone with only her thoughts as company.
She heard a grunting sound and she turned her head to look over her shoulders. She watched as Skrawl climbed up to his feet. He was a little unsteady on his feet, but nonetheless managed to remain standing. His mismatched eyes glared at her, one still swollen and the other still partially closed from the gash upon it. His lips were curled back into a snarl and he breathed in shaky, growly breaths. Then, with his claws curling inward on his hand, he began to move forward.
Before Skrawl could even think of doing anything, however, Sandra stopped him. With a single raising of her hand, it was more than enough to make the jellybean pause and stare at her in confusion. His eyes remained narrowed and he motioned his hand towards her, giving her a chance to speak. The look in his eyes told her silenty that she had better have a good reason for what she did.
Oh he did not have to worry. She did. With her smile broadening, her arms folded as she leaned back against the rocky surface, she began to speak.
“I take it you are Skrawl, am I right?” She did not bother waiting for an answer before she continued infuriating Skrawl when he tried to reply. “I have heard so much about you. I see you and are in a sense...kindred spirits... Both of us have been wronged by the same...few people...”
Skrawl narrowed his eyes further, looking as though he were suspicious. “So you know about that? Congratulations...” He took a step towards her and pointed his claw in her direction. “But that does not explain what we are doing here...and what you want with me?” He motioned to himself. “So I hope you have something you can say for yourself! And do not try anything on me... I can see right though the deepest of lies...”
“Of course you can. Duly noted.” Sandra wanted to roll her eyes at this. She knew full well that this creature had no idea what he was talking about. She knew that he could not read into lies, otherwise he would not be so easily fooled before. “I am still certain that you...have the same desire as me...”
Skrawl tilted his head to one side. “And what desire might that be?”
Sandra grinned. “Revenge, my dear jellybean. A chance to get back at those who wronged you.” She motioned her hand towards him, her fingers curling inward. “Now isn’t that something that is worth the risk? Are you not glad that I took you out of that wretched place?”
“Revenge...?” Skrawl paused for a moment. He stared at her long and hard. His facial expression indicated that he might not be fully aware of what she was talking about. Then, as if realizing what she was alluding to, a smile spread across his face and he began to tap his claws tips together. “...against who...may I ask, dragon?”
Sandra sneered. “Why, against Rudy and his bratty friends, of course...”
There was a twinkle in Skrawl’s eyes, all but confirming the desire she already knew that he had. “That sounds delightful..” He paused and then stared at her with slightly narrowed eyes. “Just...who are you, anyway..?”
Sandra jumped up into the air, flapping to stay aloft. “I think it is best we talk further elsewhere. Come along.” She made her way towards one of the tunnels leading deeper inside the cave. She gave pause for a moment before looking over at Skrawl, giving a twisted grin. “Oh and my name is Sandra, by the way.”
As the two continued down, a part of her wondered if she had made the right decision. She was aware of how Skrawl was, and how he could betray her...
But she didn’t have a choice anymore, did she? And besides, he could still be of use to her. She’d just watch him real close, and keep him under control.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Dec 30, 2015 18:56:48 GMT -5
Chapter 7: Newsflash
Right now! Lights out! Let your panic out! -Release The Panic, Red
It was difficult to say if today was going to be any better. They all hoped that they would be able to do...something to help lighten up the situation. Now that they had more time to think, surely one of them could think of something, right? Even if it took a while, maybe they...
Oh who was she kidding? She had been up longer than usual trying to figure something out. And so far, nothing came to mind. No matter how hard she tried to think, she just...could not think of a solution. She tried so many different solutions through her head. She had only ended up with a severe headache to the point of needing to take some medication. Even now, she was still rubbing her temples as she tried to get her mind to relax. She could only hope that her friends had better luck.
But no. From what she had been told, they weren’t any luckier than her. She could not be sure if they had stayed up as long as she had, trying to think of a solution. But she was aware that they did work really hard. She could see it in their eyes, the way the skin aroun them had darkened up. The sight of it made her suck on her lip as she was reminded of the hardships that were ahead all of them.
But Penny wasn’t in any position to give up. Even if the situation seemed hopeless, she still strived to keep trying to do..something to help out the zoners. Maybe a scanner was not the solution. Maybe she just needed to focus her attention in another area. But what..?
“Let’s get going, you guys.” It wasn’t Rudy who spoke, but instead Mint. The slightly older teenager stood before the large chalkboard. “We can’t keep Snap waiting.”
Penny eyed the chalkboard for a few moments. She remembered how she and Mint had pitched in to get it so that Rudy had an easier time getting into ChalkZone. They had been lucky lately that they could get him in without his parents interfering. She turned her gaze to Mint and gave him a small nod. “Yeah. You know how he can be if we are late.”
“I’m sure he understands.” Mint stated as he moved towards Rudy. The expression on his face made it clear what he was indicating. There was a bit of silent understanding before Mint grabbed onto the back of Rudy’s wheelchair. “Now come on. Maybe Snap has had better luck than us.”
Rudy gave a small chuckle. “I just hope it’s better than his dream house plans.”
Mint paused and stared down at Rudy. Cocking an eyebrow in confusion, he asked, “..dream house...?”
Trying her best not to smile too much, Penny waved her hand dismissively. “We will tell you all about it later.”
Though Mint clearly looked as if he wanted to ask more questions, he didn’t attempt to speak further. He just nodded his head slowly and headed to the large portal that had been drawn, waiting for them to enter.
Penny went through the portal first and then turned to face Mint. She began to aid him with Rudy. She gripped the front part of the wheelchair, and together, they lifted it up with a grunt and carried it over through the portal. There was a little bit of trouble. A bang or two. But soon they were able to get it completely through. As soon as they were all in, they set Rudy down.
Penny made sure the portal was erased. It was too big a risk now to leave it open. A small one could be covered, but lately, the few portals they could create for Rudy had to be much larger to accompany his wheelchair. As soon as she got finished with that, she waisted no time and caught up with her two friends. She took position by Mint and Rudy and the two of them walked along the grassy field, Mint pushing Rudy in tow.
Penny stared down at Rudy. She couldn’t help but feel a small pang of guilt twisting through her body. She didn’t even know why she felt guilty; it wasn’t her who put Rudy in this situation. But maybe if she had just acted quicker...
But what was done was done and there was nothing she could do about it. No matter what she did, no matter how awful she felt and wanting to ‘make it up to Rudy’, nothing would alter the fact that Sandra had permanently crippled her best friend. Rudy could never run these fields again. He couldn’t jump through a smaller portal. He couldn’t jump on Snap and play wrestle with him anymore. He could only...sit and be pushed. She couldn’t even begin to imagine what Rudy must feel right now, being trapped in his body like that.
She struggled to push those thoughts in the back of her mind for now. They weren’t going to do her any good and right now they had something more presently urgent to take care of. Rudy could at least function, even if it was more limited. But the zoners were another story.
Still so paranoid. Still so afraid. Still terrified of their own shadows... She understood why her friends were getting frustrated by this. She was as well, to some degree.
Yet like her friends, she also could not blame them. Sandra’s influence was just so great. But still...they had to so something to stop them from acting so crazy. She knew this was going to be a harder task than before, because these zoners were not simply being controlled by the Signal or anything. They were being controlled by their fear of Sandra. And everyone knows just how difficult it is to control fear.
They walked in silence for about a minute before Rudy decided to break it.
“...why does it so quiet...?”
Mint turned his head down. “What do you mean? It’s always tranquil here.”
“Not to this degree.” Rudy shook his head. “I mean, where’s Snap? Where’s the zoners that like to play around here? It is just...way too quiet.”
At this, they all froze. They glanced at each other, blinking their eyes a few times. They quickly realized that Rudy did have a point there. It did feel just...way too quiet right now. Normally they would hear the chatter of someone. Even a shout from Snap as he rushes to join them.
But today...nothing. It was almost as if someone had turned the mute button on. This was not normal. This total silence was not something they had some to expect when they came into ChalkZone. They were used to at least one zoner coming here to either see them or play at one of the new areas here. For no one to be around...
Penny felt her heart twist. She quickly realized that there wasn’t much that this could mean except...
...something was going on...
She swiveled her head to Mint and Rudy. She gave them a wide-eyed, urgent stare. She silently spoke to them, communicating only through her facial expressions. Then, when she was certain that they understood what she wanted, she turned her head and she began to move at a quicker pace through the field. They had to get to ChalkZone City as soon as possible.
Penny wasn’t sure how long it took them. She wasn’t sure how long she heard Mint panting or how many times she heard Rudy grunt when they ran into a few bumps and dips along the way. Her eyes were too focused on the landscape before her, too focused on looking for the buildings she knew were out there. It would only be a matter of time before they would spot them.
Then at last, she could see them. Not straight away of course. Just a small glimmer. But as they kept on moving, they seemed to slowly grow out of the ground. The various colored buildings that made up the city. It took only a short time before the buildings had grown to be taller than they were, and she could see where the first patch of concrete was positioned. With one more huff, Penny found her feet touching it, feeling the instinct change from a soft ground to a harder, studier one.
It was a little more difficult getting Rudy onto the concrete. They had to lift him up even higher to get over the ridge. This was never an easy task. Penny and Mint were still willing to do it for Rudy, of course. But they both were afraid of slipping up and letting him fall. And they could see the look of fear and worry in Rudy’s eyes whenever they had to do this. But once they did have Rudy on the sidewalk, they returned to their original positions when they first got into ChalkZone and began to walk along the sidewalk.
Unlike the open, grassy fields from before, the city was not abandoned. Almost as soon as they entered it, they could already hear a chorus of voices erupting from one location. And when the three human creators turned around the corner of the building and entered onto the main street of ChalkZone City, they could see the source of the noise.
Not far from them, there the police station was located, they could see what appeared to be a large group of zoners. They were all clamoring around this one spot, looking as if they were forming a large circle around someone. They were all talking at once, which made it difficult to discern just what was being said. The only thing any of them could be sure of is that the zoners sounded really...worried about something. Most of them wore horrified glances, which further confirmed this suspicion.
Penny turned and stared over at her two friends. Mint and Rudy looked back at her, looking as worried as she did. Penny then looked back at the zoners, licking her lips nervously. Without further hesitation, she rushed over to the nearest zoner.
“Hey, what’s going on?” She asked as she placed her hand on a medium height stick figure zoner.
The stick figure zoner hardly paid attention to her. He did jerk a little at her touch, but nonetheless did not react. His full attention was on whoever the zoners were trying to talk to. It also didn’t appear as though he heard her, which was of no surprise considering how loud and booming the zoners were being right now.
Penny attempted to gain the attention of a few more zoners. Each time she was meant with the same silent treatment. None of the zoners were realizing that she was there. They were just...too focused on trying to ask...someone questions, trying to have their voices heard. None of the zoners seemed to really notice that the three human creators had arrived. And something told Penny that, even if they did notice, that wouldn’t stop them from continuing to bombard this someone with loads of undiscernable questions.
Penny took a few steps back and stared at the crowd, her eyes furrowing in concern. Just what had all these zoners so spooked? They were worried enough as it was yesterday. But today...
Something had clearly changed.
The zoners before her were pushing against each other and shoving. They were raising their voices, trying to be heard above all the others. Most of them looked terrified. Some were furious and shaking their fists. It was just...a sea of madness, and she and her friends had no idea just what caused it.
“Rudy! Penny! Mint!” A voice called out suddenly, startling the humans. They relaxed immediately when they saw that it was only their friend, Snap. The blue and white zoner had dissipated from the crowd, coming out of an area that they could not see from this angle, and was rushing towards them. “Thank goodness you are here!”
“What’s wrong, Snap?” Rudy asked quickly, shifting in his wheelchair so he could stare down at his friend. “What is happening?”
“Yeah! Why are the zoners...” Mint looked over at the crowd. He only stared for a few moments before lifting his hand motioning towards the. “..acting like this..?”
Penny bent her knees as Snap got closer to her. When the zoner was near enough, he used one hand to grab onto her knee for support. Penny used one of her hands to grab onto Snap’s arm and helped to support him. The poor little guy must be just as spooked as the other zoners. Even with how short the distance was, Snap’s earlier panic caused him to be out of breath already.
“It’s...” Snap gasped between heavy breaths. “I-It’s terrible...”
“What happened, Snap?” Penny asked, her voice stern and urgent. She held on tighter to Snap, bringing herself down to his level and staring directly at him. Snap looked at her with wide eyes and an open, panting mouth. “Tell us..what’s wrong...?”
It took only seconds for Snap to shout a phrase that caused their blood to freeze.
“Skrawl’s out of jail!”
At this, the three humans went silent. They stared at Snap long and hard, their eyes unable to move away. They couldn’t speak. They didn’t dare to breathe. They just kept watching Snap, hoping, praying, that he was mistaken, that there had to be something else.
But the more that Snap didn’t say anything, the more they started to realize...no, this wasn’t some kind of cruel joke. This wasn’t a mistake. One by one, the three human friends looked at each other, exchanging silent messages. Out of them, and for good reason, Mint was the most shaken up, staring out into the distance and hardly responding to anything Rudy was saying.
Penny looked at Snap, her voice caught on her throat. She breathed in and out slowly, her mind swirling with thoughts. She watched the terrified look that was plastered over Snap’s large, white eyes. She licked her lips and swallowed nervously. She could vaguely hear the police officer, the ones the zoners must be crowding around, trying to soothe their fears and get them to settle down. She just focused on Snap long and hard before she managed to squeak out her next question.
“What happened, Snap...?”
Snap did not waste anytime and he began, in a shaky, trembling voice, to relay the information to the three startled and horrified humans.
sss
“Well that didn’t bring us any closer...” Rudy grumbled softly.
“It was worth a try at least.” Penny pointed out.
“Still...” Snap folded his arms against his chest. “...with how urgent all of this is, you’d think that they would be more or less on top of things. I’ve never seen such disorganization...”
Mint could only nod in agreement. Out of all of them, he had remained the most silent. He did ask the occasional question as they spoke to some of the zoners around here. Other than that, he was just silent. Almost like he was a living ghost or something.
It was just...he couldn’t bring himself to speak. His mind had gone so numb. He could feel thoughts racing through, refusing to let up, refusing to give him any sense of peace. He didn’t realize it until Penny pointed it out, but he had actually started to walk a little hunched, his arms moving around his body as though to hug himself.
He didn’t mean to look this scared. He didn’t mean to allow his thoughts to control him like this. But...just how was he supposed to remain calm? Especially in the light of such...terrifying news...? He wasn’t even sure how the others were so calm about this...
..okay so they weren’t calm. Like the zoners, they were quite upset. He could tell just by looking in their eyes. He could see the horror that splattered through. He could see the fear that was plastering over their faces. Skrawl’s freedom was not something to sneeze at. It was not something that they’d dare dismiss to lightly. And what made it so urgent wasn’t just the fact that he escaped, but where he had escaped from.
What was the name of that jail? Mint was certain it had gone through a few name changes. The last name he recalled being associated with it was The Speculum. A rather odd name for such a place. Maybe it was referring to the dimensional prisons they had there, reserved for the worst of the worst, such as Sandra herself.
Mint felt a pang in his chest. He wondered why Skrawl had not been placed in one of these cells. Hadn’t he proven to be one of the worst villains around? Hadn’t he caused enough damage to warrant him being locked up in here? After all, he did play a major part in what happened all those years ago. He might have been the one to do those horrible acts of destroying parts of ChalkZone, but it was Skrawl who had pulled the strings.
Perhaps the guards thought that a regular cell would have been fine. And maybe for a while, it was. But now that evil jellybean was loose again. Mint had to wonder if those guards now feel stupid for not using something a lot more...secure.
“I still want to know how he got out of there.” Rudy spoke up. “I mean... that place was well guarded and..”
“Well it was apparently not well guarded enough.” Mint spat, using a slightly more aggressive tone than he had intended.
Rudy looked over at him in shock before his expression softened up. “...yeah...”
Mint was glad that his friends did not stare at him too long. He sometimes felt it a little embarrassing, plus it made him feel nervous. However, despite them not staring at him too much, he could still feel their eyes boring into him in that short amount of time. It was brief, but still more than enough to stir up some rather uncomfortable feelings.
He could not complain too much. They were still his friends. They did care about him. They were only worried for him. They all could never forget what happened that day when they stood up to Skrawl together, for the first time. Back when Snap’s back was still recovering, back when Skrawl had the artifacts...
...back when Mint lost his leg...
Mint felt a sharp tingle in his leg, just above where it entered into the prosthetic. He still had nightmares even years later. He could still feel the sharp blade entering his body. He could still remember the horrific pain that clashed through, and how he had nearly died if it hadn’t been for Rudy and especially Penny’s intervention. He licked his lips and felt his heart skip several beats. The fact that he had nearly died there weighed heavily on his mind.
Wanting to push the conversation forward and not wanting his friends to be too nervous about him for long, Mint said quickly, “But maybe there is someone who might know?” He raised his hand up. “Surely someone around here must know something.”
Penny shrugged her shoulders. “I’m sure there is, but we haven’t found them yet.”
“Yeah, in case you forgot, we asked probably everyone in town.” Snap raised his arms up into the air. “Even that flipping penguin officer didn’t know a damn thing!”
Mint flinched at the memory. He recalled how they had attempted to speak to the officer the other zoners had gathered around. It hadn’t been easy getting through. It was even more difficult getting the penguin officer to notice them. It was at least a little easier once the penguin officer, whom they recognized as the same one from before, saw them and huddled out to speak with them.
But they were sorely disappointed. Officer Samuel, as he liked to call himslef, had almost no information. This bit was what caused Mint to flinch. He found it hard to believe that Officer Samuel had no information to give them. Nothing to calm down the citizens other than a ‘we are working on it’ statement, which was only good for a short while before someone would say something.
Which they did. Many of the zoners refused to allow Officer Samuel to leave their sights. Even as the group of four friends left to question other zoners, the penguin officer was still bombarded with questions.
What really got to Mint, however, was not the apparent lack of questions. Instead it was just...the overall silence. Well yeah that could be the same as lack of questions, but he was thinking more along the lines of an...intentional silence. Officer Samuel could indeed have no answers to give them. But that didn’t mean that it was due to him not having information. Maybe he did but was deliberately holding it back.
The idea made him uncomfortable. And it wasn’t because of him being angry at Officer Samuel for holding back information. Sometimes that was just necessary. No, what worried him was the reason for holding back information. One of the reasons this would be done was to avoid a riot. And if that was the case...
....then just what did Officer Samuel know...? What more had happened with Skrawl’s escape...? Was there something more to this break out than he could imagine...?
What were they hiding?
Snap folded his arms against his chest. “I still can’t believe no one around here has any information that we can use...”
Penny looked over at him sadly, nodding her head. “It is rather unfortunate.” She inhaled slowly and exhaled. It was rare that Penny looked at a loss for words. And when that happened, Mint knew just how serious things were. “One of ChalkZone’s most notorious criminals is out there and none of the zoners in the city seem to know just how he got out...”
Rudy furrowed his eyes. “That means we can only try one thing.” The others stared at him in curiosity, waiting for him to speak. Rudy stared at them intently before speaking in a slightly low yet determined voice. “We go directly to the jail itself and ask them.”
Mint widened his eyes a little. “Are you sure about that, Rudy?” He raised his hand up in gesture. “Do you really think they would even bother listening to us?”
“Yeah.” Snap rolled his eyes. “They might take one look at us and make us walk right out.”
It was unsurprising to them all that Snap held the most bitterness for jails. Even though Skrawl was held at a different jail than he had been, that didn’t change the fact that Snap had been quite soured on them. Not that he had ever loved them before. It was just..his whole attitude regarding them had darkened ever since he had been locked up for a crime that he hadn’t committed, and was subjected to torment the whole time that he was there.
The worst of it came from Taima. The zoner may have apologized for his actions, but Snap still could not bring himself to fully forgive him. His friends could not blame him for it. Taima was the worst of them all. Beating up Snap, controlling him, making him so terrified... Snap’s time in jail wasn’t just a nightmare. It was a practical night terror and it was all because of what Taima had done to him.
Mint licked his lips slowly. As much as he hated the idea of going near another jail after how poorly Snap had been treated, he ultimately realized that....Rudy might be right. That might be their only chance of getting some answers. Maybe upon arriving, they could at least try to convince one of the officers to tell them a little something at least.
Besides, what did they have to lose? The only thing that would happen is either they got new information or they just...remained right were they were. They couldn’t back pedal with this. And with Skrawl out there, if there was any additional information they could figure out, even the smallest detail of how he could have escaped, they needed to know.
“We could at least try.” Penny spoke up, cutting Mint from his thoughts. He and the others watched her carefully as she continued to speak. “They might have something that we could use to help find Skrawl.”
“And what if they refuse to talk?” Mint asked abruptly before Penny could continue. He hated being the bearer of bad news, but there was one thing he needed to make sure they all understood. “What if they have to be silent about something? What if there is something that they just...cannot tell us?”
At this, Penny, Snap, and Rudy looked at each other nervously. Penny looked back at Mint, her eyes widened. Then she slowly narrowed them into small slits.
“Then we will just have to be more...persuasive...”
Mint took a small step back. “And how do you propose we do that? We can’t just walk up to them and demand the information.” Mint didn’t like sounding like a downer. But jails were just harder to mess with, especially as of late when they got stricter. “We don’t want to give them any reason to go..” He stopped himself before he said ‘after Snap’. He backtracked and said, “...use other methods...”
Penny looked at him sympathetically, as though she understood what he was referring to. “I know, Mint. But we just... We can’t just....” Penny stammered for a couple of seconds, tripping over her own tongue. It took a while before she started to clear her throat and attempted to speak again. “We have to try something, you know?”
“I agree.” Rudy was slightly reluctant in saying that. Mint wondered if he was thinking something similar to him. Was he thinking about what happened with Snap before? “We do need to at least...try.” He narrowed his eyes as he turned his attention in the direction of the jail. “If they knew what was good for ChalkZone, they’d tell us....”
The four friends nodded in agreement at this. No one really had any protest to that. And why would they? It was quite true, really. If it came to the safety of ChalkZone, the guards and officers may be more willing to speak. After all, they live in ChalkZone themselves. If something were to happen, they would surely want to do whatever it took to get it fixed.
Yet none of them could not push aside the possibility of withholding information, either. There was still a very real chance that something like that could happen, whether to keep zoners from panicking or for some other reason. And if that were to happen...
Mint was certain that they could figure something out. It would not be easy of course, and he did not want to do anything to give the police force reason to come after them as well. They would need to either be convincing or at least silent as they tried to uncover as much information as possible. And maybe, after they spoke with the officers, they would be one stop closer to finding Skrawl.
Though that could end up just being wishful thinking. If it was going to be anything like last time, he may end up with more questions than answers. And if that happened...
“Hey maybe you could bring along Ripclaw.” Snap said with a sly smile, motioning his hand towards a confused Mint. “Maybe she would be able to make them more willing to talk.”
“Snap!” Penny put her hands on her hips. She said nothing more. Her glare was enough to make the zoner cringe slightly and smile nervously at her.
“Hey I was just saying. You know that those guards might be unwilling to speak. So I thought that maybe a little ‘inspiration’ would be enough to...” Snap started to say.
Rudy interrupted him. “All that will do is draw unwanted attention to us. Do you really think that if we tried to force information via the use of a large raptor, that it is going to go over well with everyone?”
Snap flinched at this and lowered his head. “Yeah...you’ve got a point there. I’m sorry.”
Although Mint was shocked by what Snap suggested, he couldn’t say that he was too upset with him. He took a few steps towards his friend and placed his hand on his shoulder. When Snap looked up at him, Mint gave the best smile that he could muster up. “We will think of something. I’m sure of it.”
Snap stared at him for a few moments. It did seem at first that Snap was comforted. However this only lasted a short time before his eyes furrowed. Not out of anger but out of confusion and uncertainty. “How...can you be so sure...?” Snap slowly tilted his head to one side. “Do you have any ideas?”
“Yeah, Mint. Do you?” Rudy turned to face him. It took only a few seconds for Rudy to read Mint’s face and he gave a sigh. “Though I’m sure you’re just as confused as the rest of us.”
Mint opened his mouth to speak. But sadly, he was right. He really was just as perplexed and uncertain. He couldn’t really think of anything to say. All he could do was fall silent and lower his head. He felt a pang of guilt as he realized he could not say anything to make the situation better for his friends...or for ChalkZone for that matter.
But..they could not give up. Not now. Skrawl was running loose out there. He could be terrorizing a part of ChalkZone right now. They could not allow him to run free for long. They had to...
“It would seem our best bet is to just...go and talk to the officers in the jail.” Penny said as she tapped a finger against her chin thoughtfully. “I know we might not get any results. But...we have to try. Or we will be standing here, twiddling our fingers, doing nothing, and wasting time.”
Mint flinched at this. He realized that Penny was right. They all did. They were wasting time trying to think of other plans. They should have acted upon this one first and then talk to each other about other ways to gather information should they not find anything useful about whatever the guards at the prison tell them.
“Yeah, she’s right. Come on, everyone.” Mint narrowed his eyes as he stared at his friends. He gave them a stern nod and he could tell they knew where he was going with this. “Let’s pay The Speculum a little visit...”
sss
Snap pulled his head back and stared up at the tall structure before them. “So...this is The Speculum...?”
“It looks quite large. I’ve never seen a jail here this size.” Commented Mint.
Penny nodded her head. “Indeed. I think this is still pretty new. I know this was not here when Rudy and I were ten.” She looked over at Rudy, whom she was walking beside. “Do you remember this?”
Rudy grunted as he pumped his arms, pushing his wheelchair to keep up with his friends. “No, I have not.” He said quickly to answer her question.
Indeed, Rudy did not really remember this jail being here before when he was a kid. Or maybe it had been here and he just did not remember it. Regardless, this would still be the first time he actually visited it. Well, if you could call this visiting. It was more akin to a meeting than anything else, even if they had no appointment here. And he hoped it stayed that way, for good reason.
He did take some time to look around, although he spent most of it paying attention to what was in front of him. With the bumpiness of the grass they were walking across and the fact that his friends were walking close, Rudy did not want to take the chance of hitting them or getting himself hurt.
But he was still able to see enough to have an idea of what this place looked like. The Speculum looked on the surfac very much like a fancy Real World prison. It was white in color and almost seemed to sparkle, making it look deceptively inviting. He had seen several searchlights moving about, and plenty of areas for snipers to hide in cause they were trying to shoot something. Multiple windows lined along the walls, small barred openings to allow the prisoners to see the outside, a harsh reminder of what they had lost.
The building itself stood several stories tall, about as tall as some of the tallest skyscrapers in ChalkZone City. Unlike a couple jails he saw, The Speculum liked a spikey appearance, or anything that made it appear like a deathtrap. Even the search lights looked kinda pretty, like it was some kind of big show. Rudy wondered if this was to add to the psychological torment of the criminals, or if it was to help the law abiding citizens feel more at ease.
Rudy was glad that this building was placed on concrete, otherwise he had no idea how he was going to get inside without too much trouble. It was bad enough moving about along the grass; he hated to think what would happen if he were to attempt to head into a building that is placed on grass, or worse yet, having all the floors be made of grass and dirt...Okay that was silly thinking, but considering this was ChalkZone he was talking about, anything was possible.
At least it didn’t take them too long to get off the grass and onto the concrete. Rudy did require help from his friends. He did feel a little bad about it, but he normally kept silent. There was nothing wrong with getting help from them, he told himself. Still...he would have liked to alleviate them the trouble...
He stopped himself before he could go down one of his ‘self pitying’ trips. He didn’t really mean to be like this. Most of the time, actually, he wasn’t. There were just very few times where he’d feel upset about it. Sometimes he would...just be reminded of all the times he helpd his friends, and he was no longer able to do that as much. His friend were helping him with something as the result of an incident that never would have happened if he had just...been quicker.
Pushing those thoughts out of his head and focusing on the task at hand, he and his friends headed over to the large double doors that led to the inside of the prison. It looked as if the floor was completely flat, much to Rudy’s relief. He’d be able to get through just fine without having to rely on his friends. A bit of independence.
And sure enough, he did. His friends were the first ones who went through and they did leave the door open for him, which he didn’t mind. He felt a bit of relief as he passed through the doors. It seemed silly, but people really do take such things for granted. It was...
“Hello, how may I be of service to you?” A large, muscular zoner spoke.
Rudy and his friends looked over and notced a somewhat tall, brown wooden desk positioned near the wall. It was littered with all kinds of paperwork and two cups of coffee. There was a monitor situated there, the glow of the screen shining against the wall and the zoner’s skin.
And the zoner himself appeared to be a kind of bull. His horns twisted around and aimed at the front, the sharp tips glinting. His broad, flaring nostrils were pierced with a silver ring. His body was covered in grey brown fur. His long, tufted tail swished from side to side, lifted high above the ground.
“Hello, sir.” Penny was the first one to speak. Being the voice of reason among them, she was the best suited to speak to the guard about what they wanted. “We just have a few questions.”
“Really now?” The bull raised an eyebrow. “Well, maybe I can help you with that. My name is Bell and...” Snap started to chuckle at this. The bull glared over at the sniggering zoner. “Something funny...?”
Immediately Snap froze at this. He gave a nervous grin over to the bull guard. He shook his head. “Nuh uh!”
Bell growled softly at this. He said nothing more to Snap before he turned his attention back to Penny. “So what did you want to know?”
Penny kept walking forward until she was positioned right in front of the desk. She placed her hands against the edges and leaned in, staring straight into the bull’s eyes. “We need to know more about Skrawl’s break out.”
Bell blinked his eyes a few times. He then narrowed them and snorted. “I am sorry, but that is confidential information.” He reached his hands up to adjust the tie that he was wearing. “If you have another question, maybe I can...”
“Perhaps you didn’t hear her.” Snap took a few steps forward, forgetting about what happened just a few moments ago. “But she said we need information about Skrawl. Not about one of your other criminals or your laundry duty or whatever else.” Snap made a few gestures with his hand as he spoke. “We need to know about Skrawl.”
Mint nodded his head. “That is correct.” He paused when Bell stared at him intently. Rudy had to wonder if Bell was one of the zoners Mint hurt back when he was the Enemy Creator. Mint managed to continue, “We need to know how he escaped so we can...”
Bell let out a low growl. “And maybe you didn’t hear me...” He leaned in closer, staring intently at Penny, Mint, and Snap, his eyes looking as if they were piercing right through their very souls. “That information is not for you. I don’t care how many times you lot saved ChalkZone. The rules are the rules, and for now, that information is top secret.”
“So you are hiding something...” Mint growled, a tone of disbelief in his voice.
Bell stared at him with one eye. “Call it what you want.” He turned his head to one side. “I am not telling you anything about Skrawl. Not yet. If you really want to know, you can wait and I will...”
“But we can’t wait that long!”
Everyone fell silent as they turned their gaze towards Rudy. He had been silent up to this point, but hearing just how reluctant this zoner was being filled Rudy with horror. He may have expected something like this, but it was still quite a shock that it was even happening. Just..how could he...?
Without thinking, Rudy grabbed onto his wheels and started to push against them, propelling himself forward. He moved at a pretty quick rate, and he swear it took only two seconds for him to reach where his friends where. He stared intently at the bull zoner, panting quickly as he tried to catch his breath. Then he spoke in a slightly airy voice.
“Please, sir, at least consider. We need to know so we can stop Skrawl. We can’t let him run around in ChalkZone for long. We need to know how he escaped so that we have a better idea of where he could be. His escape could yield important clues. And in the end, we need those to prevent him from escaping yet again. Please, Bell, you have to help us.”
But Bell did not seem all that interested in cooperating. He merely growled and lowered his head swiftly. His eyes drilled through his mind and Rudy tensed up. “And I will repeat. That information is confidential.”
Rudy couldn’t believe just how stubborn this bull was being. Did he not realize that by holding back information, he was just going to make it worse for everyone else? Was he really that dense? He didn’t want to think that about someone he didn’t really know that well. But jeezus, it was really starting to look that way.
Did ChalkZone’s safety mean nothing to him? Did he really not care? Didn’t he want Skrawl captured quickly? If he was worried that they would spread the information, he’d be more than happy to clam up. The information was safe with them. But...if only he would be more cooperative...
“I am sorry, Rudy. But I still cannot allow it.” The bull said in a forcibly calm voice. It was clear that his patience was beginning to wear thin. “Now pack and leave. We are through here, and I have more important things to attend to right now.”
Rudy and his friends glared at the bull when he said that. How...how could Bell even think to say that? How could he think that this wasn’t so important? Okay so he didn’t say it like that. Still, it was the way he worded that made it sound so... Rudy clenched his fists tightly as he struggled to keep himself from snapping.
Well if he wasn’t going to tell them anything, then there was really only one option left. It was something that he had considered in the back of his mind, and now it seemed that it was their only option left.
“Can we at least take a look at anything in the jail? Gather up any clues?” Rudy suggested as he held up his hand in gesture. “My friends and I could look around and try to find what we can on our own, and we can use the information to...”
“I’m sorry, but no.” Bell cut him off. “That would be forbidden as well.”
“What? But...”
“Silence!” Bell lifted his head up and glared down at Rudy. “I will hear not another word from you four. Since it is clear that you only came here for information about Skrawl, I will have to ask you to leave. I am sorry that I cannot help you any further for the time being. And I promise that I will give you the information you desire, but only when my superior deems it necessary. So for now, bye!”
Rudy wasn’t about to give up yet. “Please..if you’d just let me...”
“Heh..and just what makes you think you could do anything...cripple?” Bell said in a cold tone of voice.
At this, Rudy gave a sharp gasp of breath, his heart nearly stop beating, his blood turning to ice. He took in several shaky breaths as his swirling mind comprehended what the bull had just told him. He couldn’t even try to speak.
He could feel his friends’ eyes upon him. He could tell they were horrified, even though he was not looking straight at them. He could hear one of them approaching. He could feel a thick hand on his shoulder. Mint... Rudy wanted to look up at him and see a reassuring face, yet he could not bring himself to do anything. He was just...frozen.
Rudy could feel himself being moved. Mint had grabbed onto his wheelchair and was starting to guide him out. He could sense Penny standing next to him, keeping close. Her hand was on his arm, gently caressing it. Rudy forced himself to look up at her, and he could see the shock and hurt and worry in her eyes. She looked down at him and gave him a shaky smile, trying to silently reassure him that it was all right.
Rudy couldn’t even try to smile back at her. He was just way too...stunned. That was the only word he could use to describe how he felt right now. Stunned, and even that didn’t really fully explain everything that he was thinking right now.
“Creepazoid...” He heard Snap hiss at Bell before he trotted over to catch up to them. “Rudy, are you okay?”
Although Rudy was trying his best to fight back the tears that were forming, he managed to nod his head and gave his friend a very shaky, slight smile. “Y-Yeah...I’m fine...”
“Don’t listen to what he says.” Snap said as he placed his hand on his arm. “He doesn’t know what he’s talking about.”
“Yeah, I know...”
None of them said anything else during the trip back into ChalkZone City.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 1, 2016 18:06:03 GMT -5
Chapter 8: The Next Course Of Action
Everybody's looking for something. -Sweet Dreams, Emily Browning
Cripple...
That word continued to echo inside Rudy’s mind. No matter what he did or tried, he could not get it to stop ringing in his head. He continued to feel it keeping him in its grasp, refusing to let him go, refusing to allow him to think more clearly. If it weren’t for Mint pushing him, he’d probably have ran into several obstacles by this point.
Rudy had learned to tune out what the other students say about him. He had already been used to being sort of ‘invisible’ there. He was used to having few friends. It didn’t matter if he still walked or not; they still would have found some way to make fun of him. Especially Reggie.
But hearing it from a zoner... That was a lot harder for him to ignore. He just could not get over the fact that someone whom he was, on a regular basis, protecting daring to say something like that about him. Bell likely owed his very life to him. And yet because he was in a wheelchair now, suddenly he was not any good?
Rudy let out a pained sigh. Unfortunately, that was something that he had to get used to. A large number of zoners started to treat him differently ever since he was crippled by Sandra. They still showed happiness that he returned, but some seemed to have started to get this mind set that he was less capable. Even if some of them were likely just nervous of making him try to do something he was not as capable of doing, it still hurt.
Most of the time, it was not meant as an insult. Such as Officer Samuel. Him ignoring him was distasteful, but he was not intentionally malicious about it. It still stung, but Rudy did his best to take these in stride.
But Bell was one of the more dark cases. Bell knew exactly what he was saying and doing. And he didn’t care. He had deliberately insulted him and the look on his face strongly indicated that he didn’t care if he hurt him or not. Bell was definitely being hostile there and calling him ‘cripple’ was a direct attack on him.
“Come on, Rudy. Don’t let what that guy said get to you.”
“Yeah, he has no idea what he’s talking about.”
“He’s just being a jerk. Don’t listen to what he said.”
Rudy recalled the words of his friends. He licked his lips slowly, comprehending everything that they said. He knew they were right. And even if they didn’t say anything, he was fully aware of the truth of the words on his own. He really could not let this get to him. They had other, more important things to worry about.
But still...it was not going to be easy. He could not easily dismiss the harsh words from a zoner. Those always had a bigger impact on him, especially harsh ones like from Bell not too long ago. He just...found those harder to let go. He may have learned to deal with what was said about him by other students. But a cruel phrase from a zoner was still able to bring him to tears.
He could feel a comforting hand on his shoulder. He turned his head a little, and he could see that it was Penny. Her gentle, reassuring smile did help to settle him down. He was still quite shaken from what happened, but seeing Penny’s face did help him feel a little better. His friends always helped to make things all right.
Rudy struggled to push those thoughts aside for now to focus on the more urgent situation. Since Bell....that guard...was refusing to offer them any information willingly, they would need to try something else. It was important that they get whatevere information so that they could properly deal with the situation regarding Skrawl.
It did seem strange, though. Why would...that guard...deliberately hide such information? Why would that be confidential? Well sure from other zoners, he could see. But from him and his friends? The human creators? The ones that could help take care of this situation? Why were they excluded?
Rudy narrowed his eyes at this. Something really wasn’t right...
He wondered if any of this friends had an idea. It certainly didn’t seem like it; none of them were speaking a word. They were just...utterly silent. They did give him a few flances, either to reassure him or to silently communicate with him their concern of what they were going to do. If any of them had any ideas, they were sure keeping quiet about it. But Rudy had doubts about this; it seemed more likely that they just had no ideas at all.
It would not surprise him in the least. With how stuck they were before, and just how long it took for them to even start coming to The Speculum, it seemed to make a lot of sense that his friends were just as stumped as he was. These were going to be frustrating times, he could tell. They were in for quite a ride, and the only thing he could hope for...
...is that they are able to make it out with everyone else in one piece.
But perhaps things will change once they get back to the treehouse. Maybe spending time there, trying to relax and collect their thoughts, would help them think of something. Maybe...
Well it was just wishful thinking. Rudy had his doubts that it would really change much. But still, being with his friends in the quiet and comfort of the treehouse would help him think better, as it would with his friends. Though they might not be able to think of a solution right away, they might be able to think of something to at least miminize the damage.
Perhaps they could propose something to help the zoners feel safe. Increase the security, maybe. Make it harder for Skrawl to attack them. That could at least be something so they aren’t sitting around and doing nothing to stop this guy. He had his doubts the zoners would be attempting to get them to deal with another accused restaurant owner; there are much more serious things going on right now...
There was one question that kept haunting Rudy’s mind ever since they had left the jail. It had nothing to do with that...guard’s words. It instead had to do with Skrawl himself. He hadn’t really thought about it until a short while ago, but...wasn’t The Speculum supposed to be well guarded? Skrawl had apparently tried to escape before and he kept failing. What would have been so different this time around?
...unless he had help...
This thought caused Rudy’s blood to freeze. If that truly were the case...then...
...just who helped him out?
sss
Although she had trouble believing it, although she wasn’t really sure if it was possible, Penny just couldn’t really argue with what Rudy was saying. It did make a lot of sense. And that’s what was so scary about it. If he was correct then...
“But, Rudy... do you have any idea of what you’re even suggesting?” Snap asked, his voice tinged with uncertainy but, most notably, fear. “For just one person to get out of that place is crazy enough. But two?”
“I’d have to agree with Snap here. It doesn’t seem much of a possibility.” Mint folded his arms against his chest. He looked towards the ground, his eyes furrowed deeply. “It would require a skill level that is unprecedented.” He looked back at Rudy. “I am sure that Skrawl is smart enough to figure a way out of there. But...” He motioned towards Rudy. “..it’s unlikely that more than one person could have gotten out of there.”
Snap nodded his head. “Yeah and besides, I don’t think Skrawl would attempt to take anyone out of here.”
“Not unless he needed to help.” Rudy commented. “But guys...” He fumbled with his hands nervously, his teeth clenched. “I can’t shake this feeling off. I really do feel that there is...something off about this whole time. I don’t think Skrawl could have gotten out on his own no matter how hard he tried.”
“And how would getting help from someone else benefit him?” Mint asked, raising an eyebrow. “We all know how selfish that jellybean is. And we know how determined he is. If he was really capable of getting out of that place, he would have done so by now. He’s not stupid. He’d be able to pull it off.”
Rudy narrowed his eyes. He gripped the wheels of his wheelchair tightly. “Are you saying I don’t know my own...”
Mint’s eyes widened and he quickly shook his head. He made a few quick gestures with his hands attempting to diffuse the situation before it got any worse. “N-No...not at all..” He paused for a moment and cleared his throat. Then he continued, “I was just saying that..I...” Mint’s voice trailed off, and he was unable to say anything more.
Penny gave a soft sigh to herself as she leaned back against the wall of the building. They hadn’t yet reached the treehouse. They had decided to take a small break here. A little rest never hurt anyone. Well it was supposed to brief anyway. That is, until Rudy mentioned the thing with Skrawl...
And now they’ve been stuck in this alleyway discussing this for... Penny couldn’t even remember how long it’s been. All she knew is that it’s been a while now and they were still talking about it. She herself had hardly sadi anything about it; she was just too stunned by what Rudy had suggested to even think to talk. Her mind was abuzz with many thoughts and she couldn’t help but allow them to penetrate her mind, keeping her focus, not allowing her to do anything except think about them.
Penny didn’t want to think it was possible for another prisoner to escape. The idea sent cold shivers down her spine. It made her pull her arms to herself and rub her hands along them. But even this pitiful attempt to keep herself warm was not enough to fight off the chill that was overtaking her. She clenched her teeth tightly and narrowed her eyes further. While the boys kept on tlaking with one another, she took a trip inside her own mind, and tried to think of something else that would make sense. Anything else...
No...there was nothing else that would make sense. She could try as hard as she wanted to. But nothing she thought of would make as much sense as what Rudy had proposed. Even if she hated it, even though the thought made her sick, the idea of someone helping Skrawl get out...it was the closest thing they had to figuring out just what had happened.
But if someone helped him out...
Penny felt her heart skip a beat as she realized that this other prisoner must have had terrific skills to get out of there. They were apparently far more talented than Skrawl himself. The idea of someone better than Skrawl being out there was...disturbing. The jellybean was bad enough. But now they had someone like this to worry about? Oh no...
Penny tried to think of just who would break them out. There were a number of other prisoners there. Some that she and her friends knew. Others, they were unaware of. There were a number of them that would have wanted to get back at them. Any of them could have played a role in Skrawl getting away. The very thought nearly caused her to tremble in fear.
There was really only one good thing to come from this.
At least Sandra was not involved.
Sandra was locked in one of the dimensional cells. She was kept so far away from the others and she was alone about ninety-nine percent of the time. There was very little chance of her getting out. Not with the measures of securey that they had in place to ensure that she never left that room.
But even though she was able to rule out Sandra, that didn’t change the fact that there was someone out there. Either a blast from the past or a total stranger. She had no idea which of these was worse. She had no idea which one that she should be more cautious for. The only thing that she did know is that someone else out there was with Skrawl. The two of them were together, likely working as a team.
And they all had to be prepared for what was about to come.
Penny wished there was a way to narrow down the contendors who may have been involved in the escape. But she knew there was very little chance of doing this. She’d have no idea to where to even begin with this. There were just...too many prisoners there that would be happy to get out, happy to get some payback against some citizens in the city. Any one of them could have been involved with this.
The only way to find out is probably through security cameras. But...weren’t those destroyed? That’s what she remembered hearing about by one of the zoners. Something about how the guards were trying to figure out how Skrawl escaped, but the cameras were destroyed. Though of course, the cameras weren’t the only way they could have learned and they might have known all along...
As much as Penny didn’t want to believe that the police would hide something, she could not forget what happened years ago. The police were hardly any help then. It had been the result of the Signal, but she did not doubt that some corrupt officials still existed. Maybe her friends’ suspicions were indeed correct. Maybe the police really were hiding something.
“Okay so let me get this straight.” Snap suddenly spoke up, breaking Penny from her thoughts. “You saying that there is really a chance that this creepazoid had gotten help from someone else..” He motioned with his hands, slightly raising them at his sides. “And none of you have a clue of who it could be?”
Rudy flinched at this. “Well...yeah..I mean...” He paused for a moment before making a few quick gestures as he continued to speak. “It would have increased the likelihood of him getting out. And we all know that there were plenty of criminals that would have been eager to get out.”
“Yeah and how would they have convinced Skrawl?” Snap raised an eyebrow. “You know how selfish he can be. You still hadn’t fully answered that question.”
“Well we know that he teamed up with another zoner in the past for his benefit.” Rudy pointed out, raising a finger. “Is it really much of a stretch that he would do it again?” He looked from Snap to Mint and then back at Snap. “I know it sounds crazy and I know Skrawl probably wouldn’t have wanted to do it either. But if it means getting out...”
Mint sighed and leaned against the wall next to him. “Maybe you do have a point, Rudy.” Rudy seemed to give a very faint smile when Mint finally seemed to acknowledge that he had a point. “But still...who would have helped him to start with? Who would have wanted to take such a risk just to get out?”
“Oh I’m sure a way would have been found.” Rudy narrowed his eyes and glared towards the ground. His fist formed tightly in his hand and he shook it. The frustration was practically radiating off from his body. He raised his fist up and he struck down hard. “But I just don’t know what!”
“Whoa there, Bucko!” Snap raised his hands up and moved them back and forth. “Take it easy there..”
Mint reached over and placed his hand on the panting Rudy’s shoulder. “It will be all right. We...We will think of something...” He gave the best smile that he could muster. “W-We promise.”
Penny wasn’t really sure if they could live up to that promise. She had no idea just what they were in for. A part of her wanted to believe that it will all work out and they will be able to stop Skrawl before he could do too much damage. After all, they have succeeded in the past before, halting him before he could get too far.
But she also had to remind herself of the times when this just didn’t pan out so greatly for them. There were, after all, times when they did not stop him. The worst of it all was during the artifact hunt. Skrawl had been able to outsmart them and get all the artifacts, using Mint like his litte attack dog for a time. Under Skrawl’s command, Mint had wreaked havoc all across ChalkZone. To this day, she still shuddered to think just what one little boy had been capable of doing. The fact that Mint had changed sides and helped to repair the damage did little to push out the horrible, chilling thoughts that came to her mind.
She also could not forget how they had nearly lost to Skrawl when he had partnered up with Craniac 4. She could not believe that they had gotten so close... She recalled how shaken she felt when she sat down and really thought about the implications that this had. And if Skrawl had paired up with someone else...
“I sure hope he hasn’t joined up with that Blakorn fellow.” Snap shuddered at the memory. “He was quite the firecracker, that one.”
Mint flinched. “Don’t remind me.”
Rudy looked uncomfortable for a moment. Then he said, “I’m more worried about Tlano. She was not exactly happy when we sent her to jail, either.” His eyes widened, as though recalling how Tlano had nearly ripped out his eyes. “I’ll never forget...”
Penny remained quiet as she looked at her friends sympathetically. She would have loved to say that things were entirely at peace after Sandra was locked up. But that was not the case. In addition to the restaurant issue, over the years, even before Snap’s framing, they ran into a bunch of other villains and villainesses that they had to lock away. Most of them didn’t get far and didn’t cause much damage. Heck, some caused no damage at all as they were haulted before they could even get that far.
But a small handful, like the two that they had just mentioned, were far worse. They didn’t exactly reach the same levels as Skrawl or Sandra did. But gawd did they come so close...
Blakorn was similar to Skrawl in that he wanted to take over ChalkZone. But he was slightly smarter about the whole thing and worked mostly behind the scenes. Manipulating zoners, influencing them with his powers, gaining something akin to political ground... It was only when his less than admirable traits, such as drug dealing and underground violence, came to light that he was eventually stopped.
Then there was Tlano, who had been obsessed with ‘improving’ zoners. She worked as a nurse in the hospital. Behind the scenes, she would study zoner DNA and at first, this seemed fine...until she started taking patients away to toy with them, try to make them better. When she was confronted, her first act was to try to blind Rudy. If Mint hadn’t reacted when he did...
One thing could be said about both of them:
They both served as a reminder that some nasty villains will always exist, and that they should never turn their backs on them.
Penny struggled to not allow herself to shiver too much. She didn’t want to worry her friends. She wanted them all to focus on the task at hand. They still needed to figure out just what they were going to do. They needed to figure out the next course of action, and fast. Before it was...
“Oh hey look...” Snap called out. He motioned his hand towards one direction. “Maybe he could help us?”
Penny turned her head, along with the others, to see what Snap was pointing to. It didn’t take her long to recognize who it was. “Snap, I’m not entirely sure if he could help us.”
“Yeah. I mean, he works at a...different jail.” Mint had hesitated slightly when he spoke. And for good reason, too. “He wouldn’t really know what was going on at the Speculum.”
“It wouldn’t hurt to try, though.” Snap shrugged his shoulders. “He might have heard at least something. And he is a warden. He has the right rank to..”
“That’s not the way it works, Snap.” Rudy commented, his eyes narrowing slightly. “At least...I don’t think that’s how it would work...”
Penny raised her hand up as she leaned slightly towards her friends. “And besides, Snap, we don’t have much of a reason to think that Okoth will help us. I still remember how reluctant he was to help us before. That warden had did what he could to make it hard to let us get you in for a brain scan. I doubt he...”
Snap nodded his head in understanding. “Yeah, I understand. But this situation is different.” Snap motioned his hands out towards his friends in determination. “Surely he’d be more willing to cooperate now...”
That was a very real possibility, Penny had to admit. Maybe Okoth would be more willing to listen to them if the fate of ChalkZone was at stake. Before, it had been the life of only one zoner, their best friend, that was in the most immediate danger. At the time, they were unaware of Sandra hunting zoners. In fact, no one really knew about this. So as far as Okoth was concerned, it was only Snap whose life hung in the balance. And almost no one cared about Snap’s life at that point.
But still, Okoth was a pretty strict warden. Even if they didn’t see it for themselves, Snap had stories to tell from when he was trapped in that guy’s prison. And nothing any of them heard suggested that he would be willing to divulge such information.
But they could at least try. What did they have to lose? And besides, there was a chance that he could give away some rather...interesting information that they could use. Any amount of information would work at this point. Just as long as they provided at least a slight hint of what...
“Hey..what are you guys doing here...?”
Penny’s eyes widened at this voice. She could see her friends flinching. She could see Snap’s eyes suddenly bulge in fear. None of them could ever forget that voice. Penny found her hands naturally curling inward, forming a fist. After a bit of silence, they all managed to turn their heads over.
And of course, there, standing not far from them, was a rather...familiar stick figure zoner. One that they all, especially Snap, had engrained into their skulls.
It was Taima.
“Wh-What.. What do you want..?” Snap was the first one to speak, much to everyone’s surprise. The blue and white zoner had immediately huddled close to Rudy’s side for comfort, his body pressing up against the cold metal of the teenager’s wheelchair.
Taima flinched visibly at this reaction, his face contorting into regret. He looked away from Snap, his eyelids lowered and focusing on nothing. He began to fumble with his hands a little. “I just..saw you guys from a distance and you looked so..confused and worried about something. I just...” He looked at the group as a hole, raising his head up slightly. He clenched his teeth for a few seconds, giving off a small, shaky breath. “...I was just curious...”
Penny, along with Rudy and Mint, didn’t stop glaring at the stick figure zoner. They didn’t really attempt to say anything to him. Not just yet. None of them had truly recovered from what Taima had done to their friend. None of them, especially not Snap, had truly forgiven him. The mere sight of him was enough to trigger all those unwanted memories.
The only thing that prevented them from being more hostile towards him was the fact that Taima really did feel sorry for what he did and he did strive to be a better person. He hadn’t attempted to cause anymore trouble, and it wasn’t like he tried to pester Snap all that much. But still, even the kindness that he displayed was not enough to make them all that comfortable around him.
Still, it didn’t really hurt to tell Taima what they were doing. After all, maybe he could help. True the idea of getting help from someone who had hurt their best friend was not something that she or her friends enjoyed. But when it came to ChalkZone’s safety, information from anyone was important.
Even if it came from someone like Taima.
After the awkward silence lasted for a while, Penny decided to speak up. After all, someone had to get the ball rolling, right?
“We are trying to figure what to do about Skrawl.” Penny stated. Short and to the point. It was more than enough to allow Taima to realize just what was going on.
His eyes widening, the stick figure whispered, “You mean he’s...out?”
This ignorant reaction did not go over well amongst the group of friends. Almost immediately, their bodies tensed up, their eyes narrowing, including Snap. They didn’t say anything right away, but their body language and their facial expressions were clearly enough to tell Taima that he should consider backing off pretty soon.
“How could you not know?” Came Snap’s shaky voice. “I-It’s all over the news!”
“Well sorry but I was busy and...” Taima fidgeted nervously, rubbing his arm, clenching his teeth. He appeared to be struggling with what to say next. This only made him look even guiltier, causing everyone’s eyes to narrow further. “I was out of town and...”
“Doing what?” Mint cut him off. His arms folded tightly against himself. “Just what were you doing that was taking you so long?”
“I was visiting my sister’s grave...”
Almost immediately, all pretense of aggression dropped. Their frowns vanished, along with their narrowed eyes and snarls. Almost in unison, they were all struck with a strong, sharp pang in their stomachs. They looked at each other nervously, and then stared back at Taima. The shame that they were feeling inside made itself quite known on their faces. Even when they attempted to hide it, it was no use.
Penny struggled to cope with the sting that rose up inside of her chest. She placed her hand there and rubbed it. Even that wasn’t good enough to stop the sensation from clawing its way up inside of her. She knew, from their guilty expressions alone, that Rudy, Snap, and Mint were also feeling a similar way.
Penny couldn’t believe that she hadn’t taken the late Galena into consideration. She couldn’t believe that she had forgotten that the grave site she was in was located far outside of town. She couldn’t believe that she had forgotten just how deeply affected Taima was by all of this. She knew how the other zoners were still recovering, so how did she and her friends forget this?
She realized it wasn’t so much that they forgot; it was that their anger had pushed the memory down momentarily. Seeing Taima so suddenly, without warning, triggered terrible memories and that caused them to momentarily not realize just why Taima might be unaware of Skrawl’s break out. Especially considering the fact that he was no longer very social nowadays. Most zoners didn’t like him after his involvement with the mob that nearly lynched Snap, or when he abused Snap when he was locked up with him.
“I’m...I’m sorry about that...” Mint spoke up. His voice had grown so soft and quiet. “I didn’t..”
Taima raised his hand up, silencing him. “It is okay. You didn’t know.” Taima gave a short pause, exchanging glances with the four friends. The silence that started to creep along them was tense and uncomfortable. Thankfully Taima didn’t allow it to say quiet for too long. “So what did you figure out for Skrawl?”
It did feel rather strange talking with Taima. They hadn’t done this in a long time. They usually just avoided him, or he avoided them. Now here they were, starting a serious discussion to him related to Skrawl. None of them could have seen something like this coming.
Penny was amazed when he heard Snap start talking. Out of all of them, she would have thought that Snap would be the least likely to speak to Taima after what he did to him. This was nothing short of amazing and courageous.
“...you wouldn’t have happened to notice anything..strange with the police, have you, Taima...?”
This question cause Taima to blink several times. He stared over at Snap. He did take a step back when he saw how uncomfortable his staring was making Snap. Yet he still could not look away, as though too confused to do anything. “What do you mean...?”
“Well...” Snap hesitated. He struggled to keep speaking. Yet only a bit of gibberish would come out of his mouth. Poor Snap. He must be a lot more nervous than any of them initially thought.
Rudy took over. “We have a feeling that the police are keeping something from us.”
Taima tilted his head to one side. “Why in the world would they do something like that?”
“We don’t know.” Mint shrugged his shoulders. “Other than to stop a potential riot of course. But to keep it from us...” He motioned to himself. “It reminds us so much of what happened when...” His voice trailed off as he glanced over at Snap. No words needed to be spoken to let everyone know just what was running through his mind.
Penny took a few steps towards Taima. Motioning towards Rudy, she stated, “And Rudy here believes that at least two prisoners escaped.” Noticing Taima’s eyes go wide and how loud he gasped, Penny narrowed her eyes, complimenting the severity of the situation. “We need to figure out as much information about this breakout as possible.”
“Did you try...” Taima started to say.
“Yes, we did.” Snap spat angrily. Taima took a sharp step back at this. Snap did not seem to notice as his gaze was towards the ground. “The creepazoid chased us out.”
“He was...” Rudy paused for a moment. He licked his lips slowly. “...not very cooperative.”
Penny looked at Rudy sadly. Poor guy... He must still be remembering what Bell had said to him. She wanted to say something to him, anything, to help him feel better. But at the moment, no words would come to her mind. At least Snap and Mint were able to comfort him.
Penny nodded in Taima’s direction when she noticed the expression in his eyes and face. “Even knowing that this information could help save ChalkZone faster, he still wouldn’t help us.”
“Gee...that’s tough...” Taima rubbed the back of his head. “I wish I could have...” Suddenly he gave pause, his eyes widening. “Wait...I think I do know something.”
In an instant, everyone’s eyes were on him. No words were spoken. Only eager yet cautious glances were aimed towards the zoner. They waited for him to continue.
“I’m not really sure if this will help you all any..but..” Taima rubbed his chin thoughtfully, his eyes furrowing deeply as though in deep thought. “I did see something strange not too long ago. I’m not sure if it’s anything related to what you want though.”
“Can you tell us anyway?” Rudy asked. “Anything could help, even if it seems unrelated.”
Taima gritted his teeth. “Well..I did see some zoners gathered around that one new restaurant... Ha...something...”
“Haney’s Diner?” Penny inquired. Taima nodded his head at this. Immediately, Penny’s eys furrowed. She could feel a pang in her chest. Something told her she was not going to like what she was about to hear next. But regardless, she still spoke. “What about Haney’s Diner..?” Her friends stared at Taima along with her, waiting for a response.
“Well...you see...”
That was when they heard the sirens.
sss
Snap could feel his heart pounding in his chest. He could feel the blood sweeping through, making his chest feel like it was going to swell up in flames. His mouth was open as he struggled to keep himself breathing. He could feel his tongue flapping against his face. He ignored it completely as he kept on running.
He did feel bad about going out so far ahead of his friends. Especially Rudy. He could hear him panting far behind him as he struggled to keep up with him. He could hear his friends’ feet pounding the ground as they tried to reach him. Snap wanted to slow down so badly and let them catch up. Yet he was driven to just keep on running. Nothing was going to stop him.
That news that Taima had delivered...it couldn’t be true, could it? There was just no way that... But the sirens that they heard... He didn’t fake hearing them. And he knew the direction that they were going on. There was really no way to explain this except...
...except if something really did happen at Haney’s Diner...
Snap’s gut twisted into knots. He just had to get there quickly, before something insane happened. He and his friends had to arrive as quickly as possible before those zoners could od anything. They were already having enough trouble as it is. They did not need any freelancing zoners causing problems.
Snap had recently visited Haney’s Diner. He would admit, he was quite nervous at first. He wasn’t really sure what to expect with that place. He had half expected to see Sandra coming out from a hiding spot for some reason, and he had no idea why. He was just a nervous wreck. If he were attached to a lie detector, he would have caused it to explode.
And when Haney had brought out some food for him, he recalled how hard it was for him to even eat any of the stuff at first. It looked appetizing yes. He could feel his mouth dripping with saliva. He must have looked like such a darn fool, staring at food like that. And when he could not take it any longer, he grabbed a fork and began to eat it.
And it was delicious. Probably some of the best food that he has had. Haney had even joined him with a meal of his own. They chatted for a while, got to know each other a little better. Snap had forgotten about his fears and worries soon after. He did not have any regrets in going into that diner.
Haney was not really a bad person after all. He had been arrogant before, but rightfully so after he was so wrongly accused before. He was shy and soft-spoken when they initially met him. But again, those other zoners didn’t exactly make the whole thing easy for him. Snap couldn’t help but feel sorry for the little guy. At least he was able to see through to the real him. Haney was...quite a funny guy actually.
But it would seem that not everyone felt the same about Haney as he did..
He soon could hear some screaming in the distance. Snap’s eyes bulged as he pushed himself to go faster. Every time he heard a cry, every time he heard a shout, he struggled to move quicker and quicker. His narrowed eyes focused on what was in front of him. They shifted around, looking for the tiniest detail. And when they saw a bit of shadow, Snap immediately turned to follow it.
Snap stopped in his tracks, staring out ahead with wide, horrified eyes. He did not notice the breeze behind him when his friends nearly ran past where he stood. Nor did he hear their collective gasps join in with his own as they stared out at what was before them.
Deep in this alleyway, they could see a large group of zoners congretated at one spot. There were two types of zoners that they could see right away. There were obviously citizens of all different types. Some were bakers, others farmers, others store clerks, and whatever else that you could think of. Joining with them, or rather, fighting against them, were some cops. They were attempting to get the citizens away from something around the middle. It was difficult to tell what it was at first, but there was no mistaking that loud whimpering sound.
“Everyone just back away!”
“Give him some room!”
The citizens showed no interest in listening. They growled in response. Some lashed out at the officers. Others made obscene gestures. Others tried to threaten them to move aside.
“Back off! He’s ours!”
Snap and his friends stared in shock, unable to move or breathe. They couldn’t even try to talk. The only thing that would come out of their mouths was heavy gasping, each one tinged in shock. Seeing the zoners act this way brought back horrific memories of the past. Back when the zoners had been afflicted by the Signal...
Snap tried to shake off the memories as he focused on the center of the attacking and struggling zoners. He could see something moving there, trying to get away. Something quite tall and long and...
“Haney!” Snap shouted in horror, his fears having been confirmed. Without thinking, he rushed over towards the crowd. “Back off! Leave him alone!”
“Snap! Wait!” Penny shouted.
“Get back here!” Rudy demanded. “You’re going to get yourself hurt!
Mint lunged forward and attempted to grab onto the fleeing zoner. “Don’t take another step!” His attempt to grab onto Snap failed miserably, and he ended up falling into the ground. “Snap!”
The blue and white zoner, though feeling guilty, ignored the words of his friends as he rushed towards the crowd. Despite his fear, he knew he couldn’t allow the zoners to keep hurting another innocent. He knew what it felt like to be unfairly targeted like this. He would be damned if he allowed it to happen to someone else.
When he got close enough, he lowered his head and he rammed himself against one of the zoners. He could hear them grunt as they were pushed back. However, they did not remain started for long. Before he know it, he felt something strike him and he was flung back.
“Back off, shrimp!” The attacker shouted. “You are not our target! Now leave!”
Snap laid on his back and he gave a soft grunt as he pushed himself up. He rubbed the side of his face and glared over at the zoner who pushed him. He could not see them for very long; they had already disappeared into the crowd. He growled softly as he pushed himself up.
He suddenly felt an arm grabbing onto him. He looked up and he could see that it was Mint. The teenager tightened his grip on him and then pulled him up to his feet. He looked at him up and down, his eyes filled with great concern. Rudy wheeled in and Penny rushed over soon after.
“Are you okay, Snap?!” Rudy shouted as his wheelchair skidded along the ground from how fast he was moving.
Snap swallowed hard and he nodded his head. “Yeah..I’m fine..” He turned and glared over at the crowd. “You think that I am going to let that creepazoid get the better of..”
“Snap, wait...” Mint spoke up, tightening his grip on him. “I don’t think you should try that again. We don’t want you getting hurt.”
“Yeah, Snap. Take it easy.” Rudy agreed.
Snap felt conflicted at this. On the one hand, he wanted to just say ‘fuck it’ and rush in there and stop the zoners. He could hear Haney continue to cry out as the officers tried to get the citizens off of him. Each scream caused his heart to tighten and he could feel his body shaking.
And yet, he knew his friends were right. He couldn’t just rush in there and try to force the zoners away. There were just too many of them. He risked hurting himself in the process. He should have thought better than to do something so brash. He would not be able to do anything to help Haney if he got himself a few broken bones from doing something stupid.
But they still had to do something. He stared out ahead, his eyes furrowing, his gut twisting, his teeth clenching. He didn’t know how much longer he could handle this. He couldn’t even tell how badly Haney was hurt. He looked over at his friends, giving them a silent plea to do something.
And they did.
Penny glared out at the zoners, fighting one hand into a fist while the other pulled out a piece of magic chalk. She turned her head to Mint and gave him a single nod. Mint returned it and he pulled out magic halk of his own. Snap and Rudy looked on as their friends silently approached the crowd.
sss
“Are you sure about this?” Skrawl asked as he raised his hand up in gesture. “I’m not entirely sure if this is the...smartest plan I have heard of.”
Sandra chortled at this. Skrawl couldn’t help but growl. “Of course it isn’t. That is why they would not expect it.” She tilted her head to one side, staring off at Skrawl with her blood red eyes. “You want to keep the element of surprise, don’t you?”
“Yes, and that’s why we shouldn’t do this! Why don’t you listen?! This plan is going to blow our cover!” Skrawl curled his claws inward, his large teeth gnashing together. “Why can’t you just...”
Sandra raised her hand up. Skrawl stopped himself and he glared at her in suspicion. “Do not fret, dear Skrawl. Everything will work out in the end...” She turned herself around and started to walk away. Her tail wished as her hand raised up, her head tilting to the other side. “You will see.”
Skrawl shook his head, struggling not to do anything that he would soon regret. He watched as the dragon zoner stood a few feet away from him, her head tilting upward as if going into deep thought. Not the first time she had done this. He did question her about it, but she never did give a straight answer. He quickly gave up trying to get her to talk.
His mind ran abuzz with several thought as he recalled what she had told him earlier, about her plan. It seemed....pretty crazy. No, very much crazy. Even he would never have done something like this, and he had taken a few risks in the past himself. He didn’t think Sandra would be dumb enough to do something like this. It was just asking for trouble. There was no way that they were going to be able to achieve their goals at this rate.
But Sandra was utterly determined to go through with what she had in mind. She insisted that things would work out better if they just go with what she said. Skrawl was not entirely sure if he could really believe her. A part of him had to question her sanity. She had been locked away for too long, hasn’t she...?
But then..he did have to remind himself of what she had been able to accomplish before. She wasn’t just some insane dragon zoner. She was the zoner that had gotten away with far more than he himself could ever hope to dream of. She had taken out several zoners while under the guise of a restaurant, and no one suspected a thing. She had influenced many zoners with a machine, and still no one realized what was going on. And most importantly, she had nearly taken care of these brats that had gotten in his way for far too long.
Skrawl couldn’t help but smile at the memory of what Sandra informed her. He relished in hearing about how she had broken Rudy’s neck, ripped out Penny’s throat, tore apart Snap’s stomach... He wished that she had done worse to Mint, though. A dislocated jaw didn’t sound like much. Though at least she did cause him other pain, like she did with the others. A single zoner did all of that.
That was why he had agreed with work with her. It wasn’t only because they shared the same goals. It was because she was quite capable. More so than that idiotic Craniac 4 that he had the displeasure of having to work with years ago. No, Sandra made a much better partner.
His smile faded as he returned into deep thought. He still was not sure of this plan. He thought that something more subtle would be more affective. Then again, Sandra did make it clear that she cared not what the zoners thought of her anymore. And she did have a lot of pent of rage, he could tell. Even more than he himself did. That lone made her quite uneasy to be around. Despite the partnership, he couldn’t help but feel nervous and he had to fight to keep himself from backing away.
The only thing that was keeping him here, really, was his own desire for revenge. He had been wanting to pick a bone with these guys for a long time. And now, with Sandra’s help, he was finally getting that chance. He..
“Say Skrawl...”
The jellybean turned his head and he could see the blue dragon zoner walking back towards him. She was giving him a knowing expression, which caused him to shift his mismatched eyes from side to side. Even though his collar had ben removed and he could defend himself, he could not bring himself to risk even a defensive stance.
“Yes?” Skrawl asked carefully, doing his best to keep his voice low. “What do you want?” He did not know yet what she was fully capable of.
Sandra gave a small smirk. “Didn’t you say you had some large dog named Fido somewhere?”
Skrawl blinked his eyes a few times. Why was she curious about that? What did she think Fido was going to.... Suddenly it dawned on him. His eyes widened and he took a small step back. “Are you going to...?”
Sandra sneered. “Take me to him.”
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 2, 2016 20:00:10 GMT -5
Chapter 9: A Little Surprise
Speak your mind. Like I care. I can see your lips moving. I've just learned not to hear. Don't waste your time! -Made Of Stone, Evanescence
Ah yes, this place. How could anyone forget about this place? Standing up so tall on this large cactus. The structure being made of some incredibly hard stone. It easily towered over everything in the desert, and could make one hell of a maximum security prison. Sure it would need some sprucing up and some additional cells, but all in all, it would work just fine.
Many would easily recognize this place. It was quite hard to miss, especially what happened in here years ago. It was so well known, in fact, that some had even tried to turn it into a tour. Kind of strange, but then some people were really into quite strange things.
...so why did Sandra want to come here?
Skrawl furrowed his eyes as they walked along the platform at the top of the cactus. The entrance wasn’t too far away. They were getting quite close. Sandra was walking in front of him, looking rather eager to get inside.
But why, he wasn’t really sure. This wasn’t exactly the best spot for a hideout. At least, not anymore. Most zoners know about this place now, as did this rotten humans. It was true that Mint was not aorund at the time, so there were no associations of him with this place. But he was still beaten by Rudy and Penny.
Especially Penny...
That little girl had tricked him here. She had made him into a laughing stock with how easily swayed he was by her. He was supposed to be a genius. He should have been able to see right through what she was doing. And yet his desire to get back at Rudy prevented him from seeing the trap that was ever so obvious right before him. And because of that, he had lost that chance at gaining control over ChalkZone. He had hoped that Mint would have been different, but...
“You are certain Fido is still here?” Sandra paused her walking. She turned her head and peered over her shoulder and stared back at Skrawl. “You aren’t tryign to trick me?”
Skrawl blinked at this. “Why would I be trying to trick you?” He didn’t really get why Sandra even thought that. Was she really that paranoid? Or was she just testing him? “You haven’t done anything yet to make me want to do that?”
Sandra smiled at this and gave a chuckle. “No, I suppose not. It’s just that...” She sighed as she turned her head over towards the building. “I guess I was expecting to see that large dog outside here. Somewhere.” Her tail swished quickly once before slowing down. “You do let him out once in a while, don’t you?”
Skrawl shrugged his shoulders. “I haven’t come here in a long time. I just let Fido take over the place.”
Sandra narrowed her eyes. “You didn’t tell me that he was dead...”
“I didn’t say that he was.” Skrawl said quickly, waving a hand out in front of him. “I was just saying that he is inside. Fido is smart. He can take care of himself.”
“I see...” Sandra looked back out at the building. She tilted her head back and looked at it up and down, examining it. “I take it there’s some places to get outside here? And I also take it you have a neverending food supply? Something to keep that thing from keeling over?” She looked over at Skrawl, giving him a sideways glance. “I should hope so. I’d hate to have to have traveled all the way here for nothing...”
Skrawl flinched at this. He still had no idea why Sandra really wanted Fido. But it was highly doubtful that he would get an answer from her if he tried asking her again. So he just made a few gestures with his hand and said, “I’m sure we will find him.”
“Okay then. Let’s head on inside.”
Skrawl paused and watched as Sandra headed towards the large doors that made up the entrance of the building. He didn’t follow her right away. He instead just stared at her as his mind became alive with several, rapidly moving thoughts. He struggled to try to make sense of this situation, but he couldn’t really think of anything. The lack of knowledge from Sandra certainly didn’t help things.
Just why did she want his dog so badly? He had tried to ask her about that several times. Yet she still remained quiet on the subject. It was though she wanted to keep it a secret from everyone to ensure maximum security or whatever.
Which was fine and all...but if they were going to work as a team, didn’t he deserve to know just what was going on...? It didn’t really seem all that fair, or make a whole lot of sense, to just recruit him, but then deliberately keep him in the dark on so many things. He knew that the best kind of teamwork is the kind where all parties participate and show their ideas. Sandra mentioned her idea, but she had not yet explained it.
He was quite horrified when she suggested going to Fido, but that was largely based on an idea that...he didn’t really know if she would do or not. Surely, she wouldn’t be dumb enough to do...that thing that he had in his mind. No, that was just way to risky.
But if that isn’t what she had in mind, then....what was...?
Skrawl didn’t waste anymore time. Upon seeing Sandra disappear into the castle, he immediately dashed towards her as quickly as he could without tripping over himself. It took him just a couple of seconds to reach the door. Inside, he could see that Sandra was still walking forward, her head turning left and right as she looked around. Skrawl hesitated for just a second, and then he followed her inside.
It did feel rather strange...being in this place for the first time in years. Skrawl looked around as well, noting just how little had changed in here. It was almost just as he had left it. He could even see that fake trap that Penny had utilized for that act she put on for Rudy and Snap. He could still see that large carton of milk and not far away, he could see something dark and colorful and...
Penny’s Chalk Queen clothing. Upon seeing this, Skrawl’s blood immediately heated up. He clenched his fists tightly and let out a low growl through his clenched teeth. Penny....that brat.. He still needed to get back at her somehow. He made a promise, and he was going to keep it.
“Hmm...I take it this is those creators’ handiwork?” Sandra commented. She had stopped by Penny’s old outfit and she peered down at it. She lowered herself down to get a better look. She took a sniff. “Yes...this does smell like that girl...”
“Penny drew that, yes.” Skrawl said as he took a few steps towards the hunched Sandra. “She had drawn it to trick Rudy...and me.”
At this, the blue dragon zoner lifted her head and stared at him, raising an eyebrow. “Oh really now?”
Skrawl nodded his head. He struggled not to allow his anger get the better of him. But even the act of speaking in a somewhat calm way took a lot of energy from him. He was surprised that he didn’t end up tripping over his own words or sound too shaky or anything. “It had happened a few years ago. I had overheart Penny talking about how Rudy promised to help her but left anyway and I decided to use that to bring her to my side and...”
“Wait wait...hold on...” Sandra raised her hand up. Her ears raised up quickly in interest. “You telling me that...you witnessed Rudy breaking a promise?”
Skrawl blinked a few times. He had no idea why Sandra was so interested in this minor detail. Nonetheless, he nodded his head slowly. “Yes, Sandra. I did. I saw him run off when Penny was attempting to get him to help.” Skrawl raised his hand up in gesture. “The boy was more interested in stopping me than helping his best friend. Though in some way, I can’t blame him.” He gave a dark smile. “I can be quite terrifying...”
“I see...” Sandra said calmly. There was something rather...off about her tone. She didn’t say anything more for a few seconds. Then she turned her head away and looked towards the ground. Her red eyes narrowed slowly. “That little promise breaker...”
Skrawl was surprised by how much venom had been in that utterence. He had thought about asking her what was up, but he decided it was best no to say anything. With how angry she sounded, the last thing he wanted was to make her made at him. He was not interested in trying to make another enemy.
The silence that followed was rather awkward. Skrawl sucked on his lip a little, licking it slowly. He had tried to think of something to say to break the silence, but so far, nothing came to mind. He wasn’t really entirely sure why, either. He was Skrawl after all. He should be able to think of something to get the ball rolling. After all, if they were going to have their revenge against these children, they were going to need to take action.
But there was just something about Sandra’s present mood that...made him remain silent. He couldn’t bring himself to talk to her right now. A part of him kept warning him it was a bad idea. And based on what he did know of her, that did seem like sound advice.
So the jellybean remained where he stood, his mismatched eyes watching Sandra in confusion and caution. The blue dragon walked around the place. It was almost as though she had forgotten about Fido and now had her full attention on the clothing at her feet. Her eyes slowly narrowing was uncomfortable even for Skrawl himself to see. He could practically hear her mind’s gears turning rapidly, and he couldn’t help but wonder just what she was thinking.
sss
Ah...so this is where it happened, eh? This was where that wretched Rudy Tabootie betrayed his best friend. This was where he had become a promise breaker and had gotten away with it. This is where it all began. She had wondered why it felt so strange in here.
She could not really blame Skrawl for ‘allowing’ Rudy to live. It wasn’t that he had that planned, she was certain. He would have gotten him if it weren’t for Penny foolishly defending her friend after how he betrayed her. In some ways, she felt a little sorry for Penny. She had allowed her own naivity get in the way of more proper judgment, and she couldn’t help but overlook Rudy’s promise breaking in favor of recalling how good of a friend he was to her before and sticking by his side.
Some may call this a noble trait. Some may even admire it. But Sandra could see right through it. The only thing admirable about it was just how stupid it was. Those who break promises do not deserve second chances. They had their one chance at being a good citizen, and they blow it on something that they should have been able to keep.
To those who say that ‘sometimes you just have to break a promise’, she would go ‘bah’ to them. It didn’t really matter what came up; there was always a way to keep a promise. Those who say such blasphamous things are obviously too lazy and selfish to work around another way and ensuring the promise could still be kept.
That is what she did with Snap, after all. She could have stopped once she realized it was Snap and just ask him what had gone on. But that would have been the morally wrong thing to do. No, since she made the promise, she had to go through with it. She hated doing it at first, and even when she was able to calm herself, she still sometimes had some bouts of guilt. But she was still doing the right thing and she would have allowed Snap to resume his normal life after he apologized to her.
Instead, he turned on her. They all did. They... They...
Sandra closed her eyes and gritted her teeth. For several seconds, she just let out several low hisses and growls, unable to stop herself. She could feel her body trembling, her thoughts burning into her brain. Memories of how Snap turned against her, daring to side with a promise breaker, how everyone chose the promise breaker over her... It was just too much for her to bear.
Skrawl’s voice cut through the air, tearing her from her thoughts. “Are you all right, Sandra?” His voice showed no real concern for her, only confusion. “Did something...?”
“No, no..I’m fine.” Sandra waved her hand dismissively. “I’m fine...”
A bit of a lie, but a necessary one. She didn’t really want Skrawl peering into too much of what she had planned. She wanted to keep him in the dark for now. Soon, everything will make sense to that jellybean. She did, after all, have a plan for him as well. And in the end, it will ensure that she was able to get even with those disgusting heathens.
Originally, she had only intended on going after Snap and Rudy. They were the ones who wronged her the most. They were the biggest monsters she had ever encountered. Especially that darn Rudy. But lately her mind had shifted. And, recalling what all of ChalkZone City had done, she had decided that they all deserved to be punished. She had a much bigger target now.
All of ChalkZone City was going to pay... and she was going to stand there and watch the show. She smirked. She could just see it now.
However, she couldn’t allow herself to be too drawn into these thoughts right now. She still had some things left to do before she could go forth with her plan. She would indeed take care of all of them eventually. But first...time to make some plans.
Swiveling her head over to Skrawl, she barked, “So where is that dog of yours?”
The jellybean was a little startled at first, as though not expecting her to yell so suddenly. She couldn’t help but smirk in satisfaction. It was amazing how much a tiny tumor could affect someone. Indeed, she had done this to Skrawl to try to alter his behavior a little. Make him slightly less violent, just to ensure that he would be less likely to betray her. She didn’t really do much damage of course, and it would take a trained eye to notice his altered behavior.
Though...she had a feeling that Rudy and his little friends would notice. After all, they did interact so much with the jellybean. It was a good thing that she had no intention on sending Skrawl out to do anything. Otherwise, her cover might have been blown. And she couldn’t have that.
At least...not yet. First, she needed that dog. She had special plans for that dog. Yes... She knew exactly what she was going to do. She had a feeling that Skrawl would protest to the idea, which was why she refused to tell him. However, despite what he may think, Sandra knew that this was the first plan to set everything into motion. After all, there was no greater weapon than fear, right? And the zoners would surely be struck by so much fear if they had a little ‘visit’ from Fido, wouldn’t they...?
She gritted her teeth. They weren’t going to get anywhere just standing around here. She raised her ears up for a moment to try to see if she can hear anything regarding that canine. When she did not, she turned her head to face Skrawl once more. She swung her head to the side and gave a simple command.
“Go find that stupid dog.”
Skrawl did not hesitate, much to her pleasure. She watched as Skrawl, who was so eager for revenge himself, immediately began to look around for the dog. For the time being, he didn’t seem to mind taking an order from her. Probably because he felt he was going to be in charge soon after everything was settled. Oh how wrong he was going to be...
Sandra didn’t bother saying another word and she walked over to what appeared to be a large throne. This would be a good place to rest while she waited for Skrawl to locate that dog. Provided he was still here and still alive that is. She sure hoped that Fido was still alive, otherwise she... Well, she suposed she could always find another way of doing what she wanted. It would just be easier going through it this way rather than having to locate another beast to do her bidding for her.
Upon reading the throne, she turned herself around and sat in it. She grunted, her tail being pushed harshly against, the chair itself so small. A lot smaller than it looked. Sandra attempted to get herself up, but she ended up a little stuck. She grabbed the arms of the throne and pushed herself upwards. She managed to dislodge herself, but not without nearly toppling the throne. At least it did not fall over. Without being able to sit down, she opted to just set herself on the ground, her tail curving inward against her body and her head lowering. She folded her arms a little, kind of like a bird, and just waited there.
She wasn’t really sure how long it would take Skrawl to find Fido. This place seemed rather large. Plenty of room. Especially if it were to be turned into a jail of sorts.
And that’s exactly what she hoped to use it for at some point. For now, this was not where they were going to be staying. No, that toothy mouth structure near the jail, the one that looked so ridiculously ‘evil’ in a rather cliche way, that’s where they would be staying for a part of their operations. But this place will not be neglected. No...she had big plans for this place. Big plans indeed.
She once more found her thoughts turning to Rudy. It was not something she really enjoyed. After all, Rudy did cross the line before, and the very thought of him was enough to make her bitter. But...she couldn’t help but be at least a little bit curious. Just...what was going on with him right now anyway?
She had broken his neck, which she had thought for sure was a death sentence. But aparently he was still alive, somehow. What kind of life was he leading? Did she leave any kind of permanent mark on him? If so, she was quite curious to see it. She would love to find out what kind of impact she had on the little brats life. She chortled to herself. Did he even remember her?
She will find out soon enough.
When a while passed by and still no sign of Skrawl or Fido, Sandra lifted her head up and let out a low, long growl. While she did have plenty of time to get everything started, she would rather not delay things longer than they needed to be. She hoped that Skrawl had found Fido already. She really didn’t want to have to be the one to look. She may not be as... ‘gentle’ with Fido was Skrawl would be.
Her ears raised up when she started to hear footsteps. Loud, echoing footsteps. Something large and heavy was coming down from somewhere. From her angle, she couldn’t tell where it was exactly. But the sound was indeed getting louder, making it rather obvious whover it was, they were heading straight to her. She already knew who it could be.
And when she saw the large shadows form, one of them appearing dog-like and the other having a lot of antennas, this all but confirmed her suspicions.
“Looks like you found him. Congratulations....” Sandra said with a broad smile. She clasped her hands together as she stared intently at the beast. She immediately froze upon seeing something that hadn’t been informed to he earlier. “He is....quite small.” She said in a disappionted voice.
Skrawl raised an eyebrow. “Well he is a dog. What did you expect?” Skrawl looked down at the brown canine with jagged sharp teeth. He patted him on the head a few times. “Besides, he’s tougher than he looks. And he is still big for a dog.”
“Well I do give him props for staying so healthy-looking for so long.” Sandra didn’t want to bother figuring out how the dog was still so healthy after...how long did Skrawl say it’s been? Years? It didn’t really matter at this point, anyway. “But as much as I hate to admit it...” Sandra furrowed her eyes deeply. “This will never do.”
At this, Fido lowered his ears a little and gave a small growly whine. Skrawl folded his arms together and glared at her. Sandra paid no attention to these expressions. It wasn’t like she was deliberately insulting them or anything; she merely spoke the truth.
“Sorry Fido isn’t some forty foot giant!” Skrawl snapped at her, raising a hand into the air. Sandra merely watched him with a calm demeanor while he began to rant off a little. “I searched everywhere for him and now you won’t even take him?! I just..what in the world were you expecting? I never said I had a giant dog!” Fido growled as though in agreement.
Sandra sighed softly. She placed her hand against her snout. “Yeah..you are right about that. I was never really clear.” She moved her hand along her snout until it dropped off to the side. She gave a small sigh as she looked at Fido once more. “Well...he does look fierce enough...”
Skrawl gave a small, slightly twisted smirk. “He could tear apart any zoner he comes across! And he is strong enough to break into many buildings if you needed something to be stolen. He’s loyal and...”
Sandra raised her hand, silencing him. “Okay, I get it. No need to advertise your puppy to me.” She began to wonder if putting the tumor in him was a good idea or not. Oh well, she will remove it later. “Anyway...” She took a few moments to stare at Fido intently, rubbing her chin thoughtfully. “..it might not be a total loss...”
“So you still have a job for him?” Skrawl asked.
Sandra continued to move her feather finger along her chin as he stared intently at Fido. Slowly, she began to smile. “Yes...I believe I do...”
Skrawl smirked at this. “I’m glad you changed your mind.” He lowered himself down and grabbed onto the dog. He lifted him up. “I may not know what you want him for, but I guarantee that you will not be disappointed in using him.”
“No, I don’t suppose I will be.” Sandra commented. Looking at the dog, she realized that Skrawl was correct. There was still some use for Fido after all.
“Where do you want me to put him?” Asked Skrawl.
Sandra motioned towards the nearby empty cage. “Just keep him locked up for now.” She said as she closed her eyes, going into deep thought. “We aren’t leaving just yet. There’s still something else I need from you.”
“Oh?”
“Yes. Put Fido away and I will tell you.”
Sandra watched as Skrawl went over towards the cage with the dog. She was utterly silent, saying nothing, as she saw him place the dog in the cage. Her eyes skimmed over the controls and how he was swiftly using them. She watched as the bars closed, entrapping the canine inside. Fido did not seem to like it in there, but the dog did not seem to try to fight to get out. Such an obedient dog.
It was just a shame that obedience wasn’t the reason she wanted Fido. At least..not anymore.
Sandra got up from the ground as Skrawl made his way back over towards her. Her talons tapped against the cold, hard ground as she struggled to think with how to carry over the next part of the plan. This one was going to be a little trickier. But if she played her cards right, then everything will work out just fine.
“Okay..so what is it you wanted to ask of me?” Skrawl questioned her. He had kept walking until he was within a couple feet of her. His eyes started down at her as he waited for an answer.
Sandra knew she didn’t have much time to waste. No time to stand around and just think about what she was going to say. She just had to do it. Besides, in the end, it wasn’t like Skrawl was in much of a position to protest...now was he..?
“Do you know where your Beanie Boys are?”
Skrawl spluttered at this. “My what...?”
“Your Beanie Boys.” Sandra stared at him intently, one eye narrowing while the other lifted up. “Do you know where they are currently being held at?”
“I..” Skrawl looked left and right, as though wondering if he had misheard her somehow. Sandra simply stared at him intently, showing no change in her facial expression, indicating to him that she was being serious. Slowly, his eyes began to narrow. “What about my Beanie Boys...?”
Sandra gave him a small smirk. “Why, I plan on using them too, of course!” She folded her arms behind her back as she turned away from Skrawl. She took a few steps away, her ears twitching as she heard Skrawl give a small, disgusted growl. “I’m sure they will be useful.”
Skrawl hissed, “Now see here!”
Sandra looked over her shoulder. She smiled slyly at Skrawl as she noted how he was pointing at her like that, how his body had leaned forward a little, obtaining a more defensive posture. She could see the anger glowing in his eyes. It was apparent that Skrawl cared more for the Beanie Boys than for Fido.
“My Beanie Boys follow only my orders! You can tell Fido over ther what to do if you’d like!” Skrawl pointed a finger at the caged Fido. Then he moved his hand and pointed at himself. “But you will not be allowed to use my Beanie Boys!”
“Allowed, Skrawl...? You think I need to be...allowed to use the Beanie Boys?” Sandra asked coolly. Skrawl’s facial expression faultered only slightly. “Oh dear Skrawl... You are so naive...” She took a few steps towards him, her tail wriggling behind her. “I do not need permission...” She placed her hand against herself. “I am my own permission.”
Skrawl’s eyes widened at this as he seemed to finally realize what was going on. Then they narrowed into slits dangerously. “Then I’m afraid this partnership won’t work out if you aren’t willing to cooperate with me.” He pointed to himself. “I’m the one who calls the shots there. I will take advice from you, but if I want to put my foot down, I will! And if you dare try to take over leadership..”
Sandra tilted her head to one side. “Take over? Why...” She place a hand in front of her mouth, curling it inward. “..I am pretty sure that I am already in charge.”
“No you’re not! I let you free me! I let you come up with a plan! But I am the one who is the leader around here! You’re better off listening to me! You understand?!”
Sandra stared at him long and hard. Her eyes narrowed deeply. “Crystal.” She paused for a moment, watching as Skrawl seemed to relax a little big. Then she decided to yank the rug out from underneath him. “And let me show you exactly why you are wrong...”
Skrawl pulled his lips back into a snarl at this. His body arched as he flexed his claws. The tumor clearly did not suppress enough to make Skrawl unwilling to attack, and this showed clearly in his eyes. “You little....” With a loud growl, Skrawl charged at her.
And all the while, she just stood there, staring at him blankly, waiting for him to get close enough. And that was not going to take so long.
sss
Skrawl couldn’t believe it. How dare she... He did not care if Sandra had helped him escape. He did not care that Sandra had brought him closer to being able to get his revenge on those horrid humans and their little zoner friend. No one was going to use his Beanie Boys. Only he was allowed to use them, or even suggest using them. They were his.
And yet here was this dragon, acting as though she had the authority to tell him to bring out his Beanie Boys. He didn’t really care if she used Fido or not. He was not all that attached to that dog. However, the Beanie Boys were a completely different story. If she wanted to use them so badly, it would only be on his terms.
But even that did not seem to be too likely as Sandra just made the horrible mistake of acting like she was the leader. She somehow got it in he rmind that, just because she was the one who saved him, that meant that she was the one charge. Oh how wrong she was.... And he was going to show it to her as well. He would make sure that Sandra never forgot that he was the one who was in charge, and he was the one who ultimately had the final say in everything that they did.
His feet pounded the ground heavily as he rapidly approached the blue dragon zoner. He clenched his teeth tightly, seething through them. The foolish dragon wasn’t jumping away. That was going to be her downfall. He grinned maniacally as he raised his hand up, his glinting claws poised to strike.
That was when he noticed Sandra raising her hand as well. He nearly froze at this in confusion. However, he didn’t fully stop and he kept on pushing himself forward. He couldn’t allow this strange act to distract him. Come on he was almost there. He just needed to wait and...
Suddenly a sharp pain sizzled through his side. Skrawl’s eyes bulged and he nearly toppled into the ground. Now this ended up bringing him to a full stop. Despite his desire to keep running, he just could not ignore the pain that was wracking through his body. He soon dropped onto his knees and clutched his side, struggling to control the pain that was racing through his body.
He looked up and he could see Sandra standing there. Her arms folded, her tail swishing, an arrogant smile plastered over her muzzle. Skrawl hissed, furious with himself. How could he have trusted her so easily? What drove him to want to listen to her? Did she do something or...
Yes, she had to have done something. He would never have fallen for such a trick so easily. He would have known, right? Yeah, he would have. Sandra did something to him. But what?
Skrawl didn’t even have time to ask her in that moment. The dragon zoner twisted her arm to one side, her forehead symbol slightly glowing, and he immediately jerked his body to one side as another bout of pain spread there as well. The jellybean fought agaisnt the tears forming in his eyes. But no matter how much he curled into himself, no matter how much he fought, he could not ignore the pain that was sweeping through his shaking body. Just..what was happening to him...?
Skrawl heard Sandra give a dark laugh. He turned his head and stared up at her. What the hell was she doing to him? Was there a detail about Sandra that he had forgotten about? Just how the fuck was she causing him so much pain when she was just standing there, not even laying a hand on him? He tried to get up and walk towards her. He only ended up collapsing back into the ground.
“Such a simple, naive fool.” Sandra sneered, exposing her sharp teeth in a hideous grin. “It was so amusing, the way that you acted as though you were in charge. But really, dear Skrawl, did you think I’d be dumb enough to allow you to lead? After your own past failures...?” Sandra asked as she stared at her hand, flexing her claws.
Despite the agony in his side, Skrawl somehow managed to get back up to his feet. He wobbled a little from side to side before he managed to balance himself. He took in a few deep breaths before he pointed a claw in her direction. “Y-You should talk..” He gasped. “Y-You f-f-failed too!”
Sandra raised an eyebrow. Then she proceeded to ignore what he said, as though she did not hear him. “You have nothing to fear, though. I still need you for this plan. Just...not right now. I think I will ‘store’ you for the time being. Until I am ready to use you.”
“Use me?! I’m n-n-not o-one to be used!”
“Oh and don’t worry.” Sandra lowered her head, her ears raising up into the air. “I will take good care of your Beanie Boys for you. They will also be put to good use.”
At this, Skrawl saw red. He could feel his body burning with emotion. He could feel it shaking harder, anger intermixing with the pain. Although he knew it was a bad idea, the anger that swelled inside his skull was making it difficult for him to think. Right now, the only thing that really mattered right now was stopping Sandra and setting her straight before she went too far.
With his blood practially turning to fire, his narrowed, gleaming eyes unable to tear away from Sandra’s face, Skrawl kicked the ground with his feet. Then, like a bull, he charged towards her.
Sandra, predictably, turned up the knotch a little with her powers. Skrawl could feel the pain increasing. He could feel his body feel as though it was going to rip itself apart on the inside out. But he didn’t care in the moment. His rage fueled him, propelling him through even this difficult moment. He hardly paid any attempting to the pain as he drew himself closer and closer.
And when he got close enough, he wasted no time. With the muscles in his legs tightening, he launched himself forward. His body sailed through the air. As it did so, it felt as though time itself was slowing down to a stop. He raised his hand up, his claws flexing to strike. He opened his mouth and let out a loud yell. Then he brought his hand down, ready to tear into the scaly body that was Sandra.
But he never landed the blow.
In a matter of seconds, with a dark smile on her face, Sandra leaped up towards him. Her arms stretched out and with a few flaps, she reminded him that she was fully capable of flight. Though he realized the situation that he was in, it was too late for him to stop himself. And a few seconds later, Sandra landed her blow against him.
Skrawl’s eyes instantly widened and he let out a scream of pain. He felt the dragon’s claws raking across his body, forming large gashes along his side. Even when the claws left his body, he could still feel them inside, tearing up his flesh. His whole side erupted in burning agony. Clutching his side, he collapsed into the ground.
Skrawl struggled to breathe. Each breath caused him more pain. He could feel the sharp agony zigzagging through his ribs. He struggled to keep his eyes open, but this proved to be a futile attempt. He looked up at Sandra one more time, seeing her smile even through his blurred vision.
“Y-You...”
That was all that he managed to say before he collapsed into the ground, the darkness descending upon him.
sss
Sandra stood there for a few seconds, twitching her tail to one side. She then turned her head and looked over her shoulder. She gave a dark chuckle as she stared down at Skrawl’s unmoving form. What an idiot...
“Nice try...Skrawly boy...” She giggled before she turned around so she could face the jellybean.
Sandra ignored Fido’s frantic barking as she slowly approached the fallen jellybean’s side. Her piercing red eyes looked him up and down. It took her a few moments to realize that he was indeed down for the count. Once she figured this out, she brought herself onto one knee and reached out with one hand. She placed her fingers against his throat and waited to see if she would feel anything.
A weak thready pulse. He was still alive, just like she had intended. A part of her wondered if she had acted too quickly, that perhaps she should have let him have a little fun first before she pulled the rug out from underneath him. But she pusehd those thoughts aside for now. At least Skrawl would be under her control, just like she had intended.
Fido barked louder and louder, ramming himself against the iron bars that held him inside. This time, she could not fully ignore him. Turning her head, she glared off in his direction, curling her lips up into a snarl. Annoying little thing... Didn’t he know when to quit? There was no way he was getting through those bars. Not unless she set him free.
And she didn’t intend to do that. At least, not yet. She did have plans for the little guy, though. Since she could not use him for her initial plan, she worked out a completely different one that would still get the results that she wanted, even if they were a little...different. Fido sure as hell was not going to like it, but then, he was not the one in charge, now was he? Sandra, on the other hand, was going to get some amusement out of it.
It was funny, really. Before she was arrested, she wouldn’t have dreamed of doing something like this. It wouldn’t have benefited her, and it didn’t seem really fair to subject such a...loyal animal to this. But of course, things changed after she had to spend years in that wretched isolation chamber... Now all that mattered to her in the end was achieving her goal. And if she had to hurt someone or something else in the process...then so be it.
Besides, if she had to suffer needlessly, why shouldn’t others? She was arrested for something that wasn’t even wrong to start with. There was nothing wrong with eating a loved one as it ensures they were with you forever more. It was the ultimate honor. And yet those filthy zoners in ChalkZone City felt quite differently about that. She would never understand it, and she did not think that she wanted to.
She listened to Fido growl and bark at her for a few moments before she started to make her way towards the cage. The dog went crazy, jumping about, barking, snarling, whatever. It may be enough to intimidate a small child, but she found herself merely amused by the whole thing.
Fido seemed to realize that his barkings was having no affect on her. He continued to bark for a while, lowering his ears and baring his teeth more. But the closer she got, the more the dog lowered himself down to the ground. His tail lowered as well and he backed away. Yet the barking still came. If anything, it grew even louder and more desperate. It almost seemed to bounce off the walls around her, irritating her twitching ears. She just ignored it as she continued to approach the dog.
Then, slowly, she raised her hand up into the air. With a quick flex of her hand, the dog suddenly stiffened up, his eyes going wide. A nasty grin spread along Sandra’s face. Her fist tightened up. Fido’s body quivered and he started to howl in pain and agony. He flopped to the ground, convulsing and twitching his body left and right as he struggled to deal with the horrific pain sizzling through his body.
Keeping her hold on him like this, Sandra opened up the cage door and walked inside. She smirked down at the whimpering dog. She lowered herself enough so she could stroke him. Fido tried to snap at her, only to be haulted by an increased bout of pain. Sandra was careful not to do too much to the dog; she did not want him dying on her. Oh no...she had something much more important for him to do than that. Though dying might become part of the deal anyway.
“Oh I know it hurts, little one...” Sandra cooed as she stroked along the quivering dog’s flank. “It will continue to hurt for a while. And I’m afraid you are about to experience more pain.” Sandra watched as the dog’s eyes widened, as though he understood what she was talking about. “But don’t worry...I will make it as quick as I can, and I will heal you afterwards so you won’t be in as much pain.” She grinned. “I promise...”
With that said, Sandra rummaged through the bag she had nearly forgotten was strapped around her body. She grabbed onto the air spray can or whatever it was called that she grabbed during her escape. It had to do with cleaning computer keys or something. But now it was going to serve a much better purpose.
Returning to the dog and setting the can close to her, she proceeded to carefully slice the dog’s stomach open. She ignored the dogs yelping and yippering as she continued to proceed.
And once she was done with Fido, she would proceed to her next target.
The Beanie Boys.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 3, 2016 15:53:42 GMT -5
Chapter 10: Four Blood Stained Claws
As the violence surges, and the teeming masses have been terrorized... -The Vengeful One, Disturbed
It hadn’t been easy. The zoners had put up quite the fight. Lots of yelling and shouting and screaming. Intermixed with that, sobbing and other forms of painful cries. None of them would have believed it would be this tough just to get the zoners away from the screaming individual trying to claw his way out.
Even when they started to get zoners away, the struggling continued. Many zoners attempted to jump right back in and attack. Others even kicked them in hopes of deterring them from interfering again. Despite this, the group of friends still tried their best to get the zoners away from their hapless victim.
The tides only began to turn when the magic chalk was finally utilized. It had been reserved as a last resort; they had hoped that the zoners would cooperate if they saw the chalk and knew that they meant business. But instead, the zoners ignored this completely and continued harrassing that one zoner, whom they had recognized as Haney. Hearing the poor dragon zoner scream and call out in pain twisted their hearts, and made them even more determined to try to save him.
Working together, Mint and Penny had started to draw a barrier of some kind. This barrier sparked a little, creating a quick, sharp pain in anyone who dare try to touch it. While Snap pulled Haney away, out of the barrier, the two children began to race around the alleyway and around the zoners. They soon finished the barrier, which sealed the antagonizing zoners inside a relatively small area in the alleyway.
The zoners clamored around, shouting to be freed, struggling to find a way out. There were several shouts and screams as they tried to claw their way out of the barrier, only to be shocked soon after. Each one of the zoners wore a death glare on their faces, and they seemed to be silently demanding that they be set free, if their mouths weren’t already vocalizing this desire. The cops that had been there, trying to quell the crowd, now stood around the barrier, watching the zoners carefully as if to ensure that they didn’t get out.
Snap narrowed his eyes at this. At least the cops were being useful this time. He didn’t stay angry for long, however, as he heard Haney moaning in his arms. The small blue zoner looked down at the injured dragon zoner, who was leaning against him on the ground. Despite how much taller he was than him, it didn’t seem all that difficult for the zoner to hold onto him like this.
“I-It hurts...” Haney managed to say. His voice was low and weak and shaky. Just hearing it was enough to make Snap’s heart twist. “Please...I..”
“Shh... It’s all right now...” Snap whispered softly. He stroked his hand along the top of the dragon’s head. “It will be all right...” Snap pulled the dragon’s head closer to himself. He pressed the side of his face against him. “Just try to relax...”
Snap wasn’t really sure if his words had much of an effect on the dragon. Haney’s body was still squirming a little in pain. And looking over his body, it wasn’t like Snap could blame him.
Poor Haney was literally covered in bruises. From head to toe, Snap winced as he saw all the deep purple marks that the dragon had been given due to the rage of the crowd. A few of them were so bad that he could see blood start to drip from them. And that didn’t even get into the gashes snaking along his body. He could have sworn he saw a few teeth were missing and one of his small horns had been busted. At least one of his feelers had been ripped off and Snap could see the stains on his body from when he had thrown up. Seeing this caused Snap to slowly glare back at the crowd.
He had no idea why the zoners had done this to Haney. They had already shown that he was innocent, didn’t they? He and his friends had went through the trouble of making sure that his secret sauce thing contained no zoner DNA. And yet they were still willing to attack this poor guy like this? Just... Just how could they...?
Snap struggled to control the memories flooding his mind. It was impossible to do, however, and he found himself bombarded with memory after memory of what happened to him. This whole situation, it was so much like how he had been treated. True the zoners didn’t hurt him, but that was only because they couldn’t get to him. Had he been outside when that mob came...
“Let us go!”
“Yeah! You can’t do this to us!”
“We have rights, you know!”
Snap shot his glare back at the zoners. A part of him almost wished that Penny and Mint did something to keep that shield sound proof. He didn’t really want to hear what those zoners had to say. But...on the other hand... If they really wanted to know why they were doing this, they had no choice but to listen to their voices.
Penny and Mint stood their ground, positioned about five feet from each other at an angle. They glared in the direction of the zoners, but did not say anything. It was hard to tell if they were waiting for the zoners to calm down or for something else.
It became clear that they were merely waiting for Rudy. They had moved aside five feet so that Rudy could wheel himself in between them. Rudy had moved at quite a quick pace. Snap had never seen his friend move so fast before in his wheelchair. He could see the emotion plastered over Rudy’s face. He could practically feel it all around him, radiating off the enraged teenager’s body. And even when Rudy spoke, his voice alone trembled like crazy.
“What...did you all think you were doing?!”
Hearing just how loud Rudy had spoken caused the zoners to freeze. A few of them softened up their glances and several of them looked at each other before turning back to Rudy. They remained silent for several long moments, and Snap was honestly surprised he did not hear any crickets chirping in the background. It was so unnerving... Snap wasn’t sure which he hated the most. The zoners shouting or them being so eerily silent.
At least the silence did not last too long. In a matter of moments, a few of the zoners began to mumble to each other. Making statements, asking furious questions. None of them were discinernable enough to be answered, but a lot of communication was clearly being done with their eyes. Snap could see just how enraged they all looked. And one when of them pushed her way to the front, Snap prepared for the fireworks.
“I should have known that you four would try to stop us.” The female zoner growled as she squirmed her way through the other zoners. Some tried to move aside, but she still pushed against them anyway. “You four just don’t know when to quit, do you?”
“What...?” Mint spoke a shocked, soft voice. “You again..?”
Snap and his friends’ eyes widened as they saw who this individual was. They couldn’t believe it. It couldn’t be her again, right? There was just no way that...
But it was. Their eyes kept telling them that this was indeed the case. They could rub their eyes over and over again, and it would still result in the same thing. It would still result in them seeing this one particular zoner standing before them, this time backed up by a large and angry crowd.
It was that darn zebra zoner again.
The zebra’s eyes were narrowed into slits, her brown eyes practically gleaming in the light of the Day Zone sun. Her arms were folded against her body, her long, thin tail swishing from side to side. Her black and white striped body seemed to bristle with all kinds of emotion. Her lips were curled back into a snarl, and even if she didn’t speak, it would be clear to anyone’s eyes that she was disgusted with them.
“And here I thought that you were trying to protect ChalkZone...” The zebra said a cooled voice. There was a bit of sarcasm last in the last part of what she said, adding to the disgust that overall dominated her voice. “If you are willing to protect such a heathen and if you are willing to spread lies...”
“We aren’t lying!” Rudy spoke up before the zebra could continue. Though the zebra did stop to listen, it was clear from her expression that she was hardly all that interested in hearing what Rudy had to say. “We had already gone through that test several times and we can assure you there was no zoner DNA in there!”
The zebra rolled her eyes in disgust. “Sure, whatever. But you know, that isn’t why we went after him.”
At this, Snap and his friends froze. Snap watched as his human friends stared at each other in confusion. Snap himself could feel perplexion taking a hold of his mind as well. He stared down at Haney, his mind spinning. If they didn’t attack him because of the whole secret recipe thing, then..why did they...?
“Tell us exactly why you did this, then.” Rudy’s stern voice came. Mint and Penny nodded, giving soft sounds of approval as they glared at the crowd of zoners. “I hope you all had a good reason for acting like such....” His voice trailed off as he prevented himself from saying anything that would entice the crowd further. He eventually spat out, “...so unreasonable.”
Mint and Penny nodded once more, folding their arms as they glared at the crowd and waited. Snap did likewise. He still held onto Haney, keeping him close. But he still shot the crowd an intense, well-earned glare. He didn’t care what their reasoning was. Based on what they knew of this zebra zoner, it was going to be something insane and unreasonable anyway.
Snap’s mind was going several miles an hour as he watched his friends face off against the zoners. At first, none of the crowd had stared over at him; they were too busy glaring at the humans. Even the cops, who were right there, holding their weapons in case things really did get out of hand once again, were largley ignored. It took several seconds before any of the zoners looked over at him. And when they did, Snap immediately froze.
It had been a long time since anyone looked at him in this way. And it wasn’t even him they were glaring at; it was Haney. At least, most of them were. Haney was the target of the harshest glares. This alone made Snap feel sick to his stomach. He glared back at the crowd as he pulled Haney even closer to himself, trying his best to calm him down, shielding his eyes from their glare.
“I just can’t believe that you four are all so dense!” The zebra zoner raised her hooved hands into the air. “If you would just open your eyes and think, you will see why Haney deserves punishment!” She brought her hands down swiftly, curling her hoof fingers inward into partial fists. “Just open your eyes, dammit! You all can’t possibly be this stupid, right?!”
Immediately, there was a wash of toxins going through their bodies. The four friends narrowed their eyes further, their bodies quaking from this obvious insult. Their eyes felt emblazed with emotion, trailing behind them.
How dare she... After all the trouble they went through to save this city, including her ass, after what they had been forced to do in order to keep this place safe, she dare say such a thing to them? That ungrateful bitch... It was made worse by the fact that they were certain they had actually saved her directly before. And this was how she repaid them? Disgusting...
When the zebra zoner realized that she wasn’t getting a response from the enraged friends, she merely chuckled and gave a hideous sneer. “You know I’m right, don’t you? You know that I just hit the nail on the head and now....” Her smile faded into a snarl as she pointed an accusing finger swiftly towards them. “...you don’t even have the guts to tell us this yourselves! Cowards!”
Mint gritted his teeth as he took a tiny step back. “That isn’t true!” He made a swift, cutting-like motion with his hand. “We’re silent because we are so disgusted by this accusation!”
“Instead of telling us how stupid we are,” Penny interjected, raising a hand up to stop Mint before things got worse. “...why don’t you just tell us what else you think Haney did.”
The zebra jeered, “You should know that already, princess...”
Rudy hissed as he tightened his hands on his wheelchair’s arms. “Just tell us, Abby...”
Abby folded her arms against her chest, her tail twitching quicker side to side, like an irritated cat or an excited dog. She made a disgusted ‘hmph’ sound as she glared at the children. Occasionally, the zebra would glare over at where Snap and Haney were. Snap hunched his body upon noticing her glance, and Abby looked almost amused by his attempts to protect the dragon zoner. She then turned her head towards the humans, and any sign of a smile once more vanished.
“Okay then, if you all really want to know...” Abby gave pause. Likely for drama, judging from the look on her face. The zoners behind her watched her carefully, several of them returning their glares towads them, their eyes becoming little more than slits. “It is because he is the one who freed Skrawl.”
The four friends instantly froze up at that. They could feel a quake rushing through their bodies, their nerves activating, creating chills and flashes of heat almost simultaneously. The very idea that Haney would... It couldn’t possibly be true, right...?
They all stared at Haney. They watched as the dragon quivered on the ground against Snap. They could see the tears flowing down his face. They could see the way his tail was curling about in utter agony. They could hear him hiss and clench his teeth tightly and groan. He did not even attempt to speak a word, not even in his own defense. He was just too wracked with pain and agony to do anything.
Their shocked expressions soon vanished, replaced with ones that were more a mixture of horror and anger than anything. This combined well with their trembling bodies as they glared back at the crowd. They seethed through their teeth, unable to believe that the zoners would make such an accusation, especially after they had hurt Haney so badly. Haney hadn’t done anything ot them, and yet they had the gaul to accuse him when they were the ones who hurt him? How could they....?
“What proof do you have of this...?” Rudy’s voice came, cutting through the silence. From how shaky his voice sounded, it was clear that he was struggling really hard not to lose his temper at them.
“Tell us just how you came to these results..” Penny joined in. “I sure hope you have a good excuse for...”
“Oh we do!” One zoner called out.
Another joined in. “Yeah and it’s a good one!”
“Tell them, Abby!”
“Gladly.” Abby said. She looked over her shoulder and smiled at the zoners behind her. There almost seemed to be a sense of pride swelling up inside of her. “Listen up, you humans...” She looked back at Rudy, Penny, and Mint. “I will only tell you this once. So I hope you are all prepared to listen.”
“Sure.” Mint nodded his head. “Tell us why you think Haney here had anything to do with Skrawl getting out. We’d love to hear what your reasoning is.” It was hard to tell if he was being serious or if he was being a tad sarcastic.
Abby looked a little offended by the way Mint talked to her either way, judging from how one eyebrow was raised up. But she seemed to ignore it, moving on with a swift, forward motion of her hooved hand. “It is quite easy to understand. So simple...” She turned her hand so that her palm was facing upward. “Skrawl’s been locked up for a long while now, hasn’t he? And then Haney showed up..and now Skrawl is out.”
The four friends glared at her. They waited for her to continue. They waited to hear just how she came to her current conclusion. But when she spoke next, they were nothing short of caught off guard.
“Therefore, he is guilty.”
At this, the friends stared at her in shock. Their bodies slumped as they blinked several times, unable to believe what they were hearing. They looked at each other, at Haney, at the crowd, and then back at her. They waited and listened, almost hoping that there was more to the story than that. There had to be something more to this. There had to be. They couldn’t have...
But the longer the zebra remained quiet, the longer they stared at her smug expression as though she had given them some irrefutable proof, the more they realized that...she was being quite serious. And when they realized this, they could feel the heat in their blood rapidly rising.
“Are you serious?!” Snap was the first one to speak, his anger clearly overflowing from his voice. “That is your reasoning?! Just some...huge ass coincidence?!”
Abby gave a dark chuckle. “If you look at the evidence...”
“What evidence?!” Snap wailed. “You don’t have any! All you have is a set of events that probably have nothing to do with each other and there is little proof that they are even related!”
Mint clenched a fist tightly. “You lot had jumped to conclusions about Haney! You used your own fear and anger towards him to justify an attack!” He pointed an accusing finger at them. “That is just sick!”
“N-No it’s not...!” One zoner called out. There was slight hesitation in his voice. “I-If you would just listen...!”
“Listen to what?! You all making wild accusations at a zoner that never even hurt you?! Seriously?!” Rudy’s body trembled with rage. He was trying to settle himself down, evident by how quickly he was breathing in and out. But he wasn’t able to stop himself for long, and the emotion continued to ring true in his voice. “Of all the rotten...disgusting things I’ve seen you zoners do...”
“What’s it to you, cripple?” Abby jeered. Rudy’s eyes bulged at this in shock. Some of the other zoners looked at her, horrified as well. Though none spoke up in Rudy’s defense. “It’s not like you...”
“Shut up!” Rudy spat.
The initial sock of what Abby had called her seemed to have cleared out of his mind. The zoner’s horrific acts that the zoners committed against Haney were clearly more dominant on his mind right now than what Abby thought of him. Snap and the others watched as Rudy seethed through his clenched teeth. Neither of them dared to try to interrupted him as he was unleashing his fury at the zoners.
And when he spoke again, none of the zoners, not the cops, not the crowd, not even Abby dared to say anything to interrupt him.
“This is getting fucking ridiculous! I can’t believe you all are taking this as far as you are! You have no proof at all that he did anything! You’ve had no proof for any of the other incidents either! You were all so worked up that you acted without thinking! Look, I understand that you are all still shaken up by Sandra. Me and my friends are as well. But that is no excuse for what you did to Haney! I’m getting sick and tired of your disgusting behavior! How are wea ll supposed to move on if you allow yourselves to be so fueled by fear?! Why can’t you just think for a moment instead of allowing your fear to control you?! Gawd, I feel like I’m talking to a bunch of...of children! You all should be fucking ashamed of yourselves!”
Rudy stopped, panting heavily as he finished his rant. His eyes remained blazing, staring towards the ground, as he struggled to regain his breath after that long rant. He didn’t seem to realize how the zoners were staring at him at first. And when it finally did hit him, he froze.
The zoners were all wide-eyed, their mouths having dropped open. While a few were glaring at him, as though disgusted, most of them were just utterly horrified by what he said to them. It was hard to tell if this was because it was Rudy who had said this stuff, or if it was something else. Regardless, it was clear that Rudy’s words had indeed made an impact.
Everyone became silent at this. Even if someone wanted to speak, for a while they just could not bring themselves to do it. The tension in the air thickened up immensely. Even the act of moving a little was out of the question. They all just remained still and quiet, everyone list in their own thoughts.
Snap found it difficult to believe. He had never heard Rudy yell like that before. Granted, the zoners were kind of asking for it. But..usually Rudy was able to control himself better than that. What had caused him to lose control and just...for a lack of a better term, snap like that? The only thing that he could conclude is that it was the tension that had already formed aroud him that caused it. Yeah, that was it. Things were getting pretty heated...
He looked over at the crowd once more, this time with a more worried expression. As much as he did enjoy hearing someone tear them a new one, the fact that it came from Rudy Tabootie, of all people, was rather worrying. What would the zoners say to this? How would they respond? What would they think of Rudy after this? Would they realize they were being a little too crazy, or would they take this as a ‘Rudy didn’t want to help them anymore’ thing?
Snap turned his glance down at Haney upon hearing him moaning louder. He watched as the zoner squirmed in his arms, trying to fight against the pain. He could see blood still leaking out of his body, some of it even staining him. Seeing this did make his sympathy for the crowd go down to a degree. After all, they were the ones who did this to him. They had deliberately attacked Haney, despite knowing that he was innocent, and on such little evidence...
“So it’s come down this...” The first one to break the silence was that zebra zoner. Oh no...why did she have to be the one to speak up first? Of all the zoners... “I guess I was right about you all along, oh ‘Great Creator’...” There was a strong tinge of sarcasm on her voice. She tilted her head upwards. “You really are pathetic...”
“What did you say...?” Snap and Mint hissed almost in unison.
Penny narrowed her eyes dangerously. “How could you say that? After all Rudy has done for you...”
“Oh shut up, little girl.” Abby’s ears lowered as she bared her teeth at them. “Rudy brought this upon himself.” She glared intently at the boy as she continued to address Penny. “If he had actually done his job...”
“Well...he did have a good point...”
This sudden comment from another one in the crowd startled everyone, even the cops and Abby. The cops remained tense, still worrying that one of the zoners was going to break free and cause trouble. In the mean time, Abby was glaring over at what looked like a short, kind of meak zoner. Her eyes were cocked in disbelief, as though she could not understand why this zoner had spoken up at all.
Indeed, the meak zoner seemed surprised at himself for speaking up. His eyes shifted around, as though trying to find if someone else was there that had spoken and it only seemed like he did. It was made rapidly clear, however, that this was not the case. He looked back up at the zebra zoner and licked his lips nervously.
“I-I mean...” He began to speak in a low, soft voice. “D-Do we really have...proof?” He raised his arms up at his sides. “Maybe we did overreact a little...”
Another zoner joined his side. He placed his hand on the meak zoner’s shoulder before looking up at the zebra. “He’s right. We may have gone a little too far.”
“Let’s stop now before it’s too late.” Another spoke.
Another chimed in. “I don’t want to make the same mistakes we did before with...” A stare at Snap. “...you know...”
“Oh come now! You can’t be serious!” Wailed Abby. “You’re really going to buy into that malarky?!”
“At least some of them are willing to listen...” Mint said in a bitter tone.
Abby shot him a glare before turning back to the other zoners. She looked around, noticing how more and more of them seemed to be agreeing with the meak zoner. This was clearly taking a toll on her mental state, as evidenced by how her hand was clutched tightly and shaking in a fist. It was incredible that she hadn’t even attempted to strike any of them yet, with the way the emotion was wracking through her body.
Gritting her teeth tightly, she made a swift, cutting motion with her hand as she yelled at the zoners present with her. “Open up your minds! You all know what is going on!” She pointed at the three humans. “They are trying to trick you! They are hiding something! Why can’t you see that?!”
A female zoner raised her head up, her eyes narrowed deeply. “...maybe because you’re the one who is actually blind.”
“What? I never....” Abby spluttered. The female zoner merely glared at her. Abby clutched the sides of her face. “I don’t believe this!”
“Believe it. It seems that some of your ‘friends’ are finally coming to their senses.” Rudy said, his voice embittered. “Maybe it’s time you do the same thing.”
Penny nodded in agreement. “Just...stop, okay? I know you are upset, but what you’re doing here...” She motioned to where Haney was, still shaking in Snap’s arms. “It’s just wrong!”
Mint took a step forward. “Yeah. So why don’t you...”
“Shut up, metal leg!” Hissed Abby. “I don’t need to hear anymore of your gawd damn excuses! All of you!”
Snap and his friends narrowed their eyes once more. Even several of the crowd members were now glaring at her. It was abundantly clear that she had lost so much support at this point. And it was driving her insane. She was screaming at them, trying to get them on her side again. All she ended up doing was pushing them away further. It seemed that she did nothing but further prove that she really had lost her mind.
Snap wasn’t entirely sure if the tension was going to lift anytime soon, however. Even with Abby losing much of her support, he didn’t detect any sign of the argument slowing down. Indeed, Abby was just getting more and more desperate. He held onto Haney tighter when he heard him whimpering in fear at the sound of her. He looked at him sadly before glaring back at Abby. He hoped that something would happen soon to make her stop. This had gone on long enough.
But Abby didn’t seem to be slowing down. When she was not able to convince the zoners to return to her side, she turned her attention to the humans. The zoner cops did attempt to settle her down, but she did not seem to hear their threats at all. She just yelled over them as she focused her attention on Rudy, Mint, and Penny.
The three teenagers were able to hold their ground pretty well. Even with a few more insults spewed their way, the three tried to remain as professional as possible. They were getting worked up, yes, but they were at least refraining from yelling too loudly at this point. And as time passed, they knocked down more and more of Abby’s statements until she had nothing left but her mindless ranting.
Eventually, Abby seemed to have lost it entirely. She glared intently at the humans, seething heavily through her large, flat teeth. “You... So this is how it’s going to be, huh?! Well then, maybe Sandra should have killed all of you!”
Horror struck in the hearts of everyone who heard this. They stared at her in disbelief. It was difficult to say if she herself felt any guilt in saying that. But with how she was glaring at them, it was clear that, in that moment, she just did not care. She just continued to seethe in their direction.
The other zoners in the crowd, obviously disgusted with what she had just said, moved in towards her. Abby took notice of this and made a few surprised shouts, like ‘what are you doing’ and ‘what is happening’. The zoners did not bother to answer her as they grabbed onto her and held her still. The startled and frustrated zebra struggled frantically to get free, but it was useless.
“You traitors! You heathens! How could you side with them?!” Abby shouted at them. She continued to jerk herself from side to side, but nothing worked and she soon collapsed in their grasp. “This isn’t fair!”
“Okay now, everyone just relax!” One of the cops said. “Let’s get everything...”
“Put a sock in it, copper!” Hissed Abby.
Snap rolled his eyes at this. He had no idea why Abby kept on trying. She had lost support of the others in the group at this point. Even those who remained on her side didn’t do much to help her out of this present situation. She might as well just give up; she was only going to make it worse for herself.
He looked over at Rudy, Penny, and Mint. They all seemed to carry the same thought as he did. He could see the way that they were looking at the enraged zebra. No words were spoken, but they didn’t have to. Their glares and their folded arms were more than enough to convey the message strongly.
Snap then looked again at Haney. He bit his lip as he reached down and started to stroke along the top of his head. He wished he could do something to help take away the pain that he was feeling. Poor Haney... He didn’t deserve this... Snap couldn’t help but see himself in Haney. He remembered the pain that he had been put through, both physically and mentally. He remembered the terror that he had suffered. And to see someone else in this position, he just...it was so hard not to throw up out of fear and horror. This just...
“I am going to get you all! You hear me?!”
Snap and his friends turned to glare at the zebra zoner once more. Mint looked like he was going to say something. Penny looked disappointed. Rudy just simply glared, waiting for her to continue.
Which did not take long.
Abby managed to free an arm as she pointed in their direction. “I am going to make you all pay for....”
Suddenly, she froze. At this, everyone looked on in confusion. Some glanced at one another. Others whispered, asking just what the heck was going on. No eyes could leave the zebra as she had suddenly stiffened up, her eyes widening and her mouth opening up.
And then came the grunts. Not just annoyed grunts, as though she were struggling. No, these were grunts of actual pain. This caused everyone around her to get even more worried. They backed quickly away from her, releasing her as she desperately clutched her arm.
“What is going on?!” Snap found himself shouting, his eyes glued to the strange and horrible scene playing out before him. “What is wrong with her?!”
“I-I don’t know!” Rudy called out. “It’s just...”
“Oh my gawd...” Mint licked his lips slowly. He made a few sounds as though trying to gag. “L-Look at that...” He pointed a trembling finger towards the striped horse-like zoner.
Snap struggled to see what Mint was talking about. He looked intently around Abby, looking for anything out of the ordinary. But so far, there was just...nothing. What could he be...
Oh gawd... Was... Was her arm..bulging...?
Snap placed his hand against his stomach after he gently set Haney back on the ground. He tried to tear his eyes away, but it was impossible. No matter how hard he tried, he could not look away from the gruesome sight that was happening before him.
Abby continued to grunt, her sounds rapidly becoming more and more distressed as her arm continued to bulge wider and wider. Then her skin began to part slowly, making blood ooze down her arm, dripping off to the sides and creating small puddles on the ground. Then, without warning, her arm just...burst open.
A loud, agonizing scream echoed from not just Abby, but the zoners around her. Blood squirted everywhere. Bits of it, along with some flesh pieces, hit against several zoners, as well as the wall of the barrier. Several zoners were gagging, holding their stomachs, trying not to throw up at the size of Abby’s torn up arm and the bits of her meat that laid strewn everywhere.
“What the hell?!” Penny jumped back, her body shaking, pulling her arms to the side as though trying to avoid touching that. “What...happened...?!”
“Her arm... I-It exploded...” Mint whispered. He hunched himself a little, his teeth clenching tightly. “B-But..how..? I thought that...”
Abby’s screams were soon joined in as part of a choir. More and more of the zoners in the crowd were suddenly afflicted. Limbs swelled and exploded, releasing torrents of blood and flesh everywhere. Several collapsed to the ground, clutching their ruined limbs to themselves. Loud sobbing filled the air, intermixed with panicked cries of just what the hell was going on, others pleading for the pain to stop.
The four friends stared on at this in utter horror. They couldn’t believe what was happening. Just..what had these zoners so stricken in pain? It just didn’t make any sense at all.
Unless...
“What’s going on?!” One cop yelled.
“It looks like we have a situation, sir!” Another shouted.
“Well do something! We....”
The cops immediately froze, stopping what they were doing. They clutched their hands against their chests. They gasped heavily, and then suddenly, with some kind of muffled booming sound, they collapsed to the ground, their bodies instantly going through the death throes.
Before the four friends could even begin to respond to this, they heard more screaming. Distant, but getting louder and louder very quickly. They swiveled their heads over and they could see shadows forming on the walls of the buildings all around them. And then, a few seconds later, they could see other zoners rushing this way. It was a practical stampede, and each of them wore a horrified expression.
“Wait!” One of the zoners still alive in the barrier cried out. “What’s going on?!”
“Just run! Get out of here!” One of the zoners running away shouted. “I-It’s...!”
They were suddenly cut off when a shadow suddenly loomed over them. It moved over too quickly for anyone to get a good look at what was going on. But upon seeing just what it was, Snap and his friends instantly huddled together the best that they could, sticking close to Haney to provide him with some protection as well. There was no time to draw anything with the magic chalk. All they could do was brace themselves and...
It took only a couple seconds for the item dropped to hit the ground. There was a loud yipper of pain that seemed to have come out of nowhere. And then a bright flash of light and then a booming sound. Luckily it had landed far enough away that Snap and his friends weren’t as affected by it. But they were still struck by a blast of heat, nearly knocking them away.
All around them, zoners continued to scream in pain and agony. They could hear bodies dropping to the ground, although it wasn’t obvious if they were full bodies or body parts. More screaming echoed for several moments, and then sobbing gripped the air. Only after about a minute passed did Snap and his friends dare to look to see what had happened.
Body parts laid everywhere. Bones and guts and intestines.... Some of them had a charred look to them, more so than most of the other internal organs they could see. It made it seem as though the bomb had been alive and... Oh gawd...is that what that yippering had come from...? The horrified feeling they all felt at this was strongly complimented by the site of several dead zoner bodies, and others still alive, crawling on the ground, sobbing.
Snap had been struggling to keep it in. But seeing all the gore all around him, the horrific smell dancing around his nostrils, he just was not able to hold himself back for long. With his stomach lurching, he opened his mouth and let out its contents. He coughed and spluttered as he continued to spew, and when he finally stopped, he stared down in horror at the pile of vomit that rested before him.
He felt a hand on his back. He jerked and then he looked up. He could see Mint stared down at him, his eyes wide with concern. “Hey, are you okay, Snap?” He asked in a careful voice.
“Y-Yeah..I’m...” Snap stiffened up at the sound of more screaming. “What is that...?”
They all looked over and they could see that the ‘show’ had not yet ended. There were yet even more zoners coming this way. All terrified, all screaming, all trying to get away from...whatever it was that was chasing them. It almost seemed at first that they had outrun their attacker, and some did start to slow down.
But then there was a flash of blue. Instantly the four friends stiffened up at this, staring at each other and the event going on before them in terror.
No...it couldn’t be...
Something blue and swift struck against several of the zoners. With all the running around and with how quick the blue shape was moving, it was hard to get a lock on just who it was. The only thing they were aware of was something striking the zoners, blood splattering all over the ground, and then hearing zoner’s agonal breaths as they died in rather painful fashions.
Then, without warning, they saw it. A sky blue muzzle coming out from the crowd. A set of gleaming red eyes as the jaw opened up widely, showcasing rows of sharp teeth. A terrified citizen zoner trying to get away before the teeth clamped down around their neck, the jaws instantly crushing their windpipe and making them go limp with a gag.
Snap’s mind spun as he stared at the horror that was taking place right before his eyes. He licked his lips slowly, his heart pounding against his chest, unable to believe what was going on. He couldn’t help but release a small whimper, hardly comforted by his friends’ gentle squeezes and words. After all, they were just as struck with horror as he was.
Snap watched as the blue zoner stood there, swishing a spiked tail from side to side, those long, dark tipped ears twitching. Blood caked around the mouth and dripped off to the side, looking almost like ketchup. The sight of it was nearly enough to make him throw up yet again.
No..it was impossible.. This had to be a bad dream. Th-There was no way that.. No...she couldn’t have been...
Then the blue attacker seemed to take notice of them. The head was shifted towards him, a hideous smile spreading across the muzzle. A foot raised up and slashed down another zoner, forcing them to grunt when they made impact. The two legger shifted weight to keep the zoner pinned down. The tail struck out at another zoner, slashing their throat straight open and forcing them to fall into the ground.
“Well well.... ain’t this a pleasant surprise...?” The foot pressed down harder and then yanked back. The zoner underneath let out a bloodcurdling scream as the sharp tips of the claws raked across their back, ripping off flesh and splattering blood everywhere. “I never thought I would see you again, and so soon too...” A hand motioned sideways in gesture. “Did you enjoy the canine bomb? I heard it was a blast!”
The four friends couldn’t think of anything to respond. They could only stare in utter horror at the blue zoner before them. They breathed in and out shakingly, to the point where it was amazing they could even stay up. Rudy had a few tears moving down his cheeks and Snap was whimpering softly under his breath.
The blue zoner noticed this and sneered. “Oh come now... Is that what my welcome back party is going to look like? I would think you would have tried better than that.” The blood on the mouth was licked off. The foot raised up and motioned towards them, flexing outwards almost like a hand, tipped with four blood stained claws. “After all..it has been so long since we’ve seen each other. Why don’t we do some...catching up...”
Snap licked his lips nervously, his lower lip quivering as he struggled not to scream. He managed to choke out one word before the attacker made another movie.
“S-S-Sandra...”
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 5, 2016 20:09:20 GMT -5
Chapter 11: The Return Of Terror
So here I go again, chasing you down again... -Over And Over, Three Days Grace
Time seemed to slow down to a crawl. It was difficult to tell just how fast things were really moving. In the frightened boy’s mind, the only thing that he could process was a set of jaws and blood red eyes looking directly at him, as though he were some kind of prey that it was trying to hunt.
Run.. He had to run... He had to get out of here and now. He tried to pump the energy in through his legs. He tried to make himself get up and run. He tried to flee this horrible situation.
That’s when he realized it.
He couldn’t run.
But...why? He has to be able to run. His brain constantly screamed at him to move. He tried so hard to obey it. He tried to get himself to get up and run. He could feel some kind of burning sensation in his legs. He could feel his toes slightly twitching at the faintest provocation. He just needed to listen to his mind and get up. That’s all he had to do. Just get up and run away. Get away. Somewhere safe.
Please...let him leave... That’s all he wanted to do. He just wanted to go somewhere where he didn’t have to worry about this anymore. He just wanted to be safe. Was that so wrong?
Then..why wasn’t his body responding? Why was he still just sitting here? Why wasn’t he moving? His legs were right there. He could sense them. All he had to was just...move them, gawd damn it. Please move... Come on body...please move. Why wasn’t it working? The threat was getting closer. The teeth. The red eyes. Getting closer. Why wasn’t he moving...?
Then the blue mouth opened up a little more. The angle had shifted slightly. It was now directly in front, straight on. He could not longer see the eyes. Just the sharp teeth. And when he saw them, something flashed in the back of his mind. The boy immediately stiffened at them.
There was an echo of white flashes in the back of his mind. They dominated his consciousness. They crawled into the back of his head, forcing him to keep remembering them. No matter how hard he tried to push them away, they just refused to stop. It was as though something else was controlling them, driving them through his mind like some kind of large drill. And as the flashes continued, he started to realize what they were.
Memories of what happened to him five years ago.
Sandra charging towards him. Opening her jaws. Her teeth in his neck. Hitting against the ground. A tighter grip. The horrible pain. And then...
A loud crack.
His neck had been broken.
He couldn’t even blink his eyes as he was struck with the cold, harsh realization. That’s right... He couldn’t get up. He had been paralyzed in the legs. He could not move his legs to get away. He could not move.
He was paralyzed.
And with this, came an onslaught of something else. Burning, seething, rising up in the back of his head. He could feel it clawing its way to the surface. No matter how hard he tried, he couldn’t stop it. He could feel his body shaking. He thought he could hear his friends calling out to him. But no matter what, he couldn’t even respond to them. It was as though his voice had been stolen away from him. All he could do was stare out ahead as the slow moving mouth with sharp teeth got closer.
His mind was locked in fear. He couldn’t turn away. This wretched emotion, it refused to allow him to look anywhere. The only direction that he could look in was....straight ahead. Directly at this menace. He licked his lips slowly, and he did the only thing he could think of.
He screamed.
“Help me! Somebody, help me!”
“Rudy!”
Rudy became aware of someone rushing towards him. He turned his head. His vision was too wonky right now to fully recognize who it was. But this person...looked so familiar. It was Penny, wasn’t it? Yes, he’d recognize her soothing voice anywhere. He could see her rushing over, trying to grab onto him.
But then there was a flash of blue. He heard Penny grunt. He heard her scream as red splattered everywhere. Her blood...it caked her arm as she staggered back. Rudy widened his eyes, barely able to process this. He tried to speak out, yell at her, try to get a response. He heard other shouts. His other friends slamming into the ground as well. And that’s when he felt something shift. He turned his head, and he almost screamed.
Sandra was on his wheelchair. The sky blue dragon leered down at him intently, her tongue moving along her lips before she distorted her facial muscles into a snarling smile. Rudy was immediately frozen in terror, his blood turning into chilling ice.
And for what felt like a long time, they simply stared at each other. Rudy felt drawn in to her eyes. Those crimson eyes that bored through his very soul.. They kept staring at him, studying him, looking as if they were daring him to make a move. Her mouth remained curled in that vicious, evil smile. There was a glint in her eye. Upon seeing it, Rudy managed to force himself to take in a shuddering breath and lick his lips slowly. He tried to say something, but his voice had been muted.
“Hello there, Rudy.” Sandra said with a dark inflexion in her voice. “I’m..so happy to see you again. How have you been..?”
Rudy couldn’t think to speak. He could only whimper, cringing as far away from her as he could. He wanted to wheel away so badly, but he couldn’t; Sandra’s talons were wrapped around the wheels and she was balancing herself by leaning her weight towards him. He couldn’t even try to get away anymore. He had missed his chance.
Sandra’s eyes shifted down as she turned her head downwards to look at what he was in. She moved her snout along as she trailed her eyes along the contraption that she had forced him in years ago. “Hmm... Nice accomodations, Rudy. I see you have been....adapting well...” She tilted her head to one side. “You been enjoying yourself..?”
Rudy struggled to say something in response. He licked his lips nervously. He drug in a few more shaky breaths. But he still could not speak. He could only whimper and struggle not to vomit. He could feel something lurching in his stomach. His stomach wanted to... No..he couldn’t vomit, not here. What would Sandra do if he..?
He suddenly jerked when he felt Sandra’s had on his face. He felt flashes in his mind from when she touched him when he was still paralyzed. He suddenly felt utterly helpless. If he couldn’t move before, now he really couldn’t move. He could only stare at Sandra as she caressed his cheek a little.
“Oh aren’t you so cute? Acting all afraid...” Sandra chuckled softly. “I never really realized just..how adorable you can be.”
Rudy managed to chocke out, “P-Please don’t hurt me...”
Sandra widened her eyes and she made a mock gasp of shock. “Me? Hurt you?” She placed her hand against herself and then motioned towards him. She then gave him a false, reassuring smile. “Oh dear little Rudy...” She began to stroke his forehead and hair. Rudy shuddered and let out a low whine. “Wherever did you get that idea...?”
“Leave our friend alone!” Shouted Mint.
Sandra paused and pulled her head back. She looked over at where Mint was rushing towards them. His hand was curled up into a fist and he looked just about ready to strike. Rudy looked on in horror, his mouth stumbling, trying to find the strength to say ‘no please go away Mint’. Anything to keep his friend from getting himself hurt. And when he saw Sandra’s tail raise up, he shook his head in desperation, hoping that Mint would change course and go away before Sandra could hit him.
Then he noticed more shapes coming over. Positioned at different locations, Penny and Snap glared at Sandra. Their bodies were hunched, their teeth gritted in determination. Nothing about their body language indicated that they were going to leave any time soon. They just focused on glaring at Sandra, looking just as eager to jump on her as Mint was.
Upon seeing his two additional friends looking ready to fight, Sandra gave pause. She narrowed her eyes, looking as if she were really reconsidering her current position. She looked from Rudy and to his friends, repeating this pattern a few times. Then she settled on looking at him, her eyes resting upon his own. A smile slowly spread across her face and she gave a dark chuckle before she jumped back from him, flapping her arms and flying a short distance above him.
She turned her attention to Mint. She opened her mouth and let out a loud hiss. Mint ignored this warning and he took out a piece of magic chalk and raised it up. Sandra’s eyes flickered, showing an expression that was close to fear. She quicklly recovered and, clearly determined to stop him, she dove down twoards Mint, splitting her mouth further open in hopes of biting into him.
However, Mint was faster than she was. With several flicks of his wrist, he was able to quickly draw something before Sandra had time to react. In his hands, he was now holding a long bat with small spikes decorated on it. Rudy widened his eyes at the sight. True to Mint’s character; if he felt something needed to be done, he was not afraid to bring out the big guns. But even knowing that Sandra had this coming did nothing to stop Rudy from looking on in horror as Mint struck Sandra against her shoulder and side of her neck.
The impact’s thud almost seemed to echo. Sandra let out a screech as the spikes raked across her shoulder and neck. They did not cut deeply, but it was enough to make the dragon zoner fall into the ground. The bipedal dragon rolled across the ground before landing in a heap a few feet away. Mint took immediate position in front of Rudy, seething with his teeth clenched, holding up the bat threateningly.
“Don’t you fucking dare hurt him...” Mint warned her, growling lowly. “I swear... If you dare take another step closer and I will crack your skull open with this... I swear it...”
Though clearly a bit unnerved by that threat, Penny and Snap did nothing to protest. They merely took a closer position beside Rudy, providing further protection from the deranged blue dragon. They glared at Sandra, growling softly, eyes narrowed in determination. They said not a word, and their bodies trembled in emotion. Their narrowed eyes gave Sandra a clear message: they weren’t going to leave.
Rudy wanted to shout at his friends to leave. He wanted them to get out of here as soon as possible. He...He didn’t want to see them get hurt. It just wasn’t fair. They shouldn’t have to get hurt. It was him that Sandra was after, right? Maybe...if he could get her attention, then...
Sandra laughed as she climbed up to her feet. She hunched her body a little, holding her arms and hands in an awkward manner, almost as if she were some kind of dinosaur. Her tail raised up, arching, the tail turning so that all four spikes were pointed in their direction. Her lips were curled upwards to expose her teeth, and her mouth stretched back in an almost unnatural state. Her sharp teeth glintched in the light of the Day Zone sun.
“You are all such....wonderful friends to your little pet here...” Sandra cooed. She looked directly at Rudy for a moment, giving off a soft chuckle. Mint, Penny, and Snap just glared at her while Rudy cringed further away, struggling not to let out another whimper. “I see he is well trained now. Stuck in a wheelchair. Heh...such a perfect punishment for such a little promise breaker...”
“You...little fuck!” Mint raised his spiked bat up once more. “You’re the one who put him there! Have you no shame?!”
Sandra straightened herself up, tapping her chin thoughtfully with a finger. “Hmm...let me think about this...” She then closed her eyes and raised her hand up dismissively. She shook her head once and said, “Nah..not really. Why should I?” She reopened her eyes and smirked at them. “I mean...the little runt did deserve what he got. If he hadn’t...”
That was the straw that broke the camel’s back. Despite Penny’s shouts for him to stop, Mint rushed over towards Sandra, raising up his bat, determined to strike her down. Sandra looked up at him and smirked, not at all surprised by this turn of events. It was almost as though she had expected it....
“Wait! Mint! Come back!” Rudy shouted as a realization dawned on him. “Get out of here, before she...!”
Mint did not seem to hear him. He let out a shout as he raised the bat higher, his arm muscles tightening. Sandra chortled at this, which only seemed to make Mint madder. He broughtit down, attempting to strike her...
...only for Sandra to jump to one side, using her wings to move herself further in a single bound. Mint stumbled forward, unable to stop himself. His eyes widened as he turned to her, and in those few seconds before Sandra made her next move, Mint seemed to realize just what was coming. His expression was replaced with one of pain as he screamed, Sandra wacking her tail against his side and knocking him into the ground.
“Oh...so close! Better luck next time, I suppose!” Sandra placed one hand against her elbow and the other under her chin, shaking her head in disappointment. “You should also work on your form a little more.”
Snap snarled. Though fear was still on his face, there was now rage. Upon seeing how Sandra treated Mint, and hearing how she was talking of them, it seemed to cause something to click inside his mind. Snap let out a yell as he charged forward.
However, he was not as lucky as Mint had been. At least he had only been knocked into the ground. To Rudy’s horror, Sandra decided not to be so merciful on Snap. As soon as she raised her hand up, everyone knew exactly what was going to come.
“W-Wait... Ahhh!” Snap screamed as he clutched against his back. He immediately dropped into the ground, his legs twitching frantically, his body flipping about as he struggled to fight against the pain. “Please stop this! Please...I...” His voice was dissipated into more screams.
“Stop that!” Rudy shouted, tears strolling down his face. “Please, Sandra! Leave him alone!”
Penny was silent, too stunned and horrified to say anything. She held up the magic chalk, clearly wanting to do something to help their friend. But she remained frozen, trembling hard, her eyes unable to tear away from where Snap was convulsing on the ground. Her fear-filled eyes told the story well. And Sandra’s sneer in her direction confirmed it. If Penny tried to make a move, then Sandra was going to make one of her own.
And Snap might not make it out alive.
Sandra, on the other hand, showed no signs of letting up. She merely intensified her grip on Snap, causing the zoner to let out a loud scream of agony. She laughed at his pain, as though it was the most amusing thing in the world. She twisted her hand, making him writhe even more.
“This is quite interesting. Snappy boy...you never told me that you had a prosthetic vertebrate...”
At this, everyone froze immediately in horror. They could not believe what they just heard. They looked at each other before gluing their eyes back upon Sandra. None of them dared to speak. Even Mint, who had gotten from the ground and had tried to get to Sandra, had stopped, afraid that if he took one step closer, that was going to be it for their friend.
Snap looked the most horrified by this statement. And why shouldn’t he? He was the one writhing on the ground, tossing and turning as though Sandra had a saw in her hand, ready to be used upon him. Snap let out a series of frightened whimpers. Intermixed in those were small words like ‘please don’t’ and ‘let me go’. Sandra merely chuckled at this as she looked at him with an interested expression, as though he was some kind of fascinating thing that she found.
“So fascinating...I wonder how they even got this thing in there...” Sandra walked up to Snap, eyeing him carefully as she looked at his back. “And just how did this happen? Did someone...hit you?”
Mint gulped at this. For a moment, he wore a guilty expression. Then he shook his head and managed to take a step forward. He pointed a finger in Sandra’s direction and shouted, “Hey why don’t you back off and leave him alone?!”
Sandra lifted her head up and stared over at Mint. There was a twinkle in her eye, as though she realized something. “Mind explaining to me what happened, then?” When she noticed Mint faulter, she grinned maniacally. “I knew it... You were the one who hurt Snap, weren’t you? How delightful..” She looked back down at Snap. “You caused him enough damage to need a new vertebrate. Such a risky procedure.” She gave him a sideways glance. “I must commend you.”
Mint started to tremble in emotion. “F-Fuck you...”
“Heheheh...whatever...” Sandra sneered.
Penny narrowed her eyes and called out, “What Mint did was an accident! What you’re doing is deplorable!” She pointed at Sandra, who just stared back blankly, as though Penny weren’t saying anything. “You’re the one who is... How could you think of being so cruel?!”
“I’m not being cruel at all...” Sandra placed a hand to herself, arching her body backwards while her tail curved in one direction. “But..if you really think that I am being...unfair...” She returned to her previous posture. Her narrowed, red eyes gleamed in Penny’s direction. “Snap is the one who started the whole thing. He’s the one who betrayed my trust. And he is the one who turned those zoners against me. He is, in many ways, responsible for what happened to me.”
Rudy coud feel disgust clinging to his stomach. A part of him was not at all surprised that Sandra was saying this. But another part just wanted to snap at her, despite his fear. How could she even think of trying to blame Snap for what happened to her? She’s the one who... who had... He could feel himself steam as the back of his mind quaked with the memory of what Sandra had put Snap through. How dare she try to put the blame on him...
“Besides...I am just curious about his back here...” Sandra looked down at Snap. The zoner was still shaking and crying at this point. “I mean, to need a prosthetic...lots of damage had to have been dealt. Maybe if I did some searching around in there, I could...”
“Fuck off!”
Before Rudy realized what he was doing, before he could try to stop himself, he just...lost it. Grabbing onto Penny’s chalk, ignoring her shout of protest at him, he pulled his arm back and he tossed the chalk as hard as he could towards Sandra.
After spinning around in the air a few times, the object hit Sandra square on her forehead. Her eyes widened as she let out a small shout of pain. She took a step back and she clutched her head tightly, her hands pressed close to the middle of her forehead where the triangular mark was located. Her hold on Snap seemed to have loosened up as Snap managed to climb to his feet and staggered away.
“Rudy...” Penny whispered, her voice tinged in fear. “Wh-What did you...”
Upon hearing Penny’s voice, Rudy’s eyes bulged wide open. He stared off at where Sandra was holding her head, the piece of magic chalk now laying by her feet. It didn’t seem like she noticed, however. Her focus seemed to be on her forehead.
Mint stared over at Rudy in shock. “Rudy, you...”
Snap, who had managed to stagger towards Penny, also looked quite stunned. He might not have seen that Rudy threw that chalk, but his expression made it very clear that he was aware of what happened. “Thanks, Rudy.”
Although it was clear that Snap really did mean that, Rudy couldn’t help but hear it in a sarcasm mode. He just couldn’t help it. He had never done something this stupid before. And when Sandra looked back at him with those eyes practically glowing red, he gulped and cringed back further into his wheelchair.
“I-I...I...” Rudy managed to say, licking his lips slowly. “I didn’t mean...”
Sandra, on the other hand, was in no mood to listen to him. “You...little...promise breaker!”
Sandra jumped up into the air. She flapped her limbs hard, staring down at them with those red, murderous eyes. Her teeth were bared as she let out a low, loud growl that each of them could practically feel in their chests, rumbling through their hearts. She flexed her claws eagerly, her mouth corners tilting back into a very small smile. Then, without warning, she dove down towards the group, her feet brought forward and tilted up, her talons flexed and ready to tear into flesh.
Rudy stiffened at this. He couldn’t even bring himself to scream. He couldn’t hear what any of his friends were saying. The only thing he could do was just watch for several moments before, at least, managing to do something. Shutting his eyes tightly, he turned his head away and waited for the impact.
However, it never came. Rudy could a thud sound and an irritated yet pained shriek. Curious, but still frightened, Rudy managed to open his eyes and look over to see what had happened.
Mint had been able to take action. Moving just as quickly as before, the slightly older teenager was able to strike out against Sandra once more, using the same bat as before. Sandra now laid upon her back, groaing a little as blood dripped along her chest where Mint had struck her.
But Sandra was not down for long. With a growl, she jumped up into the air, flipping herself around so that she now stood on all fours. She raised her tail up and shook it from side to side as though she were some kind of snake. She growled in Mint’s direction, narrowing her eyes at him. She opened up her mouth, showing off her sharp teeth once more. Then she launched herself at them...
...only to be slammed against a small wall that Mint just finished drawing. The sky blue dragon was smooshed against the wall, looking almost comedic. She dropped into the ground and held onto her nose, patting it gingerly. She soon looked back at them and adopted an aggressive stance. Neither took eyes off the other.
Rudy gulped as he kept asking himself one question: what was going to happen now...?
sss
It was difficult for Snap to process just what was going on here. He couldn’t stop staring at Sandra as she stood before them, glaring intently at them. It was difficult to say when the next move would have been made. Sandra was just...staring at them, breathing heavily, her mouth open to show her sharp teeth. Snap wanted to say something, anything, to try to put an end to this nightmarish staredown.
But he remained quiet. His voice couldn’t find its way out of his throat. He could only focus on what laid ahead of him. He just couldn’t stop staring at Sandra. And it seemed as though she could not stop staring at them. Those red eyes...they were looking right down into his soul...
Snap’s mind raced as he tried to comprehend just what was going on here. He...He couldn’t believe that Sandra was here... He had hoped it was some kind of nightmare. But the longer he stayed here, the more he became convinced that...no this is no nightmare. Sandra really was here, freed of that isolation cell she belonged in, free to do whatever she wanted. And the worst part of it all was...
...she was no longer hindered by that helmet..
Snap felt his gut twisting as he stared at that triangle mark, the central of her so-called ‘super healing powers’. He could still feel the pain in his back from where Sandra had used her abilities. He could see clearly in his head memories of what took place years ago, how she had used her powers on him, how she had used her teeth to tear apart his stomach... He placed his hand over his stomach as he remembered that gruesome detail, feeling the phantom pain snake through his body.
He took a moment and looked around him. He flinched as he saw all the damage that Sandra had done in such a short time. There weren’t anymore zoners running through here, which was something of a relief since no one else would get hurt. At least for now. But that bit of good news did not shake off the sickening feeling forcing its way into the very back of his throat as he looked at the carnage that laid all around them.
Body parts everywhere... Blood and guts and gore... He could see some bodies ripped apart. He could see a few zoners on the ground, still convulsing. He could see others just starting to die at last. Others were already dead, eyes wide open and staring into nothingness. And all the while, the color red had filled up his vision. He could have sworn that, for a while, red was the only color that he was truly aware of.
He turned his head and he looked back at Sandra. He gulped as he watched how she paced around them slowly. With the shield not being long enough to cover them all, they had to shift themselves around, following in Sandra’s lead to keep the shield in front of her. This would not stop her powers from getting to them, but they did at least stop her from being able to jump at them with those sharp teeth and claws of hers.
Snap could feel his mind spinning, swirling, struggling to find a way out of this. There just...had to be something that he could do. He couldn’t just stand there and do nothing. He licked his lips slowly, trying to think of something..anything...
But...even if he could figure out something...would it even be enough? Sandra was going all out. It was unlikely that anything he did was going to deter her. He could see the look in her eyes, and he could hear the way that she was growling. She was fully ready to strike, and that wild look in her eyes indicated that she was not going to back down so easily.
Still, he had to try. If he didn’t, then...
“Anyone willing to make a move?” Sandra’s voice broke the silence, cutting through the air and ringing over their heads. They stiffened immediately, watching the dragon zoner carefully, confused, as she straightened herself up quickly, making a few small gestures with her hand. “Or are all of you out already? I’d be disappointed if that were the case. I mean...I planned all this...” She held her hands out indicating the area all around them. “To think that I wasted my time doing that....” She chuckled and shook her head, placing a hand over her face. “I do hope that you all prove me wrong...”
Mint gritted his teeth tightly. “Oh you want to be proven wrong, eh?” He raised up his bat again. He slammed a smooth portion into his palm repeatedly, narrowing his eyes. “I would be glad to provide that...”
Sandra chuckled at this. “I would not doubt you for a second, my dear creator.” Sandra moved herself around a little until she was positioned in front of Mint. She regarded him with a level of curiosity, rubbing her chin thoughtfully. “Though I’ve got to ask....” Her eyes soon rested upon the club. “How well would you fight without that?”
Snap widened his eyes at this. He looked over at Mint nervously, as did Penny and Rudy. They all understood exactly where Sandra was going with this. They...They couldn’t allow her to trick Mint like this. If he were to leave from the relative safety of the shield to out there....
“How I fight is none of your business, Sandra!” Mint shouted. Snap and the others stifled a sigh of relief as Mint showed no signs of being fooled by Sandra into coming out. “The real question is....” He raised the club up higher. “Are you willing to take me on without resorting to using your powers?”
Silence at this. Sandra stared at him with wide shocked eyes. She was quite still and quiet, just like Snap, Penny, and Rudy. They could not take their eyes off of Mint, wondering if he had just gone off the deep end. He couldn’t possibly be serious...
Could he?
Snap stared wide-eyed at Mint, unable to believe what was going on. Was Mint really seriously going to... No, he couldn’t.... If he tried to... Sandra would... Snap wanted to say something... anything... to get Mint to change his mind. He just couldn’t be serious about this. Mint knows just how dangerous Sandra is. She had dislocated his jaw before and messed with his chopped leg. He had been lucky. Snap had his doubts that Sandra would be so merciful this time around.
But that didn’t seem to bother Mint. It was hard to tell if he was simply ignoring it, or if he really did forget what Sandra had put him through. He simply glared off in Sandra’s direction with that challenging smirk, showing no signs of backing down any time soon. The tension this created made the air around them quite thick, and they all watched with great nervousness as Mint faced off against Sandra.
“So...you really do want to go through with this, do you?” Sandra straightened herself, her arms becoming folded behind her back. “Well isn’t that an...interesting turn of events.” She paused for a few moments, as if to ponder this situation. It seemed clear, from the look in her eyes, that she had not considered this kind of situation. “Okay then... I suppose you and I could have a little fun together.” She motioned her hand towards him. “Why don’t you come over here and we can have our little spar.”
Mint narrowed his eyes deeply. “No powers?”
Sandra raised her hand up. “No powers.” Then she pointed at Mint, giving a glare of her own. “No magic chalk?”
Rudy, Penny, and Snap stared at Mint with wide, terrified eyes. They all hoped that he would come to his senses and not do anything crazy... but this was proven wrong when Mint suddenly dropped both his magic chalk and the weapon. He raised his hands at his in the air, and after giving a nod of his head, he told Sandra one thing.
“It’s a deal.”
Sandra grinned at this. “Excellent...”
Penny grabbed onto Mint tightly, yanking him a little towards her. The two locked eyes with each other. Penny’s expression was... it was enough to make Snap wince. It even seemed to give Mint pause for a moment. “Mint, you can’t do this! You know what will happen if you...”
“I know it’s crazy. But..I’ve got to do this.” Mint narrowed his eyes. He gently pushed Penny’s hand from his arm. “Please, just...trust me on this.”
“Mint...” Rudy spoke up. He stared long and hard at Mint. He couldn’t seem to bring himself to say anything else. He was just slowly shaking his head, looking as though he was whispering the word ‘no’ over and over again.
Mint looked at him sadly, and released a small sigh. He managed to force a smile and he placed a hand on Rudy’s shoulder and said, “I will be all right. I promise..”
There was a noticeable twinkle in Sandra’s eyes. The line she spoke next caused Snap’s blood to freeze. “I sure hope you can keep that promise...” She raised her hands up as if prepared to fly again. “I would hate to think what would happen if you end up just like the promise breaker there.”
Upon being pointed at, Rudy let out a small whimper. Despite his clear attempts to be brave, seeing Sandra again after so long was having a toll on his mind. And none of them could really blame Rudy for how he was reacting. Sandra did almost kill him before. There was no telling how much closer she’d get with that goal at this point. Especially now that she seemed to have less of a limit and her powers were back.
In response to Sandra’s comment regarding Rudy, Snap and Penny huddled closer to Rudy. They grabbed onto his hands to try to comfort him while shifting their glaring gaze in Sandra’s direction. Mint took a step forward, keeping his defensive stance in front of Rudy. He was quite close to the shield that separated him from Sandra, his narrowed eyes showing no sign of backing down or relenting. This show of bravery only seemed to further amuse Sandra.
“So you’re really going go through with this. I suppose I shouldn’t really be surpirsed about that.” Sandra lowered herself, rendering her back parallel to the ground like a dinosaur. She gave a snarling grin over in Mint’s direction. “Okay then, my ‘dear creator’... Let’s get this over with.”
Mint took another step forward. This time, he started to lift the shield up so he could continue to go through. But before he had moved over completely, he suddenly stopped. He stared at Sandra long and hard before uttering, “...you promise...?”
Snap immediately realized what Mint was doing. He recalled, with some chilling memories, how Sandra was utterly obsessed with promises. She wouldn’t dare break one of her own...would she?
He looked over at her, his eyes a mixture of wide and narrowed as he stared at Sandra cautiously. Then again...with how she is now, would she even be in the right mental state to keep it a secret? She might claim to agree, only to utterly betray her own beliefs in favor of getting to them. Who knows how much damage being isolated for so long has done to her...?
Snap couldn’t help but swallow, feeling his heart race against his chest. In the past, he had been glad to hear about Sandra being locked up. He had thought that she deserved it. But now that she was out, he was starting to wonder if Sandra should have been put to death instead.
Yes...they really should have done that.
Sandra kept staring at Mint in silence slowly moving her tail from side to side. Her stare bored straight through Mint like some kind of invisible drill. The silence become thick, spreading all around them. None of them dared to move or breathe. Sandra’s expression was entirely unreadable; she could go in either direction. Everyone held their breath as they waited for a response.
Then Sandra raised her head up a little, giving a small smile. “I promise.”
sss
“I promise.”
Mint allowed this to ring throug his head. He continued to stare at Sandra to make sure that she had actually meant it. There did not seem to be any change in her expression and she merely nodded her head to confirm.
It was difficult to say if she was being honest or not. She might be lying. Maybe her mind was more warped when she was isolated. Then again, she might still hold true to the promise thing. She did speak rather harshly to Rudy about being a ‘promise breaker’. It seemed unlikely she’d do that unless...unless she still adhered to that. And in that case, it was quite possible to still exploit that and make her avoid using her powers on him.
At least, he hoped that would be the case. He knew that this collaborative creation of his was full of surprises. She was hardly like anything that he had intended at this point. He could barely recognize her at all. If it weren’t for her design and the location she had appeared when when she first arrived, he would have denied her being his creation entirely.
Mint watched as Sandra curled her finger back and forth, beckoning him to come over. He paused for a moment and looked back over at his friends. He could see how they were looking at him, shaking their heads, clearly hoping that he would not be dumb enough to walk out, especially when he had no magic chalk to protect him. Mint could feel his gut twisting as he looked to see just how upset each of his friends looked, and he felt horrible about doing this.
Still, he knew he had to do something. He did have a plan of sorts, but it was so risky that he dare not tell it to them right now. For now, he will just keep playing up the bravado and continue on with this suicidal mission. If Sandra keeps her promise, at least he would not be harmed by her powers.
Her claws and teeth however...
He couldn’t help but flinch. He could already feel them rakig his body, slicing through his meat... Despite that, he still pressed him forward. Narrowing his eyes, he soon left the safety of the shield and walked towards Sandra.
Stopping a few feet away from her, he stared intently at her. He took in slow, steady breaths, keeping his racing heart and mind in check. This lasted for several moments, neither saying a word. Sandra soon took a small step towards him, but also gave pause, almost as though she was uncertain.
Mint took this chance to give a little taunt, hoping to entice Sandra into a brawl with him. That would give enough time for.... “So are we going to do this or what? Or are you suddenly too chicken?”
Behind him, he could hear his friends suddenly gasp in horror. He didn’t have to look back at them to know what kinds of expressions that they were making. He felt a pang in his stomach as he realized just how worried and horrified for him that they were. Despite that, he kepet his focus only on Sandra.
The blue dragon zoner seemed a little taken aback by his taunt. He saw how her body had almost immediately straightened, her eyes going wide like red-stained saucers, her pupils shrinking a tad. This only lasted a few moments before Sandra narrowed her eyes, flashing her teeth in a snarl. Mint only smiled in response. This was exactly the kind of response that he wanted.
When Sandra gave the initial charge, Mint was momentarily frozen. The back of his mind flashed with images of Sandra yanking out his jaw, and how she had come so close to ripping it off completely. He could feel the sharp pain in his jaw and he found himself gingerly rubbing its hinges before he snapped himself back to reality. He planted his feet firmly on the ground and waited for the right moment.
As soon as Sandra was about three feet in front of him, he took action. He jumped to the side, turning himself in a wide circle as Sandra’s momentum kept her moving forward. The dragon turned her head and let out a loud snarl in his direction. Her feet clamored to turn herself around, but Mint managed to get in close to her before she could fully shift her body around. He did not hesitate to push against her, his hands ramming against solid muscle. This push was enough to nearly knock Sandra off her feet. But to Mint’s horror, she recovered a little quicker than he had expected.
Before he knew it, Sandra had rammed into him and bit down on his shoulder. Mint opened his mouth and let out a scream. He could her the shouts of his horrified friends. Even though his pain, however, Mint still told them to stay away, not wanting them to get tangled up in this mess. There was still a chance for his plan to work. He just needed to keep Sandra’s attention for a while.
Mint started punching Sandra against her eye and side of her face. These actions did cause the dragon to loosen her grip on him. She reluctantly began to pull away, but some of her teeth still remained in his shoulder. With an open palm, he slapped the tip of her nose as hard as he could, which caused her to open her mouth and yelp, recoiling.
Taking this opportunity, Mint struck out with one of his legs. His foot collided with Sandra’s leg, against her shin. The dragon’s eyes widened and she toppled into the ground. But though this seemed like a victory for him, Mint couldn’t help but feel that something was....wrong about this.
And he turned out to be right. Sandra didn’t drop down due to the pain. She dropped down so she could get a better angle and...
Mint let out a scream as Sandra lunged at him, looking very much like a pouncing lion or leopard. Her blood stained mouth, which she was not responding to at all, as though it was not there, was split wide open as she was prepared to bite into him again. Mint barely managed to dodge before it was too late. He winced as he heard a thud beside him, feeling a small rush of air which served as a reminder to him of just how close Sandra had gotten to getting him.
Mint soon regained his senses and launched himself at the blue dragon. He wrapped his arms around her neck and held on tightly. Immediately Sandra began to struggle, jerking her body from side to side, struggling to get the human off of her back. Mint just held on tighter, applying pressure against her throat. This caused Sandra to gag, and increased her efforts to get free.
“Mint! Stop this! Let us help you!” Penny shouted at him, her voice tinged with horror. “Please...you can’t do this on your own!”
Snap nodded his head in agreement. His legs were trembling, his mouth hanging open, his eyes wide in terror. “Please...we don’t want to see you getting hurt!”
“You’re our friend, Mint!” Rudy joined in. Even though there was almost nothing that he could do right now, he still stared at Mint intently, his desire to help him clearly shining in his eyes. “Let one of us help you! Please!”
Mint was tempted to accept their help. He didn’t know how long he could keep this up. He was bound to get injured again. It mattered not if Sandra did not use her powers on him; she was still quite strong and it didn’t help that she had actually gotten bigger since the last time that they saw her. She could still deal serious damage, and he was at a disadvantage without the magic chalk.
But he did not want to see them getting hurt. He didn’t want them to endure any pain if he could help it. At least in this way, only he would get the serious injuries. He didn’t know if he could live with himself if he allowed any of his friends to get hurt. Especially Rudy, who was trapped in a wheelchair.
“No! Stay back!” Mint called out to them. He gritted his teeth as he struggled to hang onto the struggling blue dragon beneath him. “I-I won’t allow...”
Suddenly a dark chuckle escaped from Sandra’s throat. It was enough to silence Mint as he felt his body temperature going down at a swift rate. He could see intent practically shining from her eyes. Just what was she up to...?
“S-So...you don’t want your friends getting hurt? Ain’t that sweet...?” Sandra looked up at Mint intently with one eye. Her smile grew ever more twisted. “It would just...kill you inside if something were to happen to them...right...?”
Mint shot his eyes open wide when he realized what she was talking about. “No...wait!” His heart rate started to speed up. “You can’t..!”
Sandra merely gave him an insane smile before she raised up her hand. Before Mint could do anything to stop her, the dragon zoner suddenly clinched her hand into a fist and there was a brief flash of light on her forehead. This was almost immediately followed by a blood curdling sceam that he immediately recognized came from his friends.
“No!” Mint cried out as he swiveled his head in time to see Penny drop down onto her knees, holding onto her stomach. Snap was no batter, curling inward on himself. With tears starting to emerge from his eyes, Mint turned to Sandra and called out, “Please stop it! You’re hurting them!”
Sandra gave a dark giggle. “That’s the idea...”
Mint looked on in horror as Penny and Snap screamed and writhed in pain. Rudy, who had been mysteriously left alone, joined Mint as he looked at his friends with wide, terrified eyes. His head turned left and right, watching as his friends continued to suffer under the power of Sandra.
“Penny! Snap!” Rudy’s voice was tinged in utter horror. His pupils had shrunk so much, they didn’t look like they were there anymore. He turned to Sandra licking his lips nervously. “Please...let them go!” He pleaded with her. “I-It’s me that you want... I’m the one who broke the promise! Please...let them go and I’ll go with you!”
“R-Rudy...you can’t...” Snap managed to say through clenched teeth.
Penny said in a pained voice, “Please...Rudy... Don’t...”
Sandra only smiled at this ‘amusing display’, as she would call it. “That is such a noble act, dear little Rudy. It’s just a darn shame that..I didn’t come here for that.”
Rudy stared at her with a shocked expression. “Y-You didn’t...? But I thought...”
“I don’t worry, Rudy. In due time, I’ll do...something about you. I make you that promise.” Sandra grinned maniacally as she said the word ‘promise’. Rudy’s eyes bulged and he cringed back in his chair, watching Sandra with terrified eyes. The dragon zoner turned her head and she stared intently at Snap. “I just have...something else to attend with...”
Mint pulled on Sandra’s head, attempting to jerk her head backwards and deter her from going through with this. But no matter how hard he tried, he just could not get her to stop. With his heart’s pounding echoing in his skull, he screeched at her, “I thought we had a deal! You promised that you wouldn’t use your powers!”
“Yeah..On you.” Sandra chortled as Mint froze. “I said I wouldn’t use my powers to attack you. But...I never said anything about your precious little friends over there...”
Mint felt his heart nearly stop beating at this. Sandra had... She had tricked him... The little fiend had tricked him... Mint could feel his blood heating up at this, his teeth clenching tightly to the point of nearly popping. He let out a low growl and he squeezed Sandra’s neck even tighter. “You...bitch...!”
Sandra let out a gagged gasp as Mint started to yank her backwards. The sudden pull was enough to cause her to lose her grip over Penny and Snap. Mint could hear Rudy calling frantically at thim to see if they were alright. But he could not see them; he was too focused on pulling Sandra back.
Sandra struggled to remain on her feet, her body wobbling from side to said. She nearly tripped over her own feet several times. She turned her head and snapped her jaws wildly at Mint, letting out loud snarls and hisses as she did so. Mint struggled to hang on, narrowly avoiding getting bit a few times. Despite Sandra’s tenacity, Mint refused to let go, tightening his grip, feeling Sandra’s racing pulse in her neck.
Then, without warning, Sandra suddenly dropped herself on all fours, raising her back and tail up in the process. The force of this was enough to dislodge Mint from her. The dark-haired teenager let out a scream as he was flung across several feet, colliding painfully with the concrete ground that made up the alleyway. He winced and yelped as he felt the concrete scrape painfully against his skin, creating several red, slightly bloody red marks.
“Mint! No!”
He lifted his head and he could see his friends looking at him in horror. And when he shifted his gaze a little, he could see Sandra standing there, once more down on all fours. Her tail swished from side to side in excitement before she launched herself at him. Mint froze, realizing that he could not react in time.
Mint let out a scream as he felt Sandra’s weight collide with him. He could feel her sharp talons piercing into his skin, drawing blood. Mint struggld and squirmed on the ground. Sandra shifted herself so that her weight kept him down. He could hear her laughing coldly at his attempts to get away from her.
“How does it feel being ridden on, you punk?!” Sandra slammed a foot against his back, making the boy cry out. “Oh what’s the matter?! Can’t handle it?!” Her claws hit against him again, digging further into his flesh. Mint couldn’t stifle the scream. “Isn’t that too bad?!”
“Leave him alone!”
“Huh?” Sandra paused and her eyes widened. “Snap..? You...”
The blue dragon didn’t get a chance to finish her sentence before the blue and white zoner collided with her. He pulled back his fist and struck her as hard as he could. Despite her larger size, Snap’s strike was enough to make Sandra stagger off of Mint, freeing him.
“S-Snap...” Mint started to say.
“No time! Get up!” Snap called out, motioning his hand to one side. “Get up and go!”
Mint watched Snap as he rushed towards Sandra again. The dragon zoner was hunched and still clearly reeling from the blow Snap had given to her sliced neck. She turrned her head and bared her teeth in a loud hiss as Snap lunged for her again. Mint was unable to look away as Snap clung to the front of Sandra, giving her a bite of his own. Sandra shrieked and glared down at him with wild, angered eyes as she attempted to bite him right back.
Mint took in several deep breaths, his mind racing. He couldn’t allow this to continue. He...He had to do something... He...
“Mint!”
Mint turned his head and he could see a horrified Penny rushing to his side. He could hear her feet pounding the ground heavily with each stride that she took. He couldn’t bring himself to respond to her and he looked back at where Snap was righting Sandra. Licking his lips nervously, he got up onto his feet and rushed over...
...only to be yanked back. He looked over and he could see Penny standing there, her hands locked around his one arm. She didn’t hesitate before she started to yank him backwards.
sss
“Penny! What are you doing?! Let me go!” Mint called out. He struggled and squirmed against Penny’s grasp, trying to get over to where Snap and Sandra were. “I have to save him!”
“Mint, you’re hurt!” Penny continued yanking him back, refusing to loosen her grip. Her racing mind prompted her to keep pulling. “I am not about to let you get even more hurt!”
“But...Snap...!”
“I’ll get him!” Penny yelled back. “You stay with Rudy!”
Penny didn’t know why Mint was being so stubborn. She was only doing what was best for him. She had seen what Sandra had done to him. She could see the bloody wounds and where the skin was torn. She could tell that he was hurt worse than he looked, and if she permitted him to keep fighting, he was just going to hurt himself more.
So despite his protests, she kept pulling him back. She knew at he would be safer near Rudy than in that battle. The magic chalk that he dropped was still there. He could use it to keep himself, and Rudy, safe. Plus the shield was still pup, floating around like some kind of cheap sci-fi thing. He could use this to keep himself somewhat safe from Sandra’s wrath.
Penny kept on flinching and wincing as he heard each thud and yelp from her friend. She wasn’t looking over in that direction right now, her eyes instead focused on what was behind her. But she could still tell what was going on. It didn’t take much for her to know that Sandra was delivering a few blows to her friend. Her heart clenched and she wanted to rush over and do something. The only thing stopping her was the fact that she had to get Mint to safety first.
Penny continued to drag the struggling Mint over to where Rudy was waiting. She almost lost him a few times when Mint nearly got free. She wrapped her arms around him, pinning his arms back, and continued to drag him, getting him closer and closer to where Rudy was. After plenty of struggling and yanking back, she managed to get Mint to Rudy’s side.
Mint did still try to take off, but thankfully Rudy stopped him. The boy grabbed onto his arm and pulled him back. Being in a wheelchair gave him an advantage and his grip was like a vice now. Mint squirmed, trying desperately to get free. Rudy held him back, looping his arms around Mint’s left one, preventing him from trying to leave.
Satisfied that Mint wasn’t going anywhere, Penny turned her head to see the situation with Snap. Her eyes widened in horror and she struggled not to let out a gasp.
Snap was pinned against the ground, Sandra standing over him with her head lowered towards him. Her mouth was split open, her lips curled up, snarling at him with her bared teeth. Snap had a hold of her neck and was attempting to push her back. Sandra continued to lower her head towards him, opening her mouth wider as she prepared to bite him.
“Snap! No!” Penny seized the magic chalk and, with Rudy still holding Mint back, she grabbed the magic chalk still on the ground and rushed over. She raised her hand up and prepared to draw.
Before she could even begin, however, Sandra had already launched her head forward. Penny’s eyes went wide and she struggled to move faster. She had to get over there quickly, before Sandra managed to bite him. If she could only move faster, she could...
Suddenly, she heard a loud hiss and grunt and she saw that Snap had managed to strike Sandra on her forehead. This caused the blue dragon to stagger off of him, holding her forehead tightly underneath her palms. Penny quickly realized that her forehead must be highly sensitive. Was this something she figured out before? Perhaps and she might have forgotten. But at least she knew this now. Maybe they could take advantage of this.
Penny stood several feet away as she watched Snap tango with Sandra. She was not able to take her eyes off. She found herself almost...entranced by what was going on before her. Snap had a hold of Sandra, and her of him, and the two moved around in circles, almost as though they really were dancing. But the goal was something far more vicious.
Sandra’s mouth was open, her sharp teeth ready and willing to tear Snap into shreds. Snap’s own teeth were bared, indicating that he was willing to bite if he truly had to. The two continued to push against each other. Slowly, Sandra was moving Snap back towards the wall and within seconds, she had him pinned.
Snap, however, didn’t seem to let this bother him. He pulled his foot back and he kicked her against her shin. Sandra let out a yelp, shutting her eyes and pulling her head back. She soon looked back at him, snarling even more viciously at him, her gums exposed, her teeth glinting. With her eyes nearly glowing, she launched her head forward and tried to bite him. Snap responded with another punch, the fist landing square against her forehead.
Sandra’s body hunched and she gave a violent shiver. She reopened her eyes and hissed in Snap’s direction, her mouth becoming part way open, nearly gritted. She raised a foot up and slammed it against Snap, forcing the zoner to let out a pained grunt. Snap squirmed and struggled, but he remained affectively pinned against the wall. And this time, with his arms pinned as well, pressed down by her claws, Snap could not stop Sandra from making a move against him.
Penny felt her blood freeze in horror when she saw Sandra raise her tail up. The ends of the tail spikes glinted in the light. The sight of them caused her to grasp her own throat, recalling how she had sliced her throat open all those years ago. She flinched, gritting her teeth, and gulped.
Hearing Snap’s scream of terror caused her to bring herself out of her temporary trance. With the magic chalk raised, she soon began to draw, moving her arm as quickly as she could before Sandra had time to strike.
But she realized, in horror, she would not be able to draw anything quick enough. Snap’s struggling increased in vigor as Sandra’s tail started to strike out towards him. Penny’s eyes widened in horror and she reached out forward, letting out a scream.
“Snap!”
Suddenly, there was a flash of green. No, several flashes. Something was moving about on the rooftops over them. A shadow moved along them, zigzagging one way to the other. This caused even Sandra to freeze, and the blue dragon looked up and around to see what was going on. Then, without warning, something large, green, and blurry struck against her, causing her to sprawl across the ground violently.
Penny looked over at the newcomer, and she sucked in a sharp breath. She rubbed her eyes a few times to make sure that she wasn’t seeing things. This almost seemed too good to be true....and yet there was no denying who stood before them now.
It was Ripclaw.
The large, green feathered raptor now stood in front of Snap protectively. Her body was arched low, her hands raised up and flexing her sharp claws. Her mouth split wide open to show Sandra her large, sharp teeth. Those piercing eyes glared off at Sandra, watching her every move.
Sandra shook her head as she climbed up to her feeth. She kept her body arched, tail raised, and she glared directly at Ripclaw. She opened her mouth and let out a loud shriek. She started to pace around, clearly trying to look for some kind of opening. Ripclaw was adamant, however, and she kept repositioning herself if needed, keeping Sandra out of reach of Snap.
“I-It worked..” She heard Mint breathe. “I can’t believe it worked...”
Penny had no idea what Mint was talking about. And at the moment, she didn’t care to ask. They still needed to get out of here. And with Ripclaw keeping Sandra busy, she could start drawing something to buy them a little bit of time. With Sandra focused on Ripclaw, Penny quickly began to draw.
By the end of it, she had drawn an electrified net. It might not be too much and it wouldn’t stop Sandra for long. But right now, they needed to get out of her and figure out a plan of how to deal with her. They were too ill prepared. She hated the idea of leaving but...there wasn’t much of a choice at the moment. It was either that...or they die here and no one can stop her.
With the net ready in hand, Penny began to rush over, moving as quickly as she could. She could see that Sandra had hunched her body further, getting ready to pounce. She hurried over, her feet pounding against the ground. She raised the net up, preparing to toss it over. As soon as Sandra launched herself into the air, that’s when Penny made the toss.
Sandra was an inch away from clawing at Ripclaw’s throat when the net caught onto her. She let out a startled shriek as electricity pumped through her body, sparkling loudly. She collapsed into the ground, struggling to get free. She ended up getting herself further entangled in it, leaving her letting out more screeches of frustration.
Using this opportunity, Penny yelled to the others, “Come on! Let’s go!”
They did not waste any time. Penny quickly drew a platform on Ripclaw’s back that Rudy could be hooked up to. After he was placed there, Ripclaw managing to easily balance his wheelchair due to her size and strength, she grabbed onto Snap and then Mint and dragged the two over. As soon as they were on all Ripclaw, they began to make a run for it.
Penny flinched as she heard a loud rip. She looked over and saw that Sandra had managed to free herself. The blue dragon glared at them and opened her jaws releasing a loud roar that chilled her to the bone.
Sandra, however, did not give chase. Penny didn’t know why. And judging from her friends’ expressions, neither did they. But she didn’t care right now. She was too exhausted, the terror of learning that she escaped having taken a toll on her. She collapsed against Ripclaw, feeling her soft feathers and muscles rippling under her skin. The friends continued to run, disappearing down the city.
sss
Sandra remained in her posture for several moments, her mouth remaining open as she let out a couple more loud screeches. Her fingers curled like a dinosaur’s would, her tail held straight out and swishing like an angered feline. Her talons tipped against the ground, ringing loudly everywhere. Only when the young humans got further enough away did she change her posture.
Relaxing in her usual slouch, folding her arms behind her back, she smirked at her handiwork. She couldn’t help but chucke. She couldn’t believe how easy this had been. She had expected more of a fight. She thought she’d have to try even harder. But they reacted...much better than she could have hoped for.
In fact, everyone did. It had been quite fun releasing her anger against the citizens around here. It had been tons of delight seeing them scream, watching them squirm. She rather enjoyed when she dropped Fido and caused him to explode, killing several zoners in the process. And of course she enjoyed making limbs explode and watch the zoners collapse and twitch in death throes. Oh yes...they all had this coming for a long time...
Sandra had all these pent up rages inside of her. She still had more; she could feel them swirling around inside of her. These zoners, all these zoners...they were nothing more than heathens. They had all helped make her life a miserable hell. Even if they weren’t at her trial, scolding her for no good reason, they were still responsible in that they did nothing to help her. As far as she was concerned, they all deserved what they got.
But though she would love to continue, perhaps find some more hapless victims and create more havoc, she decided that she did enough damage for now. After all, her goal wasn’t really to kill everyone. At least, not yet. No her goal was a lot more simple that she just got a tiny bit carried away with.
She had only been intending to send a message. A message that she was back and she meant business.
And it seemed that everyone in the city got her message.
She smirked twistedly to herself. The message had been read loud and clear, as evidenced by the loud siren going off and the distant screams. None of these pitiful zoners would be able to forget what happened. Even if she somehow lost, they would always remember the day that she had struck terror into their hearts. They regarded her as a monster, and she would give them a reason to keep thinking that.
And Rudy, Snap, Mint, and Penny... Now they were aware that she was back as well. Perfect... She noticed how they reacted to her, and she couldn’t help but smile. Rudy and Snap were especially terrified. That was good. She wanted them to be petrified of her. They were both going to be so much fun to play with later on.
But for now, she felt it was time to leave. The message that she left would be heard loud and clear for a long while after this. The sirens would continue to go off for a while, and the police would be trying to look for her. She had left her mark here, with all the bloodied and ripped apart bodies. And now that she had given them all this message, she could now depart.
Spreading out her forelimbs, Sandra leaped into the air and began to fly off towards the hideout. There were still some things she needed to do before she would really make her move. But there was one thing she knew for certain.
They would not forget this.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 6, 2016 19:44:35 GMT -5
Chapter 12: Recovery And Discussions
There’s hate in life that will not go away. -Pain Inside, Adema
It was too difficult to think. No matter how hard they tried, they just...couldn’t think. And how could they? With how fast their hearts were racing, with how they all felt like they were going to faint, it was just way too difficult to fully process today’s events. No matter how much they wanted to understand it, too much of them just..could not.
Rudy leaned himself back in his wheelchair, his mouth still open and panting. His mind swirled about as he replayed today’s events over and over again. He could hardly breathe, each intake of breath feeling like it took forever to go through. His dazed expression was faced up towards the ceiling. It was almost like he was laying down; only the hard surface of the chair’s back behind him gave the reminder of where he actually was.
He just...couldn’t believe it... How was this even possible...? The Speculum had some of the toughest security he had ever known in these parts. They had taken all kinds of precautions to ensure that no zoner could possibly escape. There were even dimensional cells, like where Sandra had been placed in. Those were even tougher to escape from.
So just how did she pull it off? How did she get herself out of that situation? How could she have escaped? She didn’t have her powers for a long time thanks to that helmet that was secured to her head. How did she get it off? And even with that in mind, how did she get through the portal that held her inside? Didn’t she need some kind of key for that or something?
In the end, however, it didn’t matter how she got out. The point was...she was out. She was out and free, and she didn’t have her helmet on her. She was fully capable of using her powers, and she had demonstrated that for them when she used it on his friends. The sight of it made Rudy cringe, recalling when Sandra had used it on him. That internal sensation of something grabbing on and twisting and... He shuddered to think about it.
Horror clutched at his heart and he felt a sweeping, nauseating feeling rush through him. He rubbed his stomach up and down slowly as he fought off the sensation. The feeling refused to go away, and he had to struggle to keep himself from throwing up. He just...couldn’t shake off the realization that...she was back...
He struggled against the tightening sensation in his stomach. He fought harder not to allow himself to throw up. He wasn’t really sure how long he could hold out, however. Just...how could he? This was... He couldn’t even put it in words.
He never thought he’d have to deal with her again. He thought that she was done and through. He thought that she would never be able to hurt another person again...
Well, he had been terribly wrong about that, hadn’t he? They all were. Today, lots of zoners were either killed or, less mercifully, horrifically injured, looking even more broken than those who actually died. He clutched his head tightly, rubbing his temples. But no matter how hard he rubbed, he would never be able to get those horrible images out of his head. The back of his mind would always be plastered in images of body parts and blood everywhere, and his ears would forever ring with the death cries of those poor zoners.
And as for himself... He recalled how his body froze at seeing Sandra again. Even here, with his eyes shut, he was not able to get her face out of his mind. Even before this, such a task was impossible, and now that she was back... He might as well forget it. Sandra would continue to haunt him. He would forever feel her teeth clamping down onto his neck, threatening to tear it open... Or worse, break it again...
And now....they didn’t even know what to expect of her. Before, they had some idea. Maybe not a lot, but it was still something to work off of. Now, being driven mad by isolation, Sandra is a lot more unpredictable. None of them would have thought that she’d do something like...like this...right after her escape. But it would seem that they no longer knew Sandra...
He lifted his head and he looked over at his friends. They had all gathered in Snap’s treehouse to try to think more about this. They had initially planned on going to his regular house, but the idea was dropped after they realized that this place was closer. They just..needed to be somewhere Sandra didn’t know about where they could just sit quietly and...think. It would take a while before they could think of a way out of this one, and the looks on his friends’ faces told this quite well.
How were they going to handle Sandra now? With those powers of hers....it would be hard to even approach her. Not even a large crowd would be enough to deter her. After what they had seen with Sandra today, attacking and killing those zoners almost all at once... Rudy struggled not to upchuck anything from his stomach.
And her size... She was bigger now, he noticed. He couldn’t really tell how much larger. But she had certainly increased in size since the last they saw of her. Was this a feature Mint had given her inadvertantly? He wasn’t really sure. Not that he was pointing fingers or anything. But he realized that...if there’s anything else they needed to know about Sandra, they’d have to figure it out and fast.
“Mint...” Rudy said, finally breaking the silence that fell upon them all. They all turned their heads towards him. Mint looked at him the most intently. “Do you...know anything else about Sandra...? Other than what you told us?”
Mint bit his lip and flinched. “I’m sorry...I don’t.” He turned his head away. “I already told you all that I know. The only other person who’d know anything...I can’t exactly bring him in and...”
Penny reached out and touched his shoulder. “It’s okay, Mint. We understand.” Mint smiled and then gave a flinch. Penny furrowed her eyes with concern. “The pain medication kicking in?”
“A little...” Mint seethed slightly. “I mean...it’s better than it was before...”
“Are you sure?” Penny peered down at his side. “Maybe I should...”
Mint immediately cringed away before Penny could touch him. “I told you, I’m fine!” Mint snapped at her, baring his teeth. Upon seeing Penny’s wide, shocked eyes, Mint immediately faultered, lowering his head. “I-I’m sorry. I didn’t mean to snap at you like that...”
Penny took in a small, somewhat trembling breath. “It’s...It’s quite all right...”
Snap folded his arms as he cleared his throat. The look on his face, with those furrowed eyes, showed the concern that he had for what was going on. “So...what now..?” He looked up and stared at the others. “There’s a lot of injured zoners... Shouldn’t we go back and help them?”
Rudy immediately felt his heart skip a beat at this. He and his friends had fled without checking on the others. The status of almost everyone was unknown. He did recall that Haney had managed to flee, miraculously, when Sandra had shown up. Or rather, when everyone was dying. The others didn’t seem to notice, and even forgot, which wasn’t too surprising considering what was going on. But at least he was aware and had informed them not long after they arrived.
But there were still other zoners out there. He hated having to leave them behind. He had wanted to stay and help them. He didn’t even know if Sandra had done anything to them. But he knew that...they had no choice, really. They could have gotten killed, and then who could have stopped Sandra?
Snap was right, however. They did need to soon return to the scene of the crime to help the zoners. They might get some backlash and harsh words from anyone who was disappointed in them leaving. But he hoped that, in the end, they understood why they had to leave. And at least they would come back for them and help with the damages in anyway that they could.
But afterwards.... What was next..? It was not entirely likely that Sandra would stick around. She seemed mostly interested in them. This was evident by how she seemed to focus on them entirely after she realized they were there. She never tried to attack another zoner, no matter how many had fled. And if it’s them that she wanted, then surely she would shift her attention away from the zoners and focus on them.
But..what if she hadn’t? The idea caused his mind to freeze, and he couldn’t help but lick his lips nervously. What if Sandra had... What if she had... He couldn’t even get himself to finish the dreadful thought.
“Snap is right. We do need to go back.” Penny said, apparently having the same thoughts as him on the subject. “But before we go, we do need some kind of plan about...”
“Yeah I know.” Rudy lowered his gaze, biting his lip. “I just...wished we all had some better idea on what we can do. I mean...” He lifted his head up and looked back at his friends before flinching and turning away. He didn’t like having no ideas, but...there was really nothing that he could think of. “I just... We never faced a threat like this before...”
“I know, Rudy.” Penny said softly. “That is why we need to focus on this. It might take us hours to figure something out, or even days for all I know.. But...we’ll figure something out. I promise...”
Rudy flinched at the words ‘I promise’, as they reminded him too much of Sandra. Though Penny meant no malice by them, Rudy just couldn’t help but feel uncomfortable. He could hardly tolerate hearing the word ‘promise’ ever since the Sandra incident. It was funny really... Sandra had often scolded them for ruining the ‘sanctity of the promise’, when it was actually her who had tainted it. But of course, she would utterly deny this to her grave.
Her grave... That’s exactly where they should have sent her, he thought bitterly. This dark thought did shake his very core. He had never wished death upon anyone before. The closest he got to that was with Mint, and that was just in the heat of the moment. This was the first time that he really, truly wanted someone dead.
And who could blame him? Sandra was nothing but a monster. She had shown that she had absolutely no regard for anyone but herself. She had no qualms about hurting the innocent and her warped view of the world just made her too...incompatible here. Anywhere she went, she would only wreak havoc and trouble. If she was going to continue escaping from jail, then the next best thing is to just, well, finish her off.
The idea was still unsettling, however. He would love to avoid that if possible. He would love to try to reason with Sandra and perhaps make her want to take responsibility for her actions. But they all knew that wasn’t going to work. For Sandra, it was her way or the highway. And in all honesty, he wasn’t really sure if he would be pleased with a non-lethal punishment. At least, for Sandra.
A chilling thought, but that’s really how he was starting to feel. Sandra had tortured Snap for no good reason and she was the reason he was permanently trapped in a wheelchair. Why in the world should he really care what happens to her?
...but he did still care about what happened to the others. He knew that he couldn’t just go on some blind mission after Sandra. He didn’t want his friends getting further hurt, nor did he want other zoners to suffer as well. In the end, what they did with Sandra would be something that they all agreed upon. But somehow, he had his doubts he would get much protest from the others if he suggested they find a way to just kill Sandra. No one in ChalkZone City even would be that much against it.
“I still can’t believe she’d risk an attack like that.” Mint broke the silence. He flinched from the pain of his injuries. Penny and Snap also shifted a little from the bit of internal damage Sandra caused them. “I mean...” He placed his hand against his forehead, rubbing it as he tried to comprehend what was going on. “...wouldn’t it have made sense to lay low or something? By doing this, she is broadcasting to everyone that she’s out.”
“That might have been her intent this whole time.” Penny furrowed her eyes. “I mean... She must have had so much pent up rage and anger that she just wanted to...release, you know?”
Snap rolled his eyes and let out a soft hiss. “She has proven to us all that she doesn’t give a fuck anymore...”
“Yeah I’d have to agree.” Rudy glared, turning his attention towards the ground. The more he thought about it, the more he started to realize just what the purpose of this ‘little show’ was supposed to be. “This was just a message. Sandra had no intent on actually doing much harm to us.” He licked his lips, feeling sick at the very idea of... “She was toying with us, and that attack... It was just her sending a message.”
Mint sucked on his lip for a moment. “What kind of message do you think she was trying to send?”
Rudy turned and stared at Mint. Then he pulled his head back a little further so that he was looking at the others as well. He addresed them all with, “A simple yet powerful message. To tell us all that she is back and she no longer cared what the citizens of ChalkZone City thought of her.”
Everyone immediately fell silent at this. They glanced at each other nervously, no one bothering to say a word. Nervous glances everywhere, their teeth clenched tightly. Silence filled the room thickly, making it feel as though their bodies had frozen in something. Their thoughts were both frozen and racing, creating such a confusing combination. But they were all thinking the same thing.
Rudy made a very good, chilling point.
“Oh my gosh...” Penny was the first one to break the silence. Her face looked as if it had dropped several shades. “You’re right... I think that’s what she was doing...”
“S-So in other words...She could have...” Snap looked like he was having trouble putting his fears to words. “Sh-She could have...” He placed his hands against his stomach. He didn’t say another word; the message he was trying to give was quite clear.
“Yes...she could have.” Penny said, clearly understanding what Snap meant. She closed her eyes and let out a long, soft sigh. “I think she really was...”
“...just toying with us.” Mint chimed in. He stopped for a moment to let out a seething gasp before he managed to continue. “She was holding back. She didn’t want to go all the way with us... At least not yet. She wanted to ease up so that we’d survive.” He took a moment to look around the room at his friends. They all shared the same horrified expression. “...and that means that when she does decide to go all out...”
Rudy flinched at what Mint was referring to. “Would we even be prepared for it...?”
Another silence filled the room as the friends couldn’t think of anything else to say for a while. Their hearts were stricken with a strong sense of horror, clawing its way in the back of their throats and making them all have to fight back the gagged feeling. They fidgeted, rubbed their hands, whatever else to express just how nervous and horrified they were. They looked at each other and flinched as they allowed this uncomfortable information to settle down in their minds.
They had to wonder...if Sandra was indeed holding back, then what was she going to be like when she decided to go all out against them? And just when would she do this? There was no telling how long she was going to remain quiet and hidden. Nothing to tell them when they should be prepared. They’d constantly have to watch their own backs, shifting their eyes left and right everywhere they go. It was going to get tiresome and they wouldn’t be surprised if Sandra planned it this way. The paranoia were easier to strike down, after all.
Rudy narrowed his eyes. Despite that, he wasn’t going to allow this get to him too much. It was going to be difficult, he knew. And he had this strong feeling that Sandra was going to cause a lot more destruction before anything could be done about her. Despite that, he had to try his best to remain optimistic and try to take care of her.
Because someone had to, right?
“Maybe we should visit The Speculum?” Suggested Mint. “I mean...they might be more willing to cooperate now...don’t you think?”
Snap immediately scoffed at this. “After the way that one guard treated Rudy?”
Mint narrowed his eyes at this. “I know that guy wasn’t the...friendliest.... But we have to consider that...”
“What makes you think he’d even want to help anyway?” Snap asked quickly, cutting off Mint before he could finish. “The guy clearly did not seem to be in any mood to help us before.” He raised his hand up in gesture. “I don’t think this incident is going to make him any more compliant.”
Rudy gritted his teeth at this. He struggled not to allow Bell’s cold words to him deter him from the task at hand. But he had to admit, Snap did make a good point. “If Bell wasn’t going to help us with Skrawl...” He lifted his head and he stared over at Mint. “...why would he help us with Sandra?”
“Well...I...” Mint’s voice trailed off. He couldn’t think of anything to say.”
Penny rubbed her chin thoughtfully. “Well... We could always try to ask someone else.” Penny raised her head up, her eyes staring out ahead as they glinted in realization. “Bell was just one of many guards there. Maybe we could get to someone more higher up on the ‘food chain’ so to speak, and maybe we could find someone more willing to give us advice.”
Snap gave a quick, bitter chuckle. “Oh yeah, Buckette? Do you mind telling us just who there would be more willing to help us?”
Penny gave Snap a long, hard stare. “Did you forget about Arno?”
Rudy’s eyes immediately lit up at that. Of course, how could he have forgotten about Arno? That lion zoner who had originally been the owner of that firework place... He recalled that the lion zoner had been so disgusted by Sandra’s actions that he had decided to shift his job into law enforcement. If they remembered right, then he was somewhere in The Speculum, likely working as another guard.
But the question was..how would they get to him? They couldn’t even get past Bell, and Rudy didn’t have much of a strong intention to go back to seeing him again. Not after what he had said to him before. He just..didn’t want to be distracted and they had no time to waste. Bell was not the most cooperative zoner he’s ever met. He would surelly make things difficult for them.
But how else were they going to do this? They didn’t know Arno’s hours, when he would be out, or anything. The only way to find out was to spy...and Rudy wasn’t entirely sure if he wanted to do that after what happened with Dr. Gelcro. When he and his friends had tried to get information, they ended up making themselves looking like conspirators, and Dr. Gelcro nearly hanged them, metaphorically speaking. If they were going to talk to Arno, they would have to do it more...legitimately.
At the same time, however, he still wanted to try to find Sandra. She was out there somewhere. She might be terrorizing another zoner, or perhaps she fled, and they weren’t there to see it, so they have no idea which way she could have gone. If they don’t figure out where she is soon....
Suddenly his eye widened in realization. There was something that he could do. Something that would help them out with Sandra, freeing them up so that they could help any injured zoners that they find, and hopefully find a way to speak to Arno. Maybe they would be able to learn of how Sandra escaped, and whatever other information he may have to offer.
“Rudy..?” Penny asked softly. She had noticed the look in his eyes. “What are you thinking of..?”
Rudy didn’t answer right away. He just looked back at her, and then eyed over to his two other friends. They were all looking at him intently, each of them both curious and confused as to what he was thinking about. He hadn’t said a word; his expression alone was enough to garner their attention.
He didn’t waste any time. He turned his head over to Penny, the last one to have the magic chalk. They kept looking at each other, neither taking their eyes off the other. Penny looked as if she was trying to figure out what he was thinking of. Rudy did not let her wait too long.
“Do you have the magic chalk?”
At this, his friends stared at each other in confusion. They looked back at him, still remaining equally perplexed. It seemed that none of them yet had figured out just what he was going to do. Instead of answering their unspoken question, Rudy merely held his hand out towards Penny, waiting for her to relinquish the chalk that he knew that she had.
“Rudy, just...” Penny licked her lips nervously. “...just what do you plan on doing?”
Rudy paused for a moment. Then he said, “I’m going to draw a homing bacon.”
“A what?!” His friends called out in unison.
“Rudy...just what do you plan on using the homing bacon for?” Snap asked, holding his hands out at his sides. At this, Ripclaw, who had been seemingly napping, lifted her head up and stared off at them, blinking her eyes a few times. “If you’re going to do what I think you’re...”
“Locating Sandra? Yes.” Rudy narrowed his eyes deeply. “Or did you have a better idea on how to find Sandra?”
“Well, no, I...” Snap bit his lip nervously. He was clearly struggling to think of something to say. “But...Rudy..” He took a step towards him, holding out his hands as he tried to explain. “What if Sandra manages to track that back to you? The homing bacon does have a...strong smell, if you catch my drift.”
Mint raised his finger up. “That’s right. It does! I remember the last time you drew one, I could smell it quite easily. I...” He suddenly paused as realization struck him. His eyes widened in horror. “...which means that Sandra would most definitely smell it even more clearly than me. She does have that sensitive nose after all.”
“Yeah! She could track it back to here and...” Snap gulped and shivered, not wanting to think of what would happen if Sandra decided to get serious with them.
Rudy understood his friends’ concern. It did seem like a risk to draw a homing bacon, if Sandra had any sort of chance of tracking it down to him. However, he did have a preparation for this. “I will just make it scentless.”
“Well, I suppose that could work...” Penny said, tapping her chin thoughtfully. Then she motioned her hand out towards Rudy. “But...even then, how would you go about this?”
“What do you mean?” Rudy asked as he looked over at Penny in confusion. Just what was she talking about? “I was just going to draw a homing bacon and get Sandra’s coordinates and...”
“How would it record the information? Would it have any sense of hiding from Sandra? Were you going to keep it silent? Is it going to have any invisibility cloaking?” Penny pressed one finger against the ones on her other hand as she listed off a few things. “Rudy, these are some of the things that you need to take into consideration.”
Rudy lowered his gaze a little. “I...hadn’t thought about that.”
Penny smiled. “That’s why we are here.”
“Don’t worry, Bucko. We’ll help you out with this.” Snap reassured him.
“Yeah, and once we have Sandra’s coordinates and where she is hiding out...” Mint slammed a fist against his palm. “We will deal with her.”
Rudy smiled at this. He was glad to have his friends around. It did feel nice not having to worry about doing this all on his own. He...wasn’t really sure how well he could manage on his own, really. He would not have gotten that far, to say the least.
But he was still worried. Even if everything went through all right, even if this plan went through just as they had hoped. they still had no idea if they were going to be able to stop Sandra or not. They could still end up in big trouble. What were they going to do then?
Well...he supposed only time would tell.
The next several minutes was spent in relative silence. Well almost. His friends did still help him out with the design of the thing. And Ripclaw did get a little restless and tried to nip at him and the others a few times. But over all, they were able to focus on drawing, his wrists moving about as he followed his friends’ commands with how the thing should look and behave.
And soon he was finished. Sitting before him was a homing bacon alright. It still looked like one. But it had a few additional features, like legs and a tail and of course a small camera. It moved its body from side to side more like a chameleon would, and like a chameleon, it was able to alter its coloration, though to a much more extreme level than just various shades of green and red.
Wordlessly, Rudy walked over towards the window. Snap had opened it up for him so he didn’t have to worry about it. Rudy stood at the window, holding into his homing bacon. He bit his lip a little and then, with a single thrust forward, he released the homing bacon. He and his friends watched as it flew off in the distance.
Rudy hoped that the homing bacon would work. If it didn’t, then...
They would cross that bridge when they came to it.
He still wished that he could just reason with Sandra. There was still a small part of him that wanted to do this, even if there was an urge in the back of his head to just wipe her out. If only Sandra could see that she was doing wrong...
But that was not going to be likely, now was it? She was dead set in her ways and she would not listen, no matter what they said. It was clear that Sandra had an intense devotion to promises and this ‘eating of loved ones’, and she had equally intense loathing towards them, especially him and Snap. And there was very little chance of this going away anytime soon.
Well the best thing they could do was just be prepared. Regardless of Sandra’s decision, it would still result in the same thing. She would be stopped, somehow. Rudy would see to that.
sss
Bell let out a soft growl as he rummaged through the papers. He had to get this done soon. Not that there was a deadline or anything. They weren’t really important papers. He just liked to be quite organized. Neat and tidy. Such a trait came in handy working in a place like this.
He honestly couldn’t really remember how long he had actually worked here. It might have been months or years. However long it’s been, he didn’t really care. The result was still the same. He had become quite... disensitized to the screams and shouts he had heard on a regular basis. True in the beginning, it was quite irritable. But now it was nothing more than background noise.
He had gotten quite used to being spoken back to, the insults, even giving them himself. It was to the point where even him calling Rudy ‘cripple’ seemed quite harmless. Although truth be told, he had actually meant a bit more venom in that, because...well...just how was Rudy supposed to be of any help in a wheelchair?
True, he could still draw. He was not denying that. But what had gone in the jail... It required something more than that. Thinking and planning, but also physical capability. He had his dobuts that Rudy would have lasted long in there in a wheelchair. If anything, he did that brat a favor by pushing him away. There were prisoners in there who would have done much worse to him than call him a derogatory name.
Although there was another reason why he turned Rudy and his friends away. It was not something that he would like to admit openly. It was just...he always had a sort of...different view of things that kind of clashed with others’ perspectives. It wasn’t that he had any genuine ill will towards anyone. He just felt that everything would be better if...
He let out an exasperated sigh when he heard the sound of doors opening. He couldn’t help but roll his eyes his ears twitching in irritation. What more distractions could he possibly be getting today?
“Yes? Who is it?”
He immediately paused when he saw a familiar zoner approaching him. All signs of tension left his face and he gave a small, slightly warm smile. He clasped his hooved hands together and he leaned forward against his desk. He stared intently at the oncoming person, his eyes glinting.
“Ah yes...it is you.” Bell continued. His voice lost its venom and become more welcoming. At least, as welcoming as he would allow it to be. “Dear Sarando... I had been expecting you.”
The zoner, who looked like a crane with an extra set of arms, very dinosaur-like, nodded slowly, giving a deep bow to the bull. “Yes. I have brought something that I feel you will find interesting.” With that, the crane zoner held up a small envelope. “I take it you were waiting for this?”
The bull zoner nodded his head. He reached over and he grabbed onto the note. The crane relinquished it immediately and took a step back, keeping his body low. Bell didn’t bother looking at him as he stared intently at the note. He leaned in and gave it a small sniff. He snorted. Yes, this was indeed from who he was expecting. Without another second passing, he ripped open the envelope.
When he pulled out the paper, he took notice of its pale yellow coloration. This gave the appearance of it looking rather old, when it was in fact new. He could tell from the smell. This paper was very recent, like from today actually. Which is exactly what he had expected. Fumbling a little with his fingers, he opened up the note and he began to read it.
“I see that the plan was a success. I am most excited to see just how well you had performed. I do hope you will be able to keep it up. Depending on how well you do, I may consider giving you a higher position when everything follows through.
Sincerely, S”
Bell reread the note again and again, just to make sure that he didn’t misread it. When he realized that he was not mistaken, a small smile spread across his bull-like face. He let out a small chuckle, his grip on the note tightening ever so slightly.
“S-Sir..?” Sarando asked, nervously reaching his shaky raptor-like hand out towards him. “Is everything okay?”
Bell turned and looked at him. Sarando seemed to flinch by the eerier smile that remained plastered over his face. His eyes widened and there was a small twinkle of excitement in them. “I’m fine. In fact...” He looked back down at the note, a warm sensation swelling insdie his chest. “I’ve never felt better...”
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 8, 2016 17:16:14 GMT -5
Chapter 13: A Different Jail
A weak, fallen man with the promise of an end... -Fallen, 30 Seconds To Mars
“So there really hasn’t been any word yet?”
“Sorry, but no one has really seen that homing bacon thing yet.”
“I hope nothing happened...”
“You can always draw a new one.”
“That could draw attention.”
“Hmm...you are right... Well I wouldn’t worry about it. It’s only been a day.”
Rudy tried to take at least some comfort in Mint’s words as the older teen pushed him along the grassy plains. It really had not been that long since he had released that homing bacon. He couldn’t exactly expect any instant results in a situation like this. It was going to take time.
Still, he couldn’t help but feel at least a little worried. Something could easily happen. His greatest fear is that Sandra would find it and destroy it before it could deliver the information. If that happened....
He tried to shake the thought out of his head. He shouldn’t be that worried about it. He did make it scentless after all, along with invisible. There was no way Sandra would even realize that it was there. The homing bacon would find her eventually and it would bring back the information that they need to find her. It might take a while, but sooner or later, they will figure out just where Sandra has been hiding.
In the meantime, however, he and his friends would have to continue on with their own investigations. There was no sense in just sitting around, waiting for this thing to come back. Not while there were two dangerous criminals out there. He had to remind himself that it’s not just Sandra who got out, but Skrawl as well. While he did not cross the line to the same degree as Sandra, he was still quite dangerous.
At least Skrawl hadn’t seem to have struck yet. There had been no reports of Skrawl attacking anyone. This was both a relief...and at the same time, still quite concerning. Rudy didn’t really know what to expect out of Skrawl with him being so quiet. He tried not to allow himself to get too worried, though. At least no one was getting hurt yet. So that was a plus.
As Mint continued to push him across the grassy ground, Rudy was able to see some familiar shapes in the distance. He recognized them as Penny and Snap. He couldn’t help but smile at this. He had been worried that Penny wouldn’t be able to get in today due to personal things at home. It seemed that she was able to organize something as now she was here with Snap. That was good. They were going to need all the help that they could get.
Penny was the first one to take notice of them. She raised her hand up and she started to wave back at them, a smile spreading across her face. Snap noticed right after, and he gained a wide grin.
“Hello! So glad that you could make it!” Snap called out as he rushed over to Rudy and Mint. “We were getting worried that you’d never show up!”
Mint narrowed his eyes in a playful manner. “Did you think that we would seriously let you down?”
“Oh not really.” Snap turned his head away and shut his eyes, making a dismissive motion with his hand. “I had always known you’d be here soon or later.”
“Oh really now? You’re the one who kept complaining that they were late.” Penny pointed out. Snap gave a weak smile at this. Penny just shook her head before looking back at Mint and Rudy. “Well glad you are here, anyway.”
“It was tough convincing Mrs. Tabootie.” Mint commented as he rubbed the back of his head. “You know how she can be.”
Rudy thought back to before he and Mint left. It had been a little difficult, but it was something that he had come to expect. He was only lucky to have gotten in this place a few days in a row. His parents were going to continue making things difficult, and he feared that at some point, he would not have the option to come in here. If that happened, Penny, Snap, and Mint were on their own.
Not that he didn’t have any faith in them. After all, both Penny and Mint did a good job watching over ChalkZone while he was still paralyzed in bed and unable to do anything. And Snap was quite capable himself.
It was just...he’d feel awful if he wasn’t around to help them out. He wanted to help as much as he could. He wanted to be here for them and offer whatever aid was possible. They were his friends, after all, and he did care a lot for ChalkZone. It was still his duty to help keep this place safe. Even if some of the zoners didn’t seem to appreciate it as much as they used to.
“So...where do we go first?” Snap asked. The others stared at him. “What? We didn’t decide on a location to go to first, remember?” He raised his hands in a semi shrug. “I believe you guys had to leave before we could ultimately decide.”
“That is correct.” Penny scratched her chin, her eyes narrowed thoughtfully. “We never did decide on that...”
“We could always go into the city.” Mint suggested. “Now that things have settled down a little from before, maybe we might be able to find something that could help us.”
Rudy flinched a little as he remembered how yesterday was. He and his friends did ultimately go back to help out the zoners. Though several did show displeasure at them fleeing. Rudy had expected this, so it wasn’t at all much of a surprise. But at the same time, it did still hurt. He hated failing as the Guardian of ChalkZone, wheelchair or not.
At least several other zoners were willing to back him up. Many pointed out that they were simply ill prepared for Sandra’s sudden return and that they needed to flee in order to come up with a plan. Rudy did feel like he let them down as he was not able to demonstrate any fully thought out plan. But it still went over a little better than he thought it would, and he and his friends were able to help out the best that they could.
Thankfully, he and his friends did not have to worry about cleaning up the bodies. He still felt bad for the ones that were left in charge with that, though. That was not an easy job, especially considering that the bodies had been torn apart viciously and others.... He didn’t want to think about it.
They did, however, still help out with the injured and cleaning up what they could. They helped to console the zoners that were more shaken and frightened than actually hurt. And they did their best to comfort those who had lost a loved one in Sandra’s sudden attack.
One of the most difficult things, however, was listening to the zoners scream and express horror regarding the return of Sandra. Most of them were still haunted by her, and now the very thing that terrorized their dreams was back. Many of them took this news a lot harder than even they could have imaged, and that was quite something. There were even a few attempting suicide, clearly more willing to end their lives than let themselves be manipulated or tormented by Sandra again...
The four friends didn’t stick in this one spot for very long. They knew they’d be wasting time if they did. So, giving each other a nod, they started to make their way forward, heading straight towards ChalkZone City.
It was quite difficult setting foot in this place again. Despite having calmed a little, there was still a bit of chaos going on. Not that they were too surprised. It hadn’t even been twenty-four hours yet since the attack, after all. The zoners were not going to be calmed that quickly.
As they entered onto the streets, they could still see several zoners scurrying about. Likely looking for lost loved ones that were not yet found, or looking for someone to speak to, or even looking for Sandra. And most of the zoners weren’t even on the streets; most were remaining in their homes. After what happened, this was a rather smart move.
They continued further down until they reached the main road of the city. This was where most of the activity was. There were a ton of zoners moving around the buildings, accompanied by several large vehicles that were being used to help reconstruct the damage done to houses and stores caused by that bomb Sandra had delivered. The sight of it caused the friend to flinch, reminding them of just how dangerous Sandra had gotten.
It was just so hard to believe that...all of this had been just Sandra playing... And she had hardly lifted a finger, either. It had seemed so easy for her to do. What would happen if she had been serious..?
Their chilled thoughts were interrupted when they heard the clamor of zoners calling out in desperation. They looked around and they could eventually see the source: there was a crowd of zoners gathered around a single, somewhat nervous police man, who was struggling to keep things in order.
As they got closer, they could hear the zoners’ anguished and desperate questions.
“When will it be safe to go out again?”
“Have you found Sandra yet?”
“What will happen to the rest of us?”
“How many more of us will die before you can do something?”
Rudy bit his lip at these questions, feeling his heart skip several beats. This only served to further remind him of just how much he feel that he had failed as ChalkZone’s guardian. He should have been able to prevent this, right? He should have been able to do...something. Instead, he had allowed Sandra to escape. Why didn’t he try harder?
He felt a hand on his shoulder. He looked over and he could see Snap staring at him. It was apparent Snap could sense his guilt, and the expression in his eyes was trying to tell him that it wasn’t his fault. Rudy forced himself to smile back, but he couldn’t feel that comforted. He felt that he should have been able to do...something more.
“Now now... Everyone try to remain calm!” The police officer stated, raising his hands up and moving them up and down. “We are doing all we can about the matter! Unfortunately it will take a little time and...”
“How much time?” One of the zoners cut him off. “How long are you going to make us wait?”
“However long it takes.” The police officer responded. “I know it’s not the answer that you would have liked, but please, all this panic is only going to make things worse.”
Another zoner snarled. “Worse?! We were assaulted by that damn dragon! We watched our friends get torn apart! How are we supposed to remain calm?!”
“Well I...” The police officer stopped when he appeared to see something in the corner of his eye. He turned his head over and his eyes fell upon the three creators and blue superhero zoner. “Oh thank goodness you’ve returned!” There was immense relief on the police man’s face. It was hard to tell if this was because he was genuinely happy to see them back, or if it was because he was getting sick of having to deal with these zoners.
Possibly both.
Penny nodded her head and raised her hand, approaching first. “How goes the situation? Any improvement?”
The police man shook his head. “None I am afraid.” He turned his head so that he could look at the crowd around him. “Everyone’s getting rather anxious. I’m not really sure how to keep them calm. I’ve tried everything.”
Rudy rolled himself forward a little. “I’m not surprised. A lot has happened yesterday. It will take a long while before they settle down.”
“Yeah...you are right.” The cop admitted. He rubbed the back of his head nervously for a few seconds before giving them a hopeful stare. “Did you think of anything?”
“I sent out a homing bacon.” Rudy raised his hand up, palm face up, fingers curling inward. “It was sent out yesterday.It will try to find Sandra for us and return with her last coordinates. It’ll give us an idea of where we can find her.”
The cop’s eyes twinkled at this, interlocking his fingers together. “That is splendid! Do you know when it’ll get back?”
Rudy flinched. “Unfortunately...no I don’t.”
The cop’s smile instantly faultered. “No...?”
Mint took a step forward, appearing at Rudy’s side. “It is a difficult process. We don’t know where Sandra disappeared off to. There were so many directions that she could have gone. It will take some time before the homing bacon will find anything.”
“I see...” The police officer folded his arms against his chest. At this point, the clamoring of the zoners had becoming nothing more than background music for them. “And just what do you plan on doing in the mean time?”
“We were hoping we could be of some help around here. Like...” Snap seemed to be struggling to think of something.
Mint chimed in quickly, “Reconstruction. Locating any more missing zoners...”
“Yeah, stuff like that.” Penny said as she nodded her head a few times. “We can even try to help keep the citizens at least a little calmer, if that is an issue.” She held up her hand in gesture. “I mean...it is the least that we can do, since we won’t be able to take any further action against Sandra until after the homing bacon comes back.”
“But don’t worry.” Rudy said, his voice filled with determination. “We will whatever we can to help. And sooner or later, Sandra and Skrawl will be brought to justice!”
His speech, though intended to be short yet motivational, didn’t seem to have the intended effect on the cop. If anything, the only thing that it caused him to do was just let out a sigh of disappointment. Rudy struggled not to say anything at this point. It wasn’t like he could blame the cop for being a little disappointed at this news. Even Rudy himself was; he would have loved to give a quicker result.
But at the very least, he and his friends could still help out around here. Help the zoners out, treat the wounded, whatever they could.
“I..suppose it wouldn’t hurt. I...don’t really know what else you can do to help, though.” The cop stated. “Much of the issues are being taken care of as I speak.” The cop took a moment to stare at the group of four friends. “But...if you find anything that you think you can do... well by all means, go right ahead.”
Rudy tried his best not to allow the tone of the cop’s voice get to him too much. Right now, there were zoners that needed their help. He couldn’t allow anyone’s disappointment get in the way. They needed to focus on doing what they could to help them now. The homing bacon would return soon. He wasn’t sure just how long it would take, but..it will be soon. He knew it would be.
Turning his head, he looked back over at his friends. They were looking at him intently, awaiting his orders. None of them were paying much attention to the disappointment the cop expressed. They were more focused on getting things rolling, which Rudy was glad for. Pushing his final bits of uncomfortableness out of his stomach, Rudy opened his mouth to speak.
“Snap, you go around asking any cops you find about anything that they may have found. Penny, you go do some searching and see if you can’t find anything that could give us any clues. Help any zoners that you find. And Mint, you and I are going to try to see if we can help with fixing up the damaged buildings in this city.”
His friends nodded their heads a few times in agreement. Without wasting any time, they all went their seperate ways to provide aid to the city and its inhabitants the best that they can.
sss
The smell of bacon filled the air, causing a few zoners to look up and try to locate the smell. None of them saw the piece of flying bacon over them. Some did see a shadow, but strangely, no piece of bacon. A few expressed disappointment while others wondered if they were going a little insane. But most were too focused on what happened with Sandra’s return to really pay that much attention.
Overhead, only visible if the light bent against it correctly, the homing bacon continued on its journey. Its long, bacon-like wings flapped up and down at a steady rate, its small feet and legs pressed up against its body like some kind of four-legged bird. It constantly moved forward, going about its mission, looking intently for that one zoner: Sandra.
It didn’t detect anything yet. Its constant, silent beeps continued to be sounded out, looking for any readings that were anything like Sandra. It hardly changed direction, seemingly intent on going down this one path. It was almost as though it could ‘smell’ Sandra, could see some kind of trail that was leading it to her. No matter what, it would not steer off this path.
This meant that it had to do a lot of dodging. Several hungry animal zoners were trying to get at it. The flying bacon did not exactly have a higher train of thought, but it continued to dodge the attacks anyway, as though it were really alive. A self preservation was built into it, hard-wired to ensure that it would reach its destination at some point. Zipping and zagging from side to side, it managed to dodge every attempt for a zoner to eat it, including any aerial threats.
The homing bacon’s screen vision flickered as it noticed some movement off to the side. It didn’t hesitate to go off in that direction, driven by the directive of finding this elusive blue dragon. Nothing else mattered. As its gears turned in its head as it struggled to locate this dragon, it did not notice anything else about its surroundings. Just this one particular moving, zipping shadow.
It soon came to what appeared to be a large, open field. There were a few trees here or there. There was even a small cluster of trees a bit further down. There weren’t any zoners here save for a few flying pencils, and they did not look the least bit interested in the homing bacon, much to its ‘relief’.
But one thing did start to confuse it: where was Sandra?
It started to fly around in a broad circle in the area. It had its head turned and moved it up and down as it started to look at every detail, recording what it could and trying to figure out just where Sandra could be. It was unable to find anything in its visual recordings that could help it. This caused its gears to turn faster and it almost felt as though smoke started to pillow out of its head, like it was thinking way too hard.
The homing bacon did not give up, however. It had been created for a purpose, and it was going to complete that mission. This mission was all that it knew. And if it could no complete it...
Well it wasn’t really sure what could happen. For all it knew, it could die if it did not. All the more reason to continue on. It would never give up.
It soon noticed a rather large tree that towered over the others. The branches were spread out and wide, providing plenty of shed. The homing bacon immediately stopped in its flight and stared long and hard, its invisible body moving up and down slowly. Its processors hummed about inside of its head as it stared intently, a plan rapidly forming in its nano brain. It didn’t take long before it planned its next action.
This tree was....quite large, it noticed as it got closer. Large enough for something big to hide in. And Sandra was large, wasn’t she? Yes, quite big indeed. She could be up in those branches up there. If it could just get in close enough, it could...
Wait... It had been programmed to take approaching Sandra with extreme caution, right? It couldn’t just launch itself at Sandra. No, it had to take this nice and slow and steady. Rather than going head on, it would instead use the branches as a means of protection. Surely Sandra would not be able to get to it so easily if it just moved along through the branches, using the shade to cover itself from view. Yeah, that would work quite nicely. Nothing in its nano brain could calcuate any issues with this course of action.
So towards the tree it went. Its wings flapped harder in order to gain some speed. It only slowed down once it got close enough to the tree. When it did that, it shifted its body so that it could land on the tree like some kind of insect. Its small claws on its feet dug into the bark while its bacon wings folded against its sides. It fluttered them once like a beetle before it began to climb up the branch.
It shifted its camera gaze from side to side as it haded along the branch, struggling to locate anything that resembled Sandra, or would help it find Sandra. So far, the only thing that its little camera would even pick up was just bark and branches and twigs and leaves. But nothing resembling a dragon. Not even any blue.
Wait...there was something. A bit of blue above it. Dark and round and hard to see. But still blue nonetheless. Was this it? Could this possibly be it?
Without hesitation, the homing bacon began to scurry up the branch in that direction. Surely this would yield some interesting results. And as it got closer, it started to see two long darker blue tips. That was a feature of Sandra, right? Yes, this could very well be it. It just needed to pick up the pace and...
....No, this was not Sandra. This was just some kind of sky blue fruit with darker blue leaves that jetted out at the sides. From the angle that it had been at before, this looked way too much like Sandra. Its processors burned slightly at this realization.
Oh well, there was still plenty of this tree left to explore. If Sandra was in here, it was going to find her. And it wouldn’t take that long to locate her. So it continued scurrying up and down the branches, looking around intently for the elusive dragon.
So far, there was nothing else. More of the same fruit. More leaves and branches. But nothing resembling a dragon. It had gone up and down these branches at least twice with no results. It stopped for a moment and took another look around. Was there any spot left that it hadn’t checked yet? Any place else that it could look?
Of course.
Above the tree.
The homing bacon immediately spread out its wings and it fluttered upward with the grace of a butterfly. It easily pushed past the leaves and thick branches as it left the confines of the tree and hovered above. It began to move its head around slowly, scanning the landscape around it.
Just like before, there was nothing to be seen. Nothing of interest, anyway. The homing bacon didn’t quit right away, however. It focused on scanning the land around it, looking for any sort of moving shadow. Something to indicate that it had found Sandra. But...nothing.
Then it caught a flash of blue. Quickly, the homing bacon turned itself around to follow. A long tail with spikes at the end zipped by its vision. Yes, this was it. This had to be Sandra. Its processors whirring to life, it started to spin itself around, trying to get a full view of the dragon. It had no directive to flee, not while it was utterly invisible. Why had it been so worried before? Its nano brain could not process this.
It continued to look around, getting more and more frantic in its motions. Where did Sandra go? She was just here a moment ago. She couldn’t have disappeared, right?
Suddenly, a dark shadow was casted over it. The homing bacon froze immediately as it sensed that it was no longer being hit directly by the Day Zone sun above it. It couldn’t see anything as it was right now. Just the same landscape as before. But it could hear something behind it. Slowly, it turned itself around.
The last thing that it saw before everything went dark was a set of red eyes and a dark cavity lined with something sharp. Then, as a loud crack sounded out, its vision flickered and went dead.
sss
Sandra chuckled as she felt the pieces of the homing bacon fall out of her mouth, having been pulverized in her jaws. She relished in the delicious taste that it had to offer. Well it was a homing bacon, was it not? In a matter of seconds, any mechanical part fell to the ground while the delictable bacon wings were ripped off for a much...better purpose.
The sky blue dragon took a few moments to enjoy the flavor that swirled heavily on her tongue. Delicious... Rudy sure knew how to draw these things. Even after she swallowed, she could still taste the bacon in her mouth, the greasiness fluttering all over its insides. This thing had come at just the right time. She was getting hungry.
Though it was almost...disappointing. She would have thought that Rudy and his little friends would have tried something better than this. Did they really think that drawing a homing bacon was going to do them any good? Did they forget about her sense of smell?
It did seem like Rudy had tried to cover the smell. The scent was rather faint. But he had utterly failed in the end. The homing bacon had made the mistake of flying through a breakfast place. She had seen it happen. A shame that Rudy did not think about that ahead of time. Once the thing had a scent, it was pretty much too late for it.
It was really quite amusing how they really thought that they could outsmart her. Those stupid, idiotic humans... When were they going to learn? She was not going down so easily this time. Regardless of what they wanted, she was here to stay. And she had no intent on leaving. Not until after her wish had been fulfilled.
And there was not a damn thing that they could do about it.
Well there was no use floating around here anymore. She needed to head back and check on her dear new ‘friend’. She couldn’t just leave him hanging, now could she? Besides, she did miss his voice. He was...quite the joy to speak to, whether or not he intended it to be this way.
Within seconds, Sandra had taken off. She paid no attention to the bits of the robot that now laid on the ground. It did not really matter if someone found it or not. She had already crushed the pitiful thing’s hardware. It would not be able to do anything, not even show a single picture. It was utterly useless to her. And besides, leaving it behind did send a clear message to those brats. They were going to have to try much harder if they want to figure out just where she was.
She flew over the landscape below her. She kept herself quite high in the air. This kept her shadow below quite small, making it much harder for anyone to tell that she was there. The fact that she was blue also made things a little easier. She partially blended in, making it difficult for anyone to detect that she was even there. True, those with keen sight and a different angle would likely notice something. But the chances of that were slimmed down and besides, it wasn’t like she had far to travel before it was basically barren and she had little to worry about.
Still, she did her best to keep herself hidden as she flew in the air. She kept her flaps to a minimum, only doing so when she absolutely needed to. She hardly wasted her time thinking about Rudy or those brats. She just focused on getting home.
She didn’t really run into any trouble. This was mostly because this was open country where zoners did not really populate too densely. At least, not the sentient ones. She was not worried about the animal zoners. They were hardly of any concern. She merely smirked as she saw a few wild tigers below her, staring up at her in confusion. Yeah, they weren’t anything to worry about. It was especially amusing when they tried to follow her. A few twists and turns and dives, and she lost them rather quickly.
It didn’t take her too long before she noticed a chance in the environment below her. The desert started to form, taking over the ground below her. The vegetation lessened up and the sand and dry dirt spread about. The large cacti soon began to rise up out of the ground. And there in the distance, she could see a dark formation located high above the ground. That was where she needed to go. That was her current destination. Where Skrawl was being held.
The castle at first was cast in shadow due to the angle that she had been flying at. This soon changed as she started to change her altitude and position, causing the Day Zone sun to be ‘moved’, allowing the castle to be shown in its entire glory.
Well, if one could even call it that. She wouldn’t really say this place was the prettiest. She had almost expected the jellybean to have done better. Wasn’t he supposed to be soem kind of genius or something? Well, it still suited her needs anyway. She would not spend all her time here, but she did want to make sure that her little...guest was comfortable.
When she arrived, she brought her feet forward, talons stretched out, and she landed in a thud. She shook herself a little, her ears flopping about due to the motion. Then she soon settled herself down and she began to head into the castle.
She hadn’t really done anything with the place just yet. She still needed to find those Beanie Boys. Skrawl hadn’t exactly given their location to her willingly, and her attempts to find them ended in failure.
Not that she was too worried about that, of course. She would be able to find them sooner or later. It was not really that impossible. All she really had to do was be patient and clever. She would eventually figure out their location, even if she had to beat the answer out of Skrawl. And after she got a hold of them, she could move onto the next course of action.
She continued walking forward, her arms folded behind her back. She turned her head left and right as she imagined all kinds of things that she planned to use this thing for. Oh yes, it was soon going to have a much better purpose. Something that would actually benefit ChalkZone. And the relatively close ChalkZone City was going to be the first guinea pig to try this place out, whether they wanted to or not.
She could see the large cage ahead of her. The same one that once held Fido, but now had an entirely new prisoner. She didn’t see much at first. Just a lumpy kind of shadow. But she knew better. She knew exactly who this prisoner was. And as she got closer she could see the green skin that made up his body and those antennas that stuck out of his purple hair. And when he turned his head and stared at her with those mismatched eyes, she couldn’t help but give him a dark smirk.
“Well hello there, Skrawly boy...” Sandra cooed softly. “Did you miss me?”
Skrawl merely snarled at her. Having been healed from his previous ‘adventure’, Skrawl suddenly slammed himself against the bars, reaching his hand out towards her, slashing at her with his sharp claws. Sandra merely stared at him, her expression never changing.
“Get over here so I can tear off your face!”
Sandra just took a small step back, putting in even more distance between her and him. She smirked at his pitiful attempts of getting at her. “Oh really now, Skrawl.. is that anyway to treat your caretaker?” She grinned as she tilted her head to one side. “You would not want to starve to death, now would you?”
“I’d rather starve than be your fucking prisoner!” The jellybean shouted. He grabbed onto the bars tightly. It was almost incredible how they didn’t break as he squeezed them tightly. “If you don’t release me now, I swear, Sandra, I will make you pay for what you’ve done!” When he saw Sandra raise an eyebrow at this, Skrawl began to shake the bars more violently. “You hear me?! You will pay!”
Sandra shook her head slowly. It was really quite amusing the way Skrawl was behaving. Of course he would act in such a way. He was too big of an idiot to fully realize his current position. “You’re not going anywhere any time soon. So you might as well just sit and get comfortable, Skrawly boy.”
Skrawl seethed at this. “Quit calling me Skrawly!”
Sandra chortled softly. She did not directly reply to that. Instead, she focused on something far more important. “Anyway, let us speak of something more....personal.” She lowered her head a little as she stared at Skrawl intently. “Do you mind telling me where the Beanie Boys are?”
“Go jump off a cliff!” Snapped Skrawl.
Sandra immediately stiffened at this. She felt the back of her mind racing as she recalled that someone else, perhaps Snap, said something a little similar to her. The memory still stung her a little bit, but she managed to shake it off. “Well that was just plain rude. Though perhaps I just need to try asking in a...different way...”
Skrawl bared his teeth at her. He shook the bars as hard as he could, as though he hoped that he’d somehow break them. Though she was aware that they both knew that, if Skrawl could have done this, he would have done so at his first chance. He would not wait hours just to break himself free. That was just not the way that Skrawl worked.
“Try all you want to! I am not telling you a damn thing regarding the location of my Beanie Boys!” Skrawl twisted his head to one side. “And there isn’t anything you can do to make me change my mind!” He turned his head to once more face Sandra. His large teeth were bared viciously. “You can just forget it!”
“Oh Skrawl...Why must you make things so difficult?” Sandra placed a hand against her cheek, shaking it back and forth, pretending to look disappointed. “You really should consider your...position a little more.”
“Give me one good reason why I should tell you anything after what you did to Fido?!” Skrawl shouted at her. Sandra merely raised an eyebrow at this. Skrawl hissed lowly. “I know he was just a stupid mutt...but I would be damned if I allowed you to hurt my Beanie Boys in a similar way!”
Sandra’s eyes glinted at this. “Oh I don’t plan on using them for the same purpose as Fido.”
“Then what do you plan on using them for then?” Skrawl’s voice was even lower at this point. Sandra could practically see it sinking down. “What do the Beanie Boys have that you could not get elsewhere... What is it about them that is unobtainable in other zoners?” Skrawl frowned deeply at Sandra, his eyes glinted with some sense of curiosity. “If I am to be forced to be a part of this plan, don’t I have the right to know?”
Sandra’s eyes merely glinted again, almost shining as her mouth curled up in a dark smile. “Oh you will see...”
Skrawl’s eyes widened for a moment, as if taking this all in. But of course, he seemed to miss the point entirely as his eyes narrowed once more, still holding that level of confusion that he had in the first place. Of course Skrawl wouldn’t get it right away. So she was not at all surprised when he responded with, “Stop being so damn cryptic and just tell me!”
“And why should I? It would ruin the fun...” Sandra turned her back to him, raising her hand up in gesture. “I mean, really now... What makes you think that I’ll just tell you? After all, you could simply just be patient and wait for the time to come, and you will find out on your own that way.” She turned her head so that she was now looking over her shoulder towards Skrawl, staring at him intently with one of her red eyes. “Or are you going to just keep complaining like a little child?”
Skrawl growled at this, clenching his fists tightly. He looked ready to strike. Why he didn’t was confusing for her, but she paid it no mind. She just shrugged her shoulders and took a few steps away. She arched her tail over, forming a partial circle, and continued to stare out into nothingness.
“Rest assured that I have the perfect job for the Beanie Boys...and no, there is not another person who can fill their shoes. It must only be them. Otherwise...well... Let’s just say, I wouldn’t have as much...control over the situation. I feel that the Beanie Boys would be the best ones to turn to for this. I’m srue you can vouch for them.”
The dragon zoner turned her head and smirked over in Skrawl’s direction. She let out a few soft chuckles.
“I mean, you are the one who trained them, right? And I recall you boasting about them at one point I think... Maybe not to me, but to someone else.” Sandra’s eye twinkled. “Yes, I do think that they would be perfect, based on what you said.”
“Perfect for what?!” Skrawl pressed himself against the iron bars. “Stop avoiding my question! I want answers now!”
Sandra chortled at this, shaking her head. “Do you really think that I am going to just give you the information just like that? You must have chalk for brains if you really think that I am going to spill out my full intentions for them to you just like that.” She raised a finger up and hooked it, her tail swishing from side to side, her one eye still staring at Skrawl sideways. “Don’t you think it’s a lot more fun when things are kept a secret?”
She was not at all surprised when Skrawl did not take this too lightly. He stared to smash himself up against the cage as hard as he could, shouting at her, threatening her, trying to get himself out. Typical Skrawl.... He was quite a stubborn jellybean, wasn’t he? It was no wonder Rudy and his friends had a hard time dealing with him. He was one of those who just...couldn’t quit. Skrawl probably didn’t know the meaning of the word.
Of course, this might become problematic later on. If he continued to struggle against the cage like this and he continued making noise, what if he did somehow get out? Well sure she could easily stop him with her powers and get him back here. But she would not always be here, and once he got out, he could flee this place and find something to stop her with as an act of revenge. No, she had to play smart about this. And since she could not always be here to keep him in check, she’d need another way to deal with him.
Suddenly something flickered in the back of her mind, causing her eyes to widen up in realization. She did believe that she had something that could keep Skrawl under control while she rounded up his precious Beanie Boys. Heck, it might even force the jellybean to relinquish said information.
“I’m telling you right now! If you don’t let me go, I swear I’m going to rip out your throat once I get the chance!” Skrawl had his thin arm out, desperately trying to slash at Sandra. “I will drive my claws right through your chest!”
Sandra rolled her eyes, bemused by this empty threat. Did Skrawl really think that he was going to be able to intimidate her so easily? And besides, if he really understood his situation, it would be himself that he’d be most concerned with.
Shifting herself around, Sandra faced Skrawl once more. She watched him for a few moments, allowing him to continue to rant and ramble for a while. Then she bgan to walk towards him slowly, her arms folded up against her chest. Her ears were raised up as her pupils stared intently at the jellybean. The fact that he towered over her did nothing to frighten her away. To her, he was still more lowly than she.
“Actually, Skrawly boy...” She chuckled at Skrawl’s facial contortion at that name. “I have a much...better idea...”
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 9, 2016 16:27:49 GMT -5
Chapter 14: Further Investigations
I can’t give everything away. -Headstrong, Trapt
Just how long had they been at this? He couldn’t remember. He must have walked up and down those streets for a long while at this point. And he still didn’t find anything that could help them. Just more deadends, much to his frustration. He did hope that his friends were doing a lot better than he was. Because as of now, he had nothing.
And it was quite frustrating. He would have understood if a few of the cops had nothing to say. He didn’t imagine that they all would. But for every single one of them to not tell him anything... Something just felt...off about that.
He meant, surely one of them would have found something, right? There were several cops all positioned along this city. It just would seem rather strange that not one of them were able to tell him anything. It just didn’t make any sense, really. Just what in the world were these cops doing that didn’t allow for some kind of information gathering? He sure hoped that they weren’t deliberately hiding anything, or...
His eyes widened at this possibility. Was that...was that what was happening? He didn’t want to think that it was. He didn’t want to think that it was possible. And yet...
It made a lot of sense, actually. Snap would never forget just how Rudy was treated by that guard in The Speculum. All because he was a cripple... But what if there was more to the story than that? What if there was another reason he was hiding the information that wasn’t really related at all to Rudy’s present condition? It was certainly possible...
The idea caused the blue and white zoner to shudder. He didn’t want to think that the cops of ChalkZone City would deliberately hide information. It reminded him too much of what happened during the time that he was sent to jail. The police men weren’t that useful back then... But at the time, it was because they were being influenced by that darn Signal. These cops didn’t have that worry anymore. He had hoped that, without the Signal’s influence, the cops would be more cooperative.
Well, apparently not, since they seem so willing to hide the information. While it could just be that they really don’t know, the way that they spoke when he tried to get some information just felt like they were...dodging the question. They were just...unusual ways of answering, which only frustrated him further.
So perhaps he should try something....different. He was aware that Rudy sent him to try to speak to the cops. But in this case, he didn’t think it’d do any of them any good. The cops just would not listen. So he needed to try something else. He wasn’t entirely sure how much of this that Rudy would approve of shifting the plans... But they did need that information, and surely Rudy would understand, right?
When Snap located a cop this time around, he didn’t rush over and try to speak to them. Instead, he kept himself pressed up against the wall. He moved his way over slowly, taking his time. He took his time, making sure that he didn’t accidentally trip up anything. And when he got to the edge of the building, he peered over ever so slightly, keeping his eyes and ears peeled for any sign of the cop doing anything. It did not take him too long before he noticed something.
There was another cop there. He blinked a few times to make sure that he was seeing things correctly. He hadn’t noticed that other cop there before. Just...when did he arrive? And what was he going to do? Even more curious than before, Snap inched his way slightly closer and listened intently.
“Are you sure this was a good idea? I mean... Look at everything that’s...”
“Oh don’t worry about it. It will be cleaned up soon enough. Right now, we need to focus on...”
“That’s just it! I mean...we don’t even know if this is going to work or not! And you know what they are going to do if they find out what we’re...”
“Don’t sweat it! They won’t find out! Just as long as we avoid the topic, we’ll be good!”
“But..what if that makes them more suspicious..?”
“...Well I’m sure we will figure out something. After all, they are still quite...young. I’m sure we can...reaosn with them.”
“Y-You’re not thinking...”
“Let them pray that they don’t cross the line.”
Snap furrowed his eyes as he listened to the conversation. This was...quite interesting. He didn’t really know just what the zoners were referring to. But he had a strong hunch that it had to be related to what happened. The first zoner did mention something about ‘look at what happened’, and the only thing that he could think of was Sandra’s attack on that portion of the city.
And if that’s the case.... Snap could feel his body temperature start to rise. A part of him hoped that he was wrong, that they were referring to something else, and that he was just overthinking things. He didn’t want to believe that the cops could be involved in something like this. It was just...unthinkable...
Then he reminded himself of Sandra, and he realized that it was actually possible. After all, Sandra had this warped view of the world and had behaviors that he previously thought would be impossible in someone like her. He had been proven wrong back then. So why should he be surprised if he was proven wrong yet again?
He kept himself pressed against the wall, trying to listen in on whatever else they were saying.
“I’m still not really sure about this...”
“Listen! We worked too hard for this! Bell will have our heads if we back down now!”
“But Bell is crazy! How could anyone possibly think that this would work out?! I still say that we should... Ow!”
“Are you questioning Bell’s authority?!”
“N-No... It’s just..”
“Quit your belly aching! We need to get going and report the progress to Bell! So stop your sniveling, put on a front, and come along!”
Snap clenched his teeth when he soon heard footsteps. Tip tap, tip tap... and they were getting closer... Snap could feel his heart rate speeding up, especially when he saw the shadows crawling along the ground, spreading outward, announcing the advancement of these two cop zoners. Thinking fast, he flattened himself against the wall with a grunt, his arms spread out.
The two cop zoners, both having quite the human-like look to them, more detailed than the usual stick figure zoner, walked passed him. They were so close that he could feel the breeze brush up against him. Thankfully, none of them really noticed him, their heads being turned away. He waited until they moved down further before he let out an exhale of relief, wiping his brow.
He then stared intently at them, watching them as they left. Neither cop appeared to be speaking at this point. But they still seemed to communicate with each other via facial expressions and subtle gestures. They continued to move along until Snap could hardly see them anymore.
The blue and white superhero zoner remained there for several moments, his mind racing as he struggled to think of what he should do. His whole body seemed to burn, anticipating the chase. The back of his mind was telling him to ‘run, run, run after them’, to not let them get away. They had made themselves quite suspicious already, and this deserved some further investigating.
But...he just couldn’t bring himself to do it. There was a small voice in his head that told him he needed to inform Rudy about this. What if he ended up getting captured? He was lucky that the cops didn’t notice him. He might not be so lucky next time.
Without another thought, the small zoner made up his mind quite quickly. He stared to rush down the street, this time veering off in another direction and headed back to the center of the city where he knew that at least Mint and Rudy would be at. And hopefully, Penny too. She needed to hear about this as well.
Little did he know that a pair of eyes had been watching him.
sss
Penny hated being in this location. Everytime she walked through here, it just gave her the chills. If she could decide all on her own, she would have just left this place. The only thing driving to make her stay was the fact that, well, a lot was riding on this.
After all, she couldn’t just abandon this mission just because she felt uncomfortable. What about the zoners? They deserved some form of closure...right...? They wouldn’t get that if she chickened out. And she had never backed down from a difficult challenge before. She had to keep herself moving forward, especially for the benefit of the zoners around here, and for her friends.
It was going to be difficult moving her mind past the carnage. This place might have been mostly cleaned up, but being here, where it all happened... She could still see the zoners’ terrified eyes and hear their screams. She could still see the bodies laying everywhere, blood splattering, staining everything... She couldn’t help but shudder at the memory. That event would forever be etched inside her mind.
Taking in a deep breath, she forced herself to press onward. She needed to do whatever it took to find information, even if it meant tredging through a rather uncomfortable place. She had a feeling that, if she looked around hard enough, she would find something here that was worthwhile. Something that was going to help them.
But she could be wrong. This could all end up being just one giant waste of a trip. But the only way to find out was to just keep going. Besides, she never really knew unless she did the investigating, right?
Her current idea is that maybe Sandra had brought something with her that would expose where she had come from. This idea didn’t really seem bright at first. After all, it could just as easily have been something from the jail, where she had come from. That’s where she had been locked up for five years. So why wouldn’t it be like that now?
But...what if Sandra didn’t come straight from the jail to here...? She did recall that it had been a little while since Skrawl’s escape that they had seen Sandra. It was possible that Sandra managed to escape due to the riot caused by Skrawl and whoever had helped him out. Although...she didn’t really know if that made a lot of sense, due to how that place was structured and operated...
Well, it wouldn’t hurt anyway. There was little else they had to go on until Rudy’s homing bacon came back. She hoped that it would return soon. She bit her lip. That thing was their main hope of finding out where Sandra could be.
She continued to tredge herself forward, trying her best not to keep thinking about that blood bath that had been here a short while ago. She tried to keep her spinning, aching mind on locating something to help them find Sandra. She folded her arms lightly as she turned her head left and right, the back of her mind trying to detail the places that Sandra had been around here.
She walked over to one spot. She recognized this spot as the one where Rudy had been when Sandra had perched herself on his wheelchair. She shuddered at the memory for a moment before she pressed on shifting her eyes to about where Sandra would have been, both when she arrived and where she’d been when she jumped on Rudy. Having gotten a visual, she moved herself down, and positioned herself where Sandra was when she first notied them.
For a moment, she couldn’t help but freeze. Her mind flashed back to that event, moving through the back of her mind and making it impossible for her to see anything else. All she could see in her head for several moments was that darn blood bath. She couldn’t help but shudder and shiver, feeling a coldness crawling through her body.
She wrapped her arms around herself tightly. She rubbed her hands up and down her arms, trying to generate at least some warmth so that she didn’t feel too cold. It took a little while, but slowly she could feel her mind starting to settle down, and she was able to eventaully resume with what she was doing.
It wasn’t easy, even after she settled down, to focus. She was soon reminded that she was not the only one in this area. There was still some construction going on and she could hear the sound of drills in the distance. And there was the fact that there was still some yellow ‘Do Not Cross’ tape all around, flapping from the breeze created by a small breeze that some child haderased. The only reason she was able to cross these was because she had permission, but that didn’t mean that they weren’t going to get in the way a little. She grunted as s he felt one slap her in the face, forcing her to struggle to swipe it away.
Once she was able to focus, she returned her attention to that spot where Sandra had been before. She focused on it intently, licking her lips slowly. There had to be something at this spot that would lead to a discovery. She recalled just how quickly Sandra had jumped on Rudy. Such a swift motion would have kicked off whatever might have been clinging to her body, and that stuff could be used to locate her.
But the question was...where could she look? She guessed it would be any of these spaces. From launch, to the sail, the point of impact. Any one of these could have what she was looking for. Her only option that she had was just... to look at each and every point and hope that one of them would have something that she was looking for. So, positioning herself at where Sandra initially launched herself, she got down onto one knee and she started to look.
But of course, the only thing that she could see was concrete and some faint blood stains from where it couldn’t be cleaned up that well. She narrowed her eyes deeply. Surely there would be something around here. She just had to keep looking and...
She continued to trail her eyes along the ground, slowly making her way to the point where Sandra had landed. She stared at the ground intently, not allowing a single detail to get away from her. She just..would not allow it. Every nook and cranny had to be explored. If she just kept on searching hard enough, she just might find something that could help them.
So far, however..it was a bust. To her dismay, there was just nothing here that stood out. No piece of dirt or a grain of sand or even a small green vegetation. Nothing to give a clue on where she had been before, where she could have gone back now. Nothing.
She couldn’t give up. There was too much riding on this. She had to keep herself moving forward. Maybe if she just kept on looking around at this same spot, something would change. Maybe she was just overlooking things. Maybe there was somewhere here that she hadn’t looked yet. She wasn’t entirely sure just how certain that would be. But... well, if she just kept on looking....
Just like before, there still were no results. She was practically on her hands and knees at this point, trying to locate even the tiniest mark. She still had no luck, not even after she drew a small magnifying glass. There was just nothing significant here that she felt would help her or her friends. It was as if...
Then, as she continued searching, she finally found something. There on the ground.. It was quite thin and really difficult to see. She had to peer her eyes even closer to realize that it was a needle of some kind.
A needle...? But why would a needle be here? She reached down and she picked it up between her fingers. She looked at it carefully, moving her eyes up and down. A cactus needle. But...how did a cactus needle get here? The closest desert was... Could Sandra have...?
“Look out!”
Penny lifted her head up just in time to see something black and furry coming towards her. It moved too fast, all she could see as a blur before something collided with her. She let out a grunt as she was forced into the ground. The two of them coughed and panted for a few seconds before they managed to recover from the blow.
“D-Dr. Gelcro...?” Penny asked once she recognized who this individual was. “What are you doing here? You shouldn’t be...”
“Yes, I know. I apologize for that.” Dr. Gelcro quickly said as he got off of Penny. “I didn’t mean to come here so quickly, but I had to!”
Penny narrowed her eyes in confusion. She wondered just why Dr. Gelcro had wanted to see her so badly. It was then that she happened to notice the look in his eyes. She hadn’t paid attention before because of how quickly he had collided with her. But there was some kind of concern shining in those eyes. She immediately felt a sting in her chest at this. Had...had something else happened...?
“What’s wrong?” Penny asked after a few seconds of silence. She licked her lips nervously. She knew that she was not going to like whatever Dr. Gelcro was about to tell her.
“It’s Snap!” The dog-like zoner barked. He gave a few heavy pants as he shifted his gaze over, his blue eyes almost piercing as he stared over at something that he seemed to see, but not Penny. “I-I saw him and...”
“What?!” Penny immediately jumped to her feet. She could feel her heart pounding in her chest. “What did you see?!”
Dr. Gelcro gritted his teeth for a moment, seething through them. “He was listening to these cops and they were saying strange things and..” His voice trailed off as he struggled to catch his breathe again, having spoken way too quickly.
Penny immediately froze at this. She could feel ice start forming in her blood. Her mind raced with a million questions. Just...who were these cops he was talking about? What had they been saying? Why was Snap watching them instead of talking to them himself? What had Dr. Gelcro so worked up about?
She tried to get herself to settle down. They weren’t going to get anywhere if she allowed herself to freak out like this. She needed to stay calm and collected, or else they will never get anywhere. She took the time to take in a few slow and easy breaths before she moved closer to Dr. Gelcro. She reached out and touched his shoulder.
“Easy now... Please take in nice and easy breaths.” Penny said as she helped guide Dr. Gelcro through some breathing exercises to get him to calm down. “In and out..in and out... That’s it...” She gave a small smile. “Do you feel better now?”
Dr. Gelcro nodded his head slowly. “Y-Yeah, I do... Thanks.”
Penny’s smile spread a little further before she narrowed her eyes in determination. “Now...can you tell me exactly what you saw? What did you hear?” She tightened her grip on the needle she had found earlier. “Please...tell me what you know.”
Dr. Gelcro took a couple more seconds to breathe in and exhale, as if trying to calm himself down even further. He stared in tently at Penny, licking his lips slowly. Then, without further hestitation, he began to relay to her what happened.
“I was on my way to pick up something when I saw Snap...”
sss
“Do you have a good grip on the chalk, Rudy?” Mint looked over at Rudy expectantly, awaiting his answer.
Rudy nodded his head as he tightened his grip. “You’re all good to go! Just keep walking over there... I’ll tell you when to stop.”
Mint gripped the magic chalk tightly. He looked over at the broken street light beside him. A part of him wondered about when Sandra had struck the Night Zone part of the city. But he didn’t dwell on that too long and he focused on the task at hand. With himself positioned in a large crane, his hand placed at the tip of the remaining part of the street light, he started to draw upwards.
The zoner in the crane was slowly pushing the lever back, which was bringing the ‘hook’ that he was seated in upwards. It was a slow and steady process, the zoner obviously taking their time to ensure that they didn’t accidentally knock Mint down or anything, which Mint was grateful for.
He kept his hand as steady as possible. He licked his lips slowly, his eyes watching as the line formed, going upwards, soon reaching that arch. He could see the other line that snaked along it, the portion that Rudy had drawn via the same crane. Mint didn’t understand why they didn’t do it in a single go, but now wasn’t really the time to complain about that. He focused his intent on just drawing this, finishing the line so that the street light could materialize.
Once it did, he took in a slow breath and he leaned back. He looked at the newly formed street light, unable to wipe the smile off his face. In seconds, the light shimmered on, bringing safe light to this part of Night Zone. It was only one street light of course, but he had a feeling that the zoners were going to appreciate this on some level.
Slowly, he was lowered back towards the ground. This time, the crane moved a little faster, and he could feel the seat that he was in wobbling a little. He gripped onto the sides to steady himself, clenching his teeth. As soon as he reached the bottom, he didn’t waste time stepping out. He was thankful to be on solid ground again.
“See? That wasn’t so hard.” Rudy said as he wheeled himself closer to Mint. He casted him a broad smile. “All you had to do was try!”
Mint smiled back at him, nodding his head slowly. “Yeah... I guess you were right.”
Rudy chuckled at this. He leaned himself towards him and gave him an upwards glance. “Did you ever doubt me?”
Mint gritted his teeth nervously at this. He found himself leaning a little away from Rudy. He didn’t really know why. But there was just something that... He noticed the confused look in Rudy’s eyes and he offered a weak grin back. He cleared his throat as he shifted his gaze elsewhere, hoping to refocus his intention on that instead of...whatever this was.
“Is there anything else that needs to be done?” Mint asked the nearest zoner.
The zoner stopped what they were doing, their eyes narrowing as they tried to think of something. Then they shrugged and shook their heads. “I don’t think so, honestly.” Another pause, and then they nodded their heads to confirm. “Nope. That was the last thing here. I don’t know if that’s everything, though. You might want to check around.”
“Okay, thank you.” Mint said. He waved his hand at them before he turned his attention to Rudy. “So...where do you think we should go next?” He paused for a moment and tapped his finger against his chin. “Maybe we should go and see how Penny and Snap are doing?”
“That could be a good idea. Except...” Rudy shrugged his shoulders. “I don’t really know where they are.”
Mint raised an eyebrow at this. “How could you not? You were the one who sent them out there. Shouldn’t you know where...”
“They weren’t assigned to one spot!” Rudy cut him off. He had his hands out, making a few quick gestures with them as his face contorted into...some kind of expression that he could not identify. “They could be... Agh..!” Rudy pulled his head back as his hands gripped the sides of his face. “I forgot to draw a form of communication between us! How could I have forgotten about that?!”
Mint looked at Rudy sympathetically. He reached down and placed his hand on his shoulder. Rudy seemed to immediately calm down as he glanced up at him. Mint offered the best smile that he could, hoping that Rudy would try to remain calm throughout the rest of this.
For a few seconds, Mint felt....locked. It was something that he could not really explain. It wasn’t that strong of a feeling. And yet there was something about it that was..nagging him. He couldn’t really explain why. He had touched Rudy’s shoulder before. So why was this time different?
Mint managed to make himself let go. That faint sensation immediately went away, much to his...well he honestly wasn’t really sure what to think about it. Should he be glad? Or disappointed? Both? Or neither? He wasn’t really sure. It was just...really strange. And it was clear he wasn’t the only one confused. He could see the way that Rudy was looking at him.
“Are you okay, Mint?” Rudy asked. “You seem...”
“I’m fine.” Mint said quickly, waving his hand dismissively. “I was just...” He swallowed nervously. “...thinking about Sandra..and how we are going to catch her.”
“Oh...” Rudy pulled his head back, having bought this explanation. “I see... I understand.” He nodded his head slowly. “This is going to be quite difficult...” He offered a weak smile to him. “But don’t worry. We will figure this out.”
Mint smiled weakly. “Yeah..I know we will...”
Mint was thankful when that weird sensation from before had finally left him. He resisted the urge to sigh with relief, not wanting to draw attention to himself once more. He was just...glad that it finally stopped. He had no idea what it was. He hoped that this sensation would leave him alone at least for the duration of this case. He could not afford...distractions.
His head swiveled in one direction as he heard a faint noise. It sounded like...footfalls? Mint’s eyes widened and he felt his body stiffen up. He gritted his teeth tightly as he looked left left and right, trying to determine the location of this noise. And why was it getting closer?
Someone or something was approaching...
On instinct, Mint found himself huddling closer to Rudy. He held his right arm out protectively while in his left, he clutched the magic chalk tightly, the tips of it glinting rapidly. He ignored Rudy’s confused cries as he looked left and right slowly, taking in the details of what was around him. He struggled to try to find anything out of place. So far, just buildings and the occasional zoner, but nothing that...
Wait, there was something. He could see the shadow forming. All of Mint’s instincts were telling him to race towards this thing. The muscles in his legs twitched about and he could feel his dominant hand shaking, eager to try to draw something to defend his friend and any hapless zoner that happened to be here. He just wanted to rush over right now and take action. The only thing preventing him from doing this was the fact that Rudy was behind him in a wheelchair, and he didn’t want to leave him alone, even if he did have magic chalk to defend himself with.
He flinched a little and he recalled that he had been injured the other day by Sandra. He could still feel those claws raking against him, piercing his flesh. He tried his best to ignore it. But though he could easily focus on what was in front of him, he knew he was at a disadvantage. If he wasn’t careful...
Mint did immediately relax when he saw that the ones approaching were Penny and Snap. But his relieved expression soon gave way to concern and fear. He could see their expressions. There was clearly something very wrong. But..what could that be?
“Penny...?” Rudy asked as he leaned his body to the side so he could see his friends. “Snap? What’s wrong? Why are you...?”
Penny and Snap didn’t answer right away. They remained silent save for their panting. They didn’t stop running until they reached Mint and Rudy. They stopped a few feet in front of them. Their hands placed on their knees, they bent themselves forward and panted heavily, struggling to gain some kind of breath. It seemed to take them a little while before any of them could even manage to speak.
“S-Snap...saw... and Dr. Gelcro...” Penny was the first one to try to speak. She kept her mouth open as she struggled to catch her breath. It made Mint and Rudy wonder just how long they had been running to find them. “C-Cops...”
Snap attempted to speak when Penny started to hack a little. “P-Possible...conspiracy...” Snap wheezed. “We need... to...”
“Whoa whoa whoa!” Mint moved his hands up down rapidly, silencing the two of them. “Why don’t you start at the begining? Nice and slow. Tell us everything.”
“Yeah. And one at a time, will you?” Rudy asked as he rubbed the side of his head. “Mint and I can hardly understand what you are trying to say.”
The two boys allowed Snap and Penny some time to catch their breaths before they continued to speak. It was clear that, whatever happened, it had them quite spooked and shaken. They had run so far to find them. Possibly all over town before they realized they were in the Night Zone section. This did make Mint feel a little guilty, but he managed to push it away as he waited for their friends to speak.
Thankfully, it didn’t take too long before Snap started to speak.
“Well I was in the city, doing that assignment you gave me, Rudy. Trying to talk to the cops. Well none of them were really speaking to me. At least, nothing useful. They were being too dismissive. But then I happened to see a couple that were talking and when I got closer...”
“Snap.” Penny placed a hand on the zoner’s shoulder. She had finally caught her breath. “Maybe we should discuss this...elsewhere...”
Mint immediately understood where Penny was getting at. A look around revealed that there were two cops in the area. They weren’t exactly listening in on them. But who knew if there was someone else nearby? And what if these cops overheard them? The last thing that any of them needed was for the cops to have any reason to be suspicious of them.
“And besides... I need to analyze this.” Penny lifted up a small needle, making sure that they all could see it. “I found it right before Dr. Gelcro found me.” Furrowing her eyes, she turned her head towards the direction of Snap’s treehouse. “We should head back so I can study this....and so that me and Snap can fill you two boys in on what happened.”
“That sounds like a good idea.” Rudy agreed.
“Yeah, let’s go.” Snap hunched his body a little. “I don’t feel safe discussing it out here...” He looked left and right, his teeth clenched tightly.”
Mint looked at him sympathetically. Then he turned his attention to Penny. He gave her a nod of the head. Without waiting, he moved himself behind Rudy and grabbed onto the wheelchair. Keeping themselves quiet and as little suspicious as they could manage, they headed down through the streets.
sss
Rudy wasn’t really sure what to think of the current situation. He hadn’t yet heard everything that Penny and Snap wanted to tell him. They hadn’t yet arrived back at the treehouse. But he still felt so...shaken and worried. The fact that they had those wide, terrified eyes... Just...what could have happened?
And just what did Dr. Gelcro have to do with it? Rudy wasn’t really sure how to take their previous message. Had Dr. Gelcro done something terrible? Or had he seen something awful? Either way was believable to him. He wasn’t sure if that was a good thing or a bad thing.
He tried not to worry about it too much. He took in a deep breath and he exhaled slowly. He and his friends would figure this out. They always did before. They did crack that tough case regarding Sandra. If they could do that five years ago, then they should be able to do this. He just...had to believe in himself and his friends. They were going to do this. It was just going to take a little bit of time. That was all. Just...time...
He slowly looked around at his friends. Tilting his head back to see Mint and then looking side to side at Penny and Snap. None of them had tried to speak since they left. Not that he really expected them to. Not after what had happened. Besides, the quicker they got back, the quicker they could be told of what happened and not have to worry about the cops.
At this, Rudy stiffened up and he took a moment to see if anyone was following them. The idea seemed quite silly. But he just...couldn’t help but wonder if there was someone coming with them secretly. Like...if one of the cops happened to notice them or something. Rudy did feel a little bad of needing to hide things from the police men. But considering the circumstances... well, there wasn’t much of a choice, now was there?
Soon, they were getting close to the edge of the city. He knew this when he saw the large building that he recognized as the hospital coming into their field of vision. The sight of it made Rudy shudder. He was unable to take his eyes off, even as his friends tried to hurry past it, not wanting to dwell on it either.
This was the same hospital that Snap had been taken to five years ago. The same one where Sandra had put him. The same one that had those doctors who came to hate Snap for a time, and where Dr. Gelcro tried to do them in. The same one where...
Rudy shook his head, trying to push those thoughts aside. It didn’t matter anymore. What was done was done. It was all in the past now. They didn’t have to worry about that anymore.
No, they had their own current problems to worry about.
The four friends hurried along, wanting to get past the hospital as quickly as possible. On most other days, they wouldn’t be as bothered. But it was too close to ‘that anniversary’, even if it had passed a few days ago, and with Sandra out....
Suddenly, Rudy detected something. The side of his ear seemed to almost ache as something rang in it. He looked around, trying to find where this strange sound was coming from. No matter which way he looked, he just couldn’t seem to find anything. But he didn’t stop trying to look.
His friends were hearing it too. They looked around along with him, trying to figure out just where that sound was coming from. There had to be something going on around here that they just weren’t aware of. Something that they could obviously hear, but not see. Was it more construction? No... that wasn’t possible. And it was moving in so fast. How could...
Rudy tilted his head up and his eyes immediately bulged in horror. He could feel his face losing several shades of color. He shook his head from side to side. No.... It wasn’t possible... How could this have happened..?
“Rudy, what’s..?” Penny asked, having noticed his expression.
Rudy didn’t bother to answer her. Raising his magic chalk up instantly, Rudy quickly began to draw. He ignored the aches in his arm or how he nearly banged his wrist a few times. Up and down and side to side, he flicked the chalk until he was able to materialize a small gun. He took immediate aim upwards and fired.
A spark of light immediately eminated from the tip of the gun. His friends wordlessly stared at it, him glancing at it with a frown, as it rose up higher into the air and then gave a little explosion. Waves of lines dazzled in all directions as something began to form. In a matter of seconds, a shield spread all around him and his friends.
And it happened just in the nick of time, too.
Suddenly and without warning, something large struck against the hospital beside them. No, not just one large thing. Several smaller ones. Immediately, the air was torn apart by screams of terrified zoners, running about in a panic, and loud, heated explosions. Flashes of light caused the friends to have to shield their eyes and look away. The heat blast of the explosions struck against them, nearly knocking them all back. Soon, the smell of smoke filled the air, nearly causing all of them to gag.
All around him, he could hear the zoners screaming in panic.
“Oh my gawd! What is happening?!”
“Creators, protect us!”
“Everybody, run!”
Rudy stared up ahead, his eyes unable to move away from the hospital that was now set ablaze. The sound of sirens filled the air, causing him to flinch and shudder. He placed his hands over his ears, along with his friends, trying to protect them from the wailing sirens, as they tried to make sense of what was going on.
And that’s when he saw it. Tilting his head up and looking towards the sky, he could see it. Moving around in a small group. Four of them together. Covered mostly by shadow. But he knew it was them. His eyes bulged in horror. His previous fears had all but been confirmed.
“R-Rudy...? Bucko...?” Snap whispered softly. “What is going on...?”
Before Rudy had a chance to speak, the ones responsible for the attack had started to announce themselves.
“Beanie Boys! Beanie Boys! We’re the boys that Skrawl employs! And we know you have Skrawl! Release him now!”
Rudy and his friends stiffened up at this, their blood running cold. They forced themselves to look up towards the sky where the sound had come from. It didn’t take them long to see the four armed Beanie Boys, each of them holding more of those bombs. They were clearly ready to strike again, each of them holding up another bomb to toss.
But something was seriously wrong here. There was something wrong with their faces. They were contorted in a way he had never seen them before. It was a mixture of anger, determination and.... much to his confusion...
Fear.
|
|
|
Post by Bluedramon on Jan 10, 2016 20:37:07 GMT -5
Chapter 15: Assault On The Hospital
You can make me scream internally...! -Hollow, Submersed
What the hell was going on here? What were the Beanie Boys doing? Why were they attacking the hospital? What was the goal? Did they think Skrawl was really there? What was happening?
These thoughts and more swirled around in Penny’s mind as she tried to make sense of it all. She remained frozen where she stood, unable to move or breathe. The only thing that she could do was just stare up towards the Beanie Boys as they continued to bomb the hospital. In the moment, her mind was too locked to do anything, the world around her having come to a near halt.
The Beanie Boys were getting ready to drop another bomb. At this point, the hospital had already been set ablaze, the fire spreading everywhere quickly. The smoke crackled loudly and intermixing with that, she could hear the screams of the zoners inside, trying to find a way out. This is what caused her to finally snap back to reality, shaking her head.
Mint had already reacted before she did. Having drawn one of his laser guns that he used to as a child, he pointed to one of the Beanie Boys, gave a shout at them, and then shot them. The beam grazed the Beanie Boy enough to make them faulter in their task.
However, before he could strike again, Rudy grabbed onto Mint’s arm. “Wait! Stop! Don’t do that!”
“Why not?” Mint looked down at Rudy, his eyes furrowed in confusion. “We need a way to stop them, right?”
“Yes, but not by blasting them!” Rudy scolded him, his eyes narrowing into slits. “Seriously, Mint, do you want to make them drop that bomb? It’s going to do more damage!”
Mint gritted his teeth and let out a frustrated growl. He looked up at the Beanie Boys, at Rudy, and back again a few times. He shut his eyes tightly for a few moments, pressing his fingers against his scalp. At last, he looked at Rudy once more and spoke in a small, hoarse voice, “Then what do you suggest we do?!”
“I...” Rudy’s voice trailed off, his eyes widening.
“Well whatever you decide to do...” Snap looked up and watched in horror as the Beanie Boys resumed their journey over towards the hospital. “You better think of something fast! They’re going to attack again!”
“Yes, I can see that, Snap!” Rudy’s voice was filled with panic. He seemed struggle to think of something. But with so little time.... Rudy swung his head towards Penny’s direction, locking eyes with her. “What should we do?”
Penny felt her body stiffen as she realized that she had just been put on the spot. She could feel her friends’ eyes boring through her own soul, watching her every move. She could feel the pressure of what was going on weighing down on her, making her shoulders ache. She licked her lips a little, clenching her teeth tightly. She wanted to say something...anything... But at the moment, her voice was locked up, her mind unable to disscern an appropriate course of action.
She turned her attention back up to the Beanie Boys and watched them carefully. She moved her eyes around slowly, trying to get a good view of the area in general, where the Beanie Boys were in relation to everything, and all that. The Beanie Boys hadn’t attacked again yet. There was still some time. If they could find a good angle...
That’s when she noticed something. She wasn’t entirely sure how she missed it. But there was some kind of groove, no more than one , in the structure of the hospital. And with the way they were angled...
With her eyes wide, she turned immediately towards Mint. Raising her hand and pointing, she said, “Aim there!”
Mint took a step forward and looked up. He narrowed his eyes as he tried to figure out just where she was pointing. “Where exactly?”
“Right there!” Penny jerked her arm a few times, ignoring the aches that this was causing her. She tried her best to indicate where she was pointing at. When it seemed that Mint still did not understand her, she called out “The groove! Right there, where it bends! Aim for that!”
Mint narrowed his eyes a little as he tried to stare intently at it. After a few seconds, it appeared as though that he understood. He nodded his head at Penny before lifting his hand up again to take aim. “Right there, you said?”
Penny nodded. “Make sure to hit the right spot!”
“Oh way to put me on the spot, Penny!” Mint grumbled as he tried his best to steady his arm. He struggled to try to aim at that one spot. But with how far away that he was, there was no way to know if this was the right location or not. Once Mint settled on a spot, he said softly, “Well...here goes nothing...” He pulled the trigger.
Penny watched intently as the red beam shot upwards towards the building. From the looks of things, the trajectory would cause the beam to hit exactly what she had hoped that it would. And as soon as the beam hit it, there was a loud shing sound and it started to bounch all over the place. It was difficult to keep up with. She and the others had to move their heads around, watching its path.
But despite the confusion, Penny could tell that this was exactly what she was hoping would happen. The beam was going in all the right places. And if her calculations were correct, once it hit this one part of the building, it should...
And it did.
She wasn’t really sure what kind of hospital puts out wind chimes, or what the purpose of them would be, but in this case, she was glad for it. As the beam struck, it hit in such a way that it ended up splitting off into multiple beams. Not as strong, but it would still get the job done. Out of the corner of her eyes, she could see her friends’ mouths drop open in shock. She remained calm and hardly reacted as she watched, having expected this to happen.
The Beanie Boys were startled by the incoming laser beams. They weren’t able to react quickly enough, and at least two of them got struck by the beams. They let out yelps of pain as their grip on the large bomb that they were carrying together loosened. Two of the beams struck against the bomb itself and a loud sizzle sound came out of it. The Beanie Boys shrieked and immediately let it go. Penny heard Snap, Mint, and Rudy gasp in horror as it fell, but she remained calm. Just as she figured, it exploded too far away to deal too much damage.
But they still needed to be careful. She didn’t want another explosion that close again. They needed to figure out a way to get the Beanie Boys to get away from the hospital. Especially before they decided to use their smaller bombs again, which would be even harder to stop. And she knew it wouldn’t take that long for them to decide on that.
“They’re going to attack again!” Snap shrieked, jumping up into the air and waving his arms about. “We’ve got to stop them!”
Of course, the Beanie Boys decided quicker than she had hoped...
“Not for long, they ain’t!” Rudy immediately began to draw something else, setting down his earlier gun onto his lap in case he needed to use it again. He flicked his wrist around as lines rapidly filled the air, and soon Rudy lifted up his new weapon towards the Beanie Boys. “Maybe this will slow them down!”
Before anyone had time to say anything, Rudy pulled the trigger and there was a small popping sound, a poof of smoke, and then something shout out of the gun tip. It was difficult to tell what it was in the first few seconds. But as it spun around rapidly, it become quite clear that it was a net, complete with some weights attached at different ends.
The Beanie Boys immediately froze when they saw this coming right at them. Three of them managed to get out of the way in time. But the fourth one was snagged inside the net. This Beanie Boy let out a yelp as he was dragged down towards the ground. He tried to fly upwards as hard as he could, but he could do nothing to stop his descent and he collided with the ground. Penny and her friends flinched and looked away when this happened.
The trapped Beanie Boy didn’t seem too worse for wear, though he still looked obviously banged up and was going to need some form of treatment later on. Not that he would allow this, of course; he was too busy struggling to get free and gnawing on the tough ropes to really let anyone get close enough to check his wounds.
The three remaining Beanie Boys looked down at their fallen comrade in shock, their eyes bulging wide. They glanced at each other and then back down. At first, it did seem like they were going to try to help him escape. But seconds later, their attention turned immediately towards them, their teeth gritted tightly. It was as if punishing them was way more important than helping their comrade.
Though they wouldn’t expect much less from workers involved with Skrawl. No doubt that jellybean taught them this.
The three Beanie Boys seemed ready to charge them. It did seem like that, at any moment, they were going to tear into them, either out of self defense or out of revenge for what they did to their fallen comrade. But at the same time, they seemed...hesitant. As though they don’t know if they really want to attack them....or the hospital.
What they did next ended up causing them all to freeze in horror.
Rather than attack one location altogether, the Beanie Boys started to split off. Two of them jettisoned towards them at a swift pace, moving in at different angles while at the same time zeroing in on one particular location. This caused the group of four friends to stiffen as they prepared for impact.
But, to their terror, the remaining Beanie Boy zipped off towards the hospital, holding a bomb in his head and preparing to throw it. It would only take a matter of moments before the Beanie Boy would reach the hospital and strike it.
Realizing that she had to do something, Penny attempted to rush forward, her teeth gritting tightly. But she was unable to get that far before one of the Beanie Boys got in her path. She had to skid to a stop and jump back when the Beanie Boy lashed out at her, trying to grapple her and pull her into the groud. She wasn’t sure where the other Beanie Boy went as she focused her attention on trying to get around this Beanie Boy.
She let out a grunt when the Beanie Boy managed to grab onto her. She gritted her teeth and grabbed on, struggling to push him back. The zoner’s grip was like a vice and she flinched as the Boy Boy’s fingers pressed against her arm tightly. She didn’t give up, however, and she pushed back, using as much of her strength as she could to try to dislodge the Beanie Boy.
Thankfully doing this didn’t take too long and she was able to start gaining the upperhand, moving the Beanie Boy back with each step. She glared intently at him, as he did her. They bared their teeth at one another, both showing that they were not willing to back down to the other that easily. But as they continued pushing against one another, Penny noticed something about his expression.
Why did he look so...scared? At this realization, Penny could feel her eyes widening slowly. She wasn’t sure if the others caught this expression or not. But there seemed to be...a lot more going on inside the minds of these Beanie Boys than any of them realize. But...what could that be?
Penny wished she could figure it out. But that would take time ands he’d actually have to speak to them and... Well, with all things considered, she had her doubts that the Beanie Boys would be willing to speak right now. The only thing that they could do was fight them back and then try to speculate the reason for the attack. She found herself looking at the hospital, watching it burn. What purpose could the Beanie Boys have to attack that place?
...unless...
Wait.. Could it be possible that...? Penny felt her eyes widen at the possibility. She was not sure how much sense that it made. But..what else could it be?
Did the Beanie Boys know that Sandra had targeted this hospital? Were they aware that she took out patients for her to ‘use’ in her recipes? Did they think that Skrawl was trapped there? And that they put him there? Was this all based on a misunderstanding or did someone put them up to this?
If that is the case, then maybe it was possible, even if just remotely, that the Beanie Boys could be reasoned with and they could be talked out of this senseless attacking. Exactly how did they think that this was going to benefit them in anyway? Exactly how did they believe that they were going get anywhere by attacking this hospital? Surely they must be smart enough to see that...
“Aaahhh!”
Penny and the Beanie Boy she was wrestling with swung their heads over to see Rudy on the ground having been knocked from his wheelchair. The teenager groaned in pain, clutching his side from where the other Beanie Boy had appparently struck him. Snap and Mint were both going after the Beanie Boy, ushering him away from Rudy.
Penny narrowed her eyes at this. On second thought, if the Beanie Boys weren’t willing to listen to reason, and if they were going to do something as cruel as yank Rudy out of his wheelchair so he’d be more vulnerable...
Penny felt her body temperature heating up as she turned to face the Beanie Boy who had a hold of her. The Beanie Boy seemed to realize the mistake that his friend had made and he was actively trying to escape her grasp. Penny did not allow the Beanie Boy to get that far before she pulled her fist back and struck at the Beanie Boy. She flinched as she felt her hand collide with the zoner’s face hard, and she yanked her arm back almost instantly, shaking her head as she watched the zoner spinning through the air from the impact of her strike.
She would have rushed after him to try to subdue him with her magic chalk, but something stopped her dead in her tracks. When she heard another explosion coming from the hospital, her body immediately stiffened up, her blood running cold. She turned her head and she saw that the remaining Beanie Boy had lobbed another bomb down, resulting in more damage being dealt, more fire and more heat and more smoke.
Penny licked her lips slowly, feeling her body shaking. How could she have forgotten to look for... How did she even...? She shook her head and, forgetting about the Beanie Boy that she just struck, she rushed out towards the hospital, raising up her magic chalk.
“Penny?!” Snap called out. He was grunting and there were a few thuds. He must be fighting one of the Beanie Boys. “What are you...?”
“Just keep those Beanie Boys busy!” Penny shouted back at them. “I’ll take care of this one!”
“Be careful!” Mint hollered in her direction before he gave a yell and seemingly slammed into another Beanie Boy.
Although Penny would love to go back and try to at least help Rudy back into his wheelchair, right now, she knew that she had to stop this Beanie Boy from attacking again. Besides, her friends can deal with both the other Beanie Boys and Rudy for the time being. If she hurried up and if she could draw quickly enough, this shouldn’t take too long. She just had to...
Suddenly, she felt something grabbing into her. She widened her eyes and let out a cry of shock as one of the Beanie Boys rammed her into the ground. Her arms were pinned at her sides and she squirmed around, trying to free herself. She looked glared up at the Beanie Boy as she tried to push back against him. When she got her head into the right position, she happened to notice that the net from where the other Beanie Boy was had been ripped through. She widened her eyes when she realized that this was the same one. Now they were back at four Beanie Boys to take care of.
“Not so fast, little lady...” The Beanie Boy hissed. Penny tried not to express shock at this; she was used to the Beanie Boys speaking in rhyme and song; she had never heard them speak more normally befeore. “Why don’t we have a nice long...chat?!”
Penny grunted as she felt herself being slammed into the ground. She glared back up at the Beanie Boy, feeling his grip on her shoulder tighten, making it clear that he was not about to let her get away so easily. “Let me go!”
“Not a chance! You are going to...” The Beanie Boy let out a cry of pain when Penny rammed her knee against his stomach.
“How dare you attack a hospital like this?!” Penny snapped at him. She managed to grab onto one of his ears and tugged on it hard. “Have you no shame?!”
The Beanie Boy didn’t reply. He let out a series of small yelps and cries as Penny pulled his ear down hard. His grip on her loosened up as he focused on getting her hand from his ear. Penny merely tugged harder, managing to make him completely let go of her. Keeping a good grip on his ear, she managed to force him into the ground.
Penny glared down at the Beanie Boy, baring her teeth at him. He glared back at her, locking eyes with her. Penny felt her mind surging with several thoughts, and as she panted heavily, she struggled to think of something to say. There was so much that she wanted to tell this horrible little....
Her attention got diverted, however, when she heard something loud. She stiffened up at this when she realized that this Beanie Boy had managed to delay her long enough for that other Beanie Boy to deliver another attack onto the hospital. She couldn’t help but release another gasp at this, her mouth dropping open in horror.
The Beanie Boy below her seemed to pick up on this and let out a bitter chuckle. “Such a painful sight, isn’t it? If you want it to stop...”
Feeling her blood heat reaching a boiling point, furious at this Beanie Boy’s callous dismissal of the innocent lives in that hospital, Penny raised her fist up and struck against him, knocking his head askew. “I’m not about to make a deal with the likes of you!”
The Beanie Boy motioned his jaw around, as if testing it to make sure that she didn’t knock it loose. He then looked up at her and gave her a dark smirk. “Are you sure? I’m sure those people in the hospital would love for...”
Penny seized the Beanie Boy by the throat. She knew that she was not being very rational at this point. But the idea of these zoners having no regard for the ones in the hospital, especially after the hell that Sandra had put them through, she was just at her wits end. She ignored the Beanie Boy’s gagged cry of pain as she tightened her grip on his neck and pressed him into the ground.
“Don’t you dare.. don’t you fucking dare! There are innocent lives in that place, you little...” Penny gritted her teeth tightly. She winced when she heard another explosion. She looked up, her face paling at the destruction...which only made her even more furious at this Beanie Boy and his interference. She let out a low growl at him. “Either you call off your Beanie Boy friends right now, or I’ll...!”
The Beanie Boy hardly looked fazed. It was as if he was so confident that his Beanie Boy comrades and himself had her boxed into a corner. “Or you will what...?” He sneered at her.
Penny tightened her grip on him. “Or I’ll break your fucking neck!”
The Beanie Boy stiffened at this before he started smiling again. “Oh like you can...” He was stopped when Penny tightened her grip even further.
“I spend hours helping my mom out with the animals. It is amazing how much strength you gain from having to carry around large bags of feed about three to four times a day. Bags, which I may add, often weigh little over half the weight that I do...” Penny narrowed her eyes dangerously. “So don’t you dare think, for one moment, that I can’t make your neck, as the saying goes, ‘squeal like a piggy’...”
The Beanie Boy took in a sharp intake of breath. He swallowed nervously. “Y-You wouldn’t...”
Penny gave a bitter chuckle and bared her teeth. “Why don’t you try me...?”
The Beanie Boy widened his eyes at this, clearly horrified.
Penny struggled to push aside the nagging feeling in her chest as she focused on glaring down at the zoner below her. She tightened her grip on his neck a little to show him just how serious she was. She bared her teeth at him in an almost maniacal manner. She made sure to show no signs of letting up, ensuring that the Beanie Boy was placed in a rather tough position.
He had to make a choice now. He could either continue this foolishness and likely get hurt. Or he could pack up and leave and at least he would be in tact. Either way, Penny would get some form of victory out of it.
Wait..what was she doing...?
Before she had time to fully understand just what had happened, the Beanie Boy below her let out a scream of fear. He started to struggle away from her, trying to get himself free. She could see that his expression from before was replaced with pure horror. Something about this caused her heart to clench. She tried to ignore it, keeping her glare on. But she could feel her body shaking harder and harder as emotion swept through her.
“P-Please...don’t hurt me!” The Beanie Boy whimpered, having lost all his courage previously. “I-I’ll do anything... J-Just don’t hurt me...” He cringed away from her, turning his head to the side and gritting his teeth, his face scrunching up as he prepared for another blow from her. “Please...just let me go...”
Penny struggled to keep her frown on even though at this point, she was being torn up inside. A part of her just wanted to strike him for daring to ask her for mercy after what he did. But on the other hand, was she really that much better than him by threatening him like this?
Well, sometimes things just have to be done. And if this got him to surrender...
Penny exhaled slowly, her breath having a growly edge to it. “All right then... I’ll let you go.” She raised herself up. “Call off your friends and you may go.”
The Beanie Boy didn’t say anything right away. He just stared up at her, as though expecting her to strike him at any second, regardless of what he did. Penny took advantage of this and hissed at him, suddenly jerking her head towards him as if she was about to bite.
The Beanie Boy let out a shout of fear at this and he nodded his head up and down rapidly. “S-S-Sure! Whatever you say!”
Penny smirked at him. “Good... “ She did not release the Beanie Boy right away. She knew full well that she still needed him as a trump card. If she released him now, he might go back on his word and attack. No, she’d wait until the Beanie Boy did she wanted, and then she will let him go after he is the only one left. Then he’d have no choice but to flee.
The Beanie Boy licked his lips slowly before he turned his head to look at his comrades. Taking one more fearful look at Penny, the Beanie Boy called out, “Stop! All of you, stop! Abort the mission! I repeat! Abort the mission!”
At this, the Beanie Boys stopped what they were doing. The one that was bombing the hospital ceased carrying out his next bomb attack while staring down at him, his eyes widened in shock. Penny turned her head and she could see the ones harrassing her friends had frozen as well, stopping in midstrike, their hands loosening from the front of her friends’ shirts.
Silence spread throughout as nobody dared to make a move. Even breathing seemed quite hard to do as they stared at each other, watching one another carefully, waiting for someone to make a move. No one did, out of fear that someone else was going to try something.
Penny flinched as she saw the way that her friends were looking at her. They all looked horrified and shocked, clearly seeing just how she was holding onto the Beanie Boy. Penny tried not to let it get to her as she focused on trying to discourage the Beanie Boys from attacking. She could see the way they were looking at her. She opted to squeeze the neck of the Beanie Boy below her harder, even if this made her look like some kind of deranged monster in the eyes of her friends.
The remaining Beanie Boys did still look like they were going to attack. But seeing how she was squeezing their leader’s neck seemed to give them pause. It was clear that they weren’t interested in losing one of their own, as if their fear for Skrawl was making them more determined to stay together.
After what felt like several minutes, Penny finally noticed a change. The flying zoners, though obviously disgruntled by this turn of events, seemed to start to give in. They released her friends and stopped what they were doing. They glared at her long and hard, looking as though they were ready to tear into her at any moment. But instead of attacking, they did what their leader said and they left.
Penny watched as they went. She was a little surprised that they had gone; she would have expected more of a fight. This further supported her theory that they were only concerned for Skrawl’s safety, and they hadn’t actually been serious in attacking.
She frowned a little at this. She looked at the hospital, biting her lip. Well serious or not, they did still do a lot of damage. And if they were worried about Skrawl, shouldn’t they have thought better than to attack the building like that? Unless they didn’t think that he was in there and this was just to make them relinquish the information.
After the three Beanie Boys left, Penny finally allowed the fourth one to flee. Unlike the others, this one didn’t glare at her. He only stared at her fearfully. He moved away from her, moving backwards, keeping his eyes on her. He moved his hands to his face, biting on a few of his nails. Then, after a few seconds, he turned to flee. He disappeared rather quickly.
It wasn’t until he was gone that she was suddenly stricken with guilt. It came out of nowhere. A wall just smashing into her. She could feel herself getting weak, her legs and arms wobbling. Realization struck her, and she could feel her eyes widening in horror.
D-Did she really just...? Oh gawd, she did...
She had threatened to break a zoner’s neck.
H-How... How could she do something like that? Especially when Rudy had suffered through that himself? She remembered the pain and agony that he was in, the fear that had struck him. How could she have threatened to do that to another living being? How could... She just...
“Wow... Penny.. I never thought that you’d...”
“That was something, Buckette!”
“Were you really going to...?”
Penny lifted her head up and she looked over at her friends. She could see the looks on their faces, the way they wouldn’t stop staring at her. She licked her lips slowly, her mind spinning around in circles. She replayed what she did over and over, accompanying that with a mental overlay of her friends’ faces. Slowly, she attempted to smile, trying to lighten the mood a little.
She failed miserably. She could feel her mouth corners dropping, and she couldn’t stop her shaking. With the full force of realization striking her, she shut her eyes and lowered her head. She started to cry, allowing her tears to spill down her face.
She expected her friends to leave her. But instead, something else happened. They came close to her. She could feel Mint’s arms wrapping around her and pulling her close. She coul feel Snap’s arms as well. And then she was pulled over towards what she guessed was Rudy’s wheelchair and he joined in as well. Warm arms embraced all around her, refusing to let go. Penny only struggled for a brief second before she gave in and leaned in against her friends.
She took a look over at the hospital, biting her lip. It was going to need to be fixed, she knew. There was no doubt about it. They weren’t going to leave any time soon. She could hear the sirens wailing as the fire department responding to the scene.
But, at least for a couple of seconds, she wanted to cling to her friends. She needed to regain her composure before she could do anything. But she hoped that, regardless of what happens, the situation would soon be brought under control.
sss
Mint wiped his brow as the last injured patient was finally aboard the ambulance. He shut the door, a loud thud sounding out, and watched as the ambulance started to head down, its sirens wailing loudly. He then turned his attention back towards the hospital and bit his lip tightly.
Those Beanie Boys did not do as much damage as it seemed. It looked horrible on the outside, but the fires did not reach the inside for the most part. Well almost. There were some places that did have some fire issues going on. They had witnessed at least one zoner falling out of the window, trying to escape.
But at least the damage was a little more minimalized. It wasn’t as terrible as it could have been, which put them at all at ease. They were able to easily focus on moving whatever injured there were, and the few dead that resulted from the attack. The other patients were still evacuated as worker zoners came in to try to fix the place up. But all in all, it wasn’t too bad.
He looked over to see how his friends were doing. Rudy, being in a wheelchair, had a more difficult time offering help the way that he usually would. At least these zoners seemed more willing to accept his help and didn’t push him away like Bell did. They permitted Rudy to try to do what he oculd to help, which he did, through drawing various tools and such that the zoners could use.
Snap was going around, talking with any shaken doctors that were still in shock of what happened. Mint couldn’t help but smile at this. He was certain that some of these doctors had mistreated Snap before, but even in spite of that, Snap was still willing to try to cheer them up. This spoke a lot about Snap’s personality.
Penny, after she had recovered from the initial shock, was inside the building somewhere, doing internal repairs the best that she could He wasn’t really sure what her progress was, but he had a feeling that she was doing quite well. She was smart, after all. Doing repairs like this should be a piece of cake for her. He imagined that she would be out soon enough.
Having nothing left to do, Mint went over to the curb around the front of the hospital. He settled himself down and soon rested there. He splayed his legs to the side and he tapped his finger against the concrete.
What were they going to do right after this? Their plans had gotten a little muddled. He wasn’t sure if they all still planned on testing that needle Penny mentioned, or if they were going to go after the Beanie Boys. It was difficult to say. They hadn’t actually talked about it or anything. It could go either way.
Well whatever they ended up doing, he was all for it. He was certain that they’d end up doing both. And either one could lead them to Skrawl, one of the two that they were looking for. So long as they got both...
His mind once more shifted to the Beanie Boys. He could feel his body temperature rising up as he remembered just how they had behaved. He had seen them do disgusting things before, but this was one of the worst. He narrowed his eyes and he clenched his teeth tightly, grinding them together. It was the only thing he could do to keep from screaming.
Just..what the fuck did they think that they were doing? How could they have attacked a hospital like that? And for what? A boss who wasn’t even there? Did they even bother to check? If they were so worried about him, one would think that they would have went about it in a different, safer way. But no, these guys were just a bunch of idiots.
But then he remembered something. This was something that even his friends had noticed. The Beanie Boys had looked terrified. More so than one might expect of them. This did seem strange, as very rarely did the Beanie Boys ever show fear. So for them to be so fearful this timea round, it had to have meant that there was something big going on. What could scare them so much?
Well, there was Sandra. She was a rather terrifying individual. She might have put them up to this. It did make sense after all. He could easily see her going through the trouble of setting this up just to get back at them. Typical Sandra. She...
Mint suddenly inhaled sharply, his eyes bulging. He struggled to breathe, but he couldn’t even exhale. His whole body just became stiff, almost like ice. There was just nothing that he could do to get himself to move. It was as if his muscles had all locked and turned to absolute stone. He wasn’t even ware of his friends approaching him, and he certainly didn’t see Penny coming out of the hospital, until he felt a hand on his shoulder.
Mint jerked at this touch, and felt a sense of relief that he was no longer trapped in that position. But he was still terrified. He looked around at his friends, looking at their expressions one at a time. He licked his lips slowly, turning his gaze down low. He tried to think of just what to say to them. He wasn’t even sure how to put this to words. But he had to speak sooner or later. He couldn’t leave his friends in the dark. He...
“Mint... what’s wrong?” Snap asked gently, reaching over and placing a hand on his arm. “Are you okay?”
“Yeah you look kinda sick.” Penny placed the back of her hand against his forehead. She soon pulled it back. “You don’t feel that warm.”
Rudy wheeled his way to Mint’s side. Mint could feel part of the wheelchair just barely touching his skin. He looked down to see that not only did the wheelchair press against him, but Rudy’s hand had been placed over his in a comforting manner. Mint lifted his head and gazed down at Rudy, locking eyes with him.
Seeing his friends look at him in a similar manner as Rudy did help Mint calm down enough to get himself to speak. Well not right away at first. He just took in a few slow breaths, trying to relax himself further, before he attempted to speak.
“I-I just thought of something, you guys.” Mint spoke. Despite his attempts to be calm, he was still a little shaky in his voice. “Wh-What if Sandra was the one who had freed Skrawl...?” The question had the impact that he had expected it would.
Rudy, Penny, and Snap looked at each other, their eyes wide, horror plastered over their faces. They couldn’t even get themselves to speak; they were too busy exchanging looks of shock with each other, no one able to believe just what they were hearing.
But if it was true that Sandra and Skrawl were working together.. If it was true that they were involved together in this somehow.... This only increased the urgency. Skrawl and Sandra together... That would be disasterous. Instead of just one dragon, now they had a gaint one they needed to worry about. Okay, not literally, but that’s what it’s going to feel like.
Mint shuddered as he remembered what Skrawl did to him, and what Skrawl had nearly accomplished. And he knew full well what Sandra had done. He’d never forget that. The idea of the two of them working together... He couldn’t even begin to imagine what they were capable of.
“Guys...” Penny spoke up, breaking the tense silence. “I know that we are all worried. But..we have to get back to the treehouse and analyze this needle.” She lifted it up, pressed in between her fingers. “If we find Sandra, and if Skrawl is with her, we will find both of them.”
The friends looked at each other and nodded wordlessly. They kenw that Penny was right. Without further need of discussion and knowing that the hospital could pick up from here, they began to head towards the treehouse once more, hoping to get an analysis on that needle and fast. The sooner they found Sandra, the better.
sss
It was strange how time sometimes didn’t seem like it was passing at all. Sometimes, things so similar can happen and it made it seem as if the day was exactly the same, like everything in between was just part of some kind of daydream.
At least, that’s what Penny was experiencing now. Once more, she had found herself in a situation where she was analyzing something of great importance while her friends waited for her.
She looked over and she could see them sitting on whatever was available. Though they did not look as relaxed as before. They were fidgeting, clearly looking anxious. They didn’t stare at her as they didn’t want to disturb her. But she could see just how tense they all were, how impatient they were for result. And of course, there was Ripclaw, nibbling on Mint’s hair again. Though this time, he was too worried about this current problem to really care about what Ripclaw did. That just showed the seriousness of this situation.
Penny worked as fast as she could. She didn’t want to waste any time. She didn’t want to give Sandra a chance to get too far away before they could get a step closer to where she has been. All she had to do was analyze this needle and she could figure out where it had come from.
It would take some time, however. Just...time. Even with these things that she drew, like straight out of a chemistry set, she still needed some time to analyze this properly. She did not want to speed things up for the sake of time. It might be important, but..that was the very reason why they could not speed this along. They needed to be as accurate as possible, otherwise they could make a huge mistake.
After going through a few chemical tests, she then sliced the needle and put it underneath a microscope. She peered at it closely, trying to look at all the details inside, trying to see if she could pinpoint exactly what this...
...wait a minute... Was it possible that...? Was she looking at this wrong...?
No, there was no way that she could. She would know this thing quite well. Especially considering that she had been there before, albeit against her will, and had gotten a few needles stuck in her as she got into that place. The very memory of it made her shudder and she didn’t want to think that this is where they needed to go. But....the analysis didn’t lie.
She could retake the testing over and over. She could try to get a different kind of result all that she wanted to. She could break more sweat and try other experimentations if she wanted to. But in the end, no matter what, she was going to get the same result. There was just no getting around it, no matter how much she wanted to believe it.
The needle originated from the same desert that she had been taken to, back when Skrawl had tried to make her his Chalk Queen.
|
|